UNITED STATES
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
Washington, D.C. 20549
FORM 10-K
ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934
For the fiscal year ended December 31, 20202021
or
TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934
For the transition period from                                to                               
Commission File No. 001-7784
lumn-20211231_g1.jpg
Lumen Technologies, Inc.
(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)
Louisiana72-0651161
(State or other jurisdiction of
incorporation or organization)
(I.R.S. Employer
Identification No.)
100 CenturyLink Drive,
Monroe,Louisiana71203
(Address of principal executive offices)(Zip Code)
(318) 388-9000
(Registrant's telephone number, including area code)
Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act:
Title of Each ClassTrading Symbol(s) Name of Each Exchange on Which Registered
Common Stock, par value $1.00 per shareLUMN New York Stock Exchange
Preferred Stock Purchase RightsN/ANew York Stock Exchange
Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act: None

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act. YesNo
Indicate by check mark if the registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or Section 15(d) of the Act. Yes No
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant: (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such reports) and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days. YesNo
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has submitted electronically every Interactive Data File required to be submitted pursuant to Rule 405 of Regulation S-T during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to submit and post such files). YesNo

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, smaller reporting company or an emerging growth company. See the definitions of "large accelerated filer," "accelerated filer",filer," "smaller reporting company," and “emerging growth company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act.
Large Accelerated FilerAccelerated FilerNon-accelerated FilerSmaller Reporting Company
Emerging Growth Company
If an emerging growth company, indicate by check mark if the registrant has elected not to use the extended transition period for complying with any new or revised financial accounting standards provided pursuant to Section 13(a) of the Exchange Act.

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has filed a report on and attestation to its management’s assessment of
the effectiveness of its internal control over financial reporting under Section 404(b) of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act (15 U.S.C.
7262(b)) by the registered public accounting firm that prepared or issued its audit report.

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act). YesNo
On February 23, 2021, 1,096,848,56822, 2022, 1,023,372,224 shares of common stock were outstanding. The aggregate market value of the voting stock held by non-affiliates as of June 30, 20202021 was $10.9$14.9 billion.
DOCUMENTS INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE:
Portions of the Registrant's Proxy Statement to be furnished in connection with the 20212022 annual meeting of shareholders are incorporated by reference in Part III of this report.

Auditor Name: KPMG LLP                Auditor Location: Denver, Colorado              Auditor Firm ID: 185
1


TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
 
 
 
32


Unless the context requires otherwise, (i) references in this report on Form 10-K, for all periods presented, to "Lumen Technologies, Inc.,", "Lumen Technologies" or "Lumen","Lumen,"" "we," "us","us," the "Company" and "our" refer to Lumen Technologies, Inc. and its consolidated subsidiaries and (ii) references in this report to "Level 3" refer to Level 3 Parent, LLC and its predecessor, Level 3 Communications, Inc., which we acquired on November 1, 2017.

PART I

Special Note Regarding Name Change

On September 14, 2020, we commenced operating under the brand name "Lumen" and, on January 22, 2021, we officially changed our legal name from "CenturyLink, Inc." to "Lumen Technologies, Inc."

Special Note Regarding Forward-Looking Statements

This report and other documents filed by us under the federal securities law include, and future oral or written statements or press releases by us and our management may include, forward-looking statements about our business, financial condition, operating results or prospects. These “forward-looking”"forward-looking" statements are defined by, and are subject to the “safe harbor”"safe harbor" protections under the federal securities laws. These statements include, among others:

statements regarding how the health and economic challenges raised by the COVID-19 pandemic may impact our business, operations, cash flows or financial position;

forecasts of our anticipated future results of operations, cash flows or financial position;

statements concerning the anticipated impact of our transactions, investments, product development, participation in government programs, Quantum Fiber buildout plans, and other initiatives, including synergies or costs associated with these initiatives;

statements about our liquidity, profitability, profit margins, tax position, tax assets, tax rates, asset values, contingent liabilities, growth opportunities, growth rates, acquisition and divestiture opportunities, business prospects, regulatory and competitive outlook, market share, product capabilities, investment and expenditure plans, business strategies, dividend and securities repurchase plans, leverage, capital allocation plans, financing alternatives and sources, and pricing plans;

statements regarding how the health and economic challenges raised by the COVID-19 pandemic may impact our business, financial position, operating results or prospects; and

other similar statements of our expectations, beliefs, future plans and strategies, anticipated developments and other matters that are not historical facts, many of which are highlighted by words such as “may,” “will,” “would,” “could,” “should,” “plan,“plans,” “believes,” “expects,” “anticipates,” “estimates,” "forecasts," “projects,” "proposes," "targets," “intends,” “likely,” “seeks,” “hopes,” or variations or similar expressions with respect to the future.

These forward-looking statements are based upon our judgment and assumptions as of the date such statements are made concerning future developments and events, many of which are beyond our control. These forward-looking statements, and the assumptions upon which they are based, (i) are not guarantees of future results, (ii) are inherently speculative and (iii) are subject to a number of risks and uncertainties. Actual events and results may differ materially from those anticipated, estimated, projected or implied by us in those statements if one or more of these risks or uncertainties materialize, or if our underlying assumptions prove incorrect. All of our forward-looking statements are qualified in their entirety by reference below to our discussion of factors that could cause our actual results to differ materially from those anticipated, estimated, projected or implied by us in those forward-looking statements. Factors that could affect actual resultsThese factors include but are not limited to:

uncertainties regarding the impact that COVID-19 health and economic disruptions will continue to have on our business, operations, cash flows and corporate initiatives;

the effects of competition from a wide variety of competitive providers, including decreased demand for our more mature service offerings and increased pricing pressures;

the effects of new, emerging or competing technologies, including those that could make our products less desirable or obsolete;
4



our ability to successfully and timely attain our key operating imperatives, including simplifying and consolidating our network, simplifying and automating our service support systems, attaining our Quantum Fiber buildout plans, strengthening our relationships with customers and attaining projected cost savings;

3


our ability to safeguard our network, and to avoid the adverse impact of possible cyber-attacks, security breaches, service outages, system failures, or similar events impacting our network or the availability and quality of our services;

the effects of ongoing changes in the regulation of the communications industry, including the outcome of legislative, regulatory or judicial proceedings relating to content liability standards, intercarrier compensation, universal service, service regulation,standards, broadband deployment, data protection, privacy and net neutrality;

our ability to effectively retain and hire key personnel and to successfully negotiate collective bargaining agreements on reasonable terms without work stoppages;

possible changes in thecustomer demand for our products and services, including increased demand for high-speed data transmission services;

our ability to successfully maintain the quality and profitability of our existing product and service offerings and to introduce profitable new offerings on a timely and cost-effective basis;

our ability to generate cash flows sufficient to fund our financial commitments and objectives, including our capital expenditures, operating costs, debt repayments, dividends, pension contributions and other benefits payments;

our ability to successfully and timely implement our operating plans and corporate strategies, including our deleveraging strategy;

our ability to successfully and timely consummate our pending divestitures on the terms proposed, to realize the anticipated benefits therefrom and to operate our retained business successfully thereafter;

changes in our operating plans, corporate strategies, dividend payment plans or other capital allocation plans, whether based upon COVID-19 disruptions, changes in our cash flows, cash requirements, financial performance, financial position, market conditions or otherwise;

the impact of any future material acquisitions or divestitures that we may engage in;transact;

the negative impact of increases in the costs of our pension, health,healthcare, post-employment or other benefits, including those caused by changes in markets, interest rates, mortality rates, demographics or regulations;

the potential negative impact of customer complaints, government investigations, security breaches or service outages impacting us or our industry;

adverse changes in our access to credit markets on favorable terms, whether caused by changes in our financial position, lower credit ratings, unstable markets or otherwise;

our ability to meet the terms and conditions of our debt obligations and covenants, including our ability to make transfers of cash in compliance therewith;

our ability to maintain favorable relations with our security holders, key business partners, suppliers, vendors, landlords and financial institutions;

our ability to meet evolving environmental, social and governance ("ESG") expectations and benchmarks;benchmarks, and effectively communicate and implement our ESG strategies;

our ability to collect our receivables from, or continue to do business with, financially-troubled customers, including, but not limited to, those adversely impacted by the economic dislocations caused by the COVID-19 pandemic;

our ability to use our net operating loss carryforwards in the amounts projected;

5
4


our ability to continue to use or renew intellectual property used to conduct our operations;

any adverse developments in legal or regulatory proceedings involving us;

changes in tax, pension, healthcare or other laws or regulations, in governmental support programs, or in general government funding levels, including those arising from pending proposals to increase federal income tax rates;recently enacted legislation promoting broadband spending;

the effects of changes in accounting policies, practices or assumptions, including changes that could potentially require additional future impairment charges;

continuing uncertainties regarding the impact that COVID-19 disruptions and vaccination policies could have on our business, operations, cash flows and corporate initiatives;

the effects of adverse weather, terrorism, epidemics, pandemics, rioting, vandalism, societal unrest, or other natural or man-made disasters or disturbances;

the potential adverse effects if our internal controls over financial reporting have weaknesses or deficiencies, or otherwise fail to operate as intended;

the effects of more general factors such as changes in interest rates, in inflation, in exchange rates, in operating costs, in public policy, in the views of financial analysts, or in general market, labor, economic or geo-political conditions; and

other risks referenced in the “Risk Factors”"Risk Factors" section or other portions of this report or other of our filings with the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission (the “SEC”"SEC").

Additional factors or risks that we currently deem immaterial, that are not presently known to us or that arise in the future could also cause our actual results to differ materially from our expected results. Given these uncertainties, investors are cautioned not to unduly rely upon our forward-looking statements, which speak only as of the date made. We undertake no obligation to publicly update or revise any forward-looking statements for any reason, whether as a result of new information, future events or developments, changed circumstances, or otherwise. Furthermore, any information about our intentions contained in any of our forward-looking statements reflects our intentions as of the date of such forward-looking statement, and is based upon, among other things, existing regulatory, technological, industry, competitive, economic and market conditions, and our assumptions as of such date. We may change our intentions, strategies or plans (including our dividend or other capital allocation plans) at any time and without notice, based upon any changes in such factors, in our assumptions or otherwise.

ITEM 1. BUSINESS

Changes from Prior Periodic Reports

In this report we have complied with the disclosures required by the Securities and Exchange Commission ("SEC") release No. 33-10825 "Modernization of Regulation S-K Items 101, 103, and 105", and we have early adopted the changes in disclosure standards included in SEC release No. 33-10890 "Management's Discussion and Analysis, Selected Financial Data, Supplementary Financial Information."

Modernization of Regulation S-K Items 101, 103 and 105

Effective as of November 9, 2020, the SEC issued Release No. 33-10825, “Modernization of Regulation S-K Items 101, 103, and 105.” This release was adopted to modernize the description of business, legal proceedings, and risk factor disclosures that registrants are required to make pursuant to Regulation S-K. Specifically, this release requires registrants to provide disclosures relating to their human capital resources and to restructure their risk factor disclosures. Additionally, the release increases the threshold for disclosure of environmental proceedings to which the government is a party.

These changes are required for any annual period subsequent to the effective date of November 9, 2020. As such, we have adopted these changes in this report.
6



Management’s Discussion and Analysis, Selected Financial Data, and Supplementary Financial Information

In November 2020, the SEC issued Release No. 33-10890, “Management’s Discussion and Analysis, Selected Financial Data, and Supplementary Financial Information” which will become fully effective on August 9, 2021, with voluntary compliance permitted on or after February 10, 2021. This release was adopted to modernize, simplify, and enhance certain financial disclosure requirements in Regulation S-K. Specifically, the SEC eliminated the requirement for selected financial data, only requiring quarterly disclosure when there are retrospective changes affecting comprehensive income, and amending the matters required to be presented under Management’s Discussion and Analysis (“MD&A”) to, among other things, eliminate the requirement of the contractual obligations table.

With our early adoption of this release, we have eliminated from this document the items discussed above that are no longer required. Information on our contractual obligations is still disclosed in a narrative within the “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” in Item 7 of Part II of this report.

Business Overview and Purpose

We are an international facilities-based technology and communications company focused on providing our business and residential customers with a broad array of integrated servicesproducts and solutionsservices necessary to fully participate in our rapidly evolving digital world, which we believe is undergoing the “Fourth Industrial Revolution” or simply the “4IR”.“4IR.” We believe we areoperate one of the world’s most inter-connected network and ourinterconnected networks. Our platform empowers our customers to rapidly adjust digital programs to meet immediate demands, create efficiencies, accelerate market access, and reduce costs – allowing customers to rapidly evolve their information, communications and technology ("ICT") programs to address dynamic changes without distraction from their core competencies.changes. By empowering our customers to rapidly acquire, analyze and act on data, we are furthering human progress through technology and enabling our customers to thrive in the 4IR. Our specific products and services are detailed below under the heading “Segments and Products & Services.”

As part ofWe conduct our operations under the recent following three brands:

"Lumen, rebranding, we refined our marketing approach to better align with our customer base. Lumen" which is the name of our company and our flagship brand for serving the enterprise and wholesale markets. We also launched our markets

"Quantum Fiber, brand and reconfirmed the importance of our expansive CenturyLink platform name. Quantum Fiber" which is our brand for providing fiber-based services to residential and small business and residential customers. Our customers

5


"CenturyLink," which is our long-standing brand covers ourfor providing mass-marketed legacy copper-based services, managed for optimal cost and efficiency.

With approximately 450,000190,000 on-net buildings and 500,000 route miles of fiber optic cable globally, we are among the largest providers of communications services to domestic and global enterprise customers. Our terrestrial and subsea fiber optic long-haul network throughout North America, Europe, Latin America and Asia Pacific connects to metropolitan fiber networks that we operate. We provide services in over 60 countries, with most of our revenue being derived in the United States ("U.S."). We believe our secure global platform plays a central role in facilitating communications worldwide.

    InAs further discussed immediately below under the last year, the COVID-19 pandemic forcedheading “Acquisitions and Divestitures,” during 2022 we plan to sell our Latin American business and a seismic shift in how the world communicates with colleagues, family and friends, how children learn and how we conductportion of our incumbent local exchange business. From multi-national global enterprises to small businesses, our integrated solutions portfolio enables our customers to accelerate digital transformation, improve operational performance and manage risk.

For a discussion of certain risks applicable to our business, see “Risk Factors” in Item 1A of Part I of this report.

Acquisitions and Divestitures

Since being incorporated in 1968, we have grown principally through acquisitions. By 2008, we had become one of the largest providers of rural telephone services in the United States. Since then, we acquired Embarq Corporation in mid-2009, Qwest Communications International Inc. in early 2011 and Level 3 Communications, Inc. in late 2017. These acquisitions have substantially changed our customer base, geographic footprint, business strategies and mix of products and services.

We regularly evaluate the possibility of acquiring additional assets or divesting assets in exchange for cash, securities or other properties, and at any given time may be engaged in discussions or negotiations regarding additional acquisitions or divestitures. We generally do not announce our acquisitions or divestitures until we have entered into a preliminary or definitive agreement.
Planned Divestitures of the Latin American Business and Incumbent Local Exchange Business

On July 25, 2021, affiliates of Level 3 Parent, LLC, an indirect wholly-owned subsidiary of Lumen Technologies, Inc., entered into a definitive agreement to divest our Latin American business in exchange for $2.7 billion cash, subject to certain working capital, other purchase price adjustments and related transaction expenses. Level 3 Parent, LLC anticipates closing the transaction mid-year 2022, upon receipt of all requisite regulatory approvals in the U.S. and certain countries where the Latin American business operates, as well as the satisfaction of other customary conditions.

On August 3, 2021, we and certain of our affiliates entered into a definitive agreement to divest our incumbent local exchange ("ILEC") business conducted within 20 Midwestern and Southern states. In exchange, we would receive $7.5 billion, subject to offsets for (i) assumed indebtedness and (ii) our transaction expenses, certain of purchaser’s transaction expenses, taxes and certain working capital and other customary purchase price adjustments. We anticipate closing the transaction mid-year 2022 upon receipt of all regulatory approvals and the satisfaction of other customary closing conditions.

See Note 2—Planned Divestiture of the Latin American and ILEC Businesses to our consolidated financial statements in Item 8 of Part II of this report for additional information on these transactions.

7
6


Financial Highlights

The following table summarizes the results of our consolidated operations:
Years Ended December 31, Years Ended December 31,
2020(1)(2)
2019(1)(2)
2018(1)(2)(3)
2021
2020(1)
2019(1)
(Dollars in millions)(Dollars in millions)
Operating revenueOperating revenue$20,712 21,458 22,580 Operating revenue$19,687 20,712 21,458 
Operating expensesOperating expenses19,750 24,184 22,010 Operating expenses15,402 19,750 24,184 
Operating income (loss)Operating income (loss)$962 (2,726)570 Operating income (loss)$4,285 962 (2,726)
Net loss$(1,232)(5,269)(1,733)
Net income (loss)Net income (loss)$2,033 (1,232)(5,269)

(1)During 2020 2019 and 2018, we incurred Level 3 integration and transformation expenses of $375 million, $234 million and $393 million, respectively.
(2)During 2020, 2019, and 2018, we recorded non-cash, non-tax-deductible goodwill impairment charges of $2.6 billion $6.5 billion and $2.7$6.5 billion, respectively. For additional information, see Note 2—3—Goodwill, Customer Relationships and Other Intangible Assets to our consolidated financial statements in Item 8 of Part II of this report.
(3)The enactment of the Tax Cuts and Jobs Act in December 2017 resulted in a remeasurement of our deferred tax assets and liabilities at the new federal corporate tax rate of 21%. The remeasurement resulted in tax expense of $92 million for 2018.

We estimate that during 2021, 2020 and 2019, approximately 9.4%, 8.7% and 2018, approximately 8.7%, 8.5% and 8.2%, respectively, of our consolidated revenue was derived from providing telecommunications, colocation and hosting services outside the U.S.

The following table summarizes certain selected financial information from our consolidated balance sheets:
As of December 31, As of December 31,
20202019 20212020
(Dollars in millions) (Dollars in millions)
Total assetsTotal assets$59,394 64,742 Total assets$57,993 59,394 
Total long-term debt(1)
Total long-term debt(1)
31,837 34,694 
Total long-term debt(1)
28,982 31,837 
Total stockholders' equityTotal stockholders' equity11,162 13,470 Total stockholders' equity11,840 11,162 

(1)For additional information on our total long-term debt, see Note 6—7—Long-Term Debt and Credit Facilities to our consolidated financial statements in Item 8 of Part II of this report. For information on our total obligations, see "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Liquidity and Capital Resources—Future Contractual Obligations" in Item 7 of Part II of this report.

The summary financial information appearing above should be read in conjunction with, and is qualified by reference to, our consolidated financial statements and notes thereto in Item 8 of Part II of this report and “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” in Item 7 of Part II of this report.

Strategy

Our business combination with Level 3 was driven in part by a visionover-arching strategic goal is to provide enhanced services tocontinue integrating and upgrading our businessglobal network and residential customers by transforming our infrastructureother assets and technologies into an adaptive fiber network delivering high bandwidth andadvanced high-bandwidth, low latency on aplatform that is secure, platform. Over the last three years,reliable and fast. To attain this goal, we have diligently pursued that vision through a deliberative strategystrive to, attain our goals.among other things:

2018 – Integration – focused on efficiently combining the two companies into one;strengthen our digital self-service product ordering platforms;

2019 – Transformation – focused on improving the customer experience by strengtheningexpand our suiteoffering of products and services;

8


2020 – Operation – centered on the “Lumen” brand launch, highlighting the Company’s vision for futuresecure edge computing services;

2021 – Platform Expansion and Innovation – build and enhance the capabilities of our platform and use those enhancements to drive profitable growth.

Platform Expansion and Innovation

In September 2020, we launched our “Lumen” brand signaling our heightened focus on delivering digital experiences to our customers designed to drive their success. We believe the 4IR will usher in unprecedented opportunity to leverage digital interactions to enhance business outcomes. The demands brought on by the COVID-19 pandemic underscored the urgency for digital transformation across our customer base, and further highlighted the need for reliable, secure digital services. Our new brand communicates our commitment to support our customers' needs and reflectscreate a fiber platform that is secure, reliable and fast.

Although our Lumen, Quantum and CenturyLink brands are focused on specific customers and related services, our collective Lumen strategy remains driven by our fundamental objectives of:

Portfolio Progression – meeting the dynamic needs of our broad range of customers for enhancing productivity

Serving the business market at light speed to deliver applications globally, where and how they are needed to meet business outcomes

Serving mass market customers with the reliable, secure and high-performance connectivity and the related services they require

Enabling all customers – businesses and consumers – access to secure, fast and reliable connectivity required to thrive in the 4IRmore adaptive network;

Stakeholder Successexpand our network capacity through our Quantum Fiber buildout plan and Value Creation – understanding the value and perspective each stakeholder contributes to our overall success; andother initiatives;

Cost Transformation – diligently pursuingreturn a substantial amount of cash to our deleveragingshareholders in the form of dividends and capital allocation strategies to enhance our return on capital and reward our investors.periodic stock repurchases;

We plan to continue to pursue our long-term Lumen vision through disciplined focus on these objectives, which are discussed further below.

Portfolio Progression

Our portfolio progression plans focus on continuing to integrate our global network, cloud, edge, security, voice and collaboration assets and technologies into an advanced, all-in-one delivery architecture. Capability enhancements such as edge computing and software-defined wide area networks ("SD WAN") are critical to meeting our customers’ needs and drive our growth strategy. Our capabilities are grounded in our extensive global fiber infrastructure and our innovation efforts are centered around accelerating our platform’s capabilities to anticipate and address those needs. We believe our Lumen platform provides the flexibility to create compelling, bespoke network services to enhance the efficiency and utility of our core network services. Our design has the potential to create value for our customers by simplifying application delivery on a high-performance, secure, worldwide digital platform.

The Lumen platform is designed to address each layer of a digital business model through (i) high performance dynamic connections that are interoperable with a range of on-net enterprise locations, multi-tenant data centers and public cloud on-ramps; (ii) hybrid cloud infrastructure integrated with computing and storage options across public cloud, network edge and customer premises, and compatible with a wide range of data centers using different software; and (iii) service orchestration and automation which supports software-defined managed services frameworks capable of deploying workloads to a range of infrastructure venues and network connections. We believe this platform design can help customers, and our Lumen team, control costs by increasing operational efficiencies and driving forward the next generation of our product and services portfolio.
97



Stakeholder Successmonetize our non-core assets and Value Creationmanage our non-fiber business for cash; and

Employees, Customers, Partnersstrengthen our financial position and Vendorsperformance through debt paydown and cost reduction efforts.

Our Stakeholders

We believe realizing the Lumen promise depends on regular, informed communications with our stakeholders, including shareholders, employees, customers, vendors, lenders, partners and our global community. Understanding stakeholder goals and priorities enables strategic decisions focused on building long-term value.

Employees and Human Capital Resources

Lumen’s highly competitive business requires attracting, developing and retaining a motivated team inspired by leadership, engaged in meaningful work, motivated by career growth opportunities and thriving in a culture that embraces diversity, inclusion and belonging. Understanding and anticipating the priorities of our current and future employees is important to realizing our purpose to “further human progress through technology.”future success. At December 31, 2020,2021, we had approximately 39,00036,000 employees world-wide, including approximately 7,000 outside the U.S.

Attracting, Developing and Retaining Talent

Our recruiting, development and retention objectives focus on attracting skilled, engaged employees who contribute thetreating talent as a differentiator and diverse perspectives critical to our innovative, forward-looking and inclusive workforce. Our recruiting process actively sources diverse talent and is designed to eliminate bias, supporting our abilitya leading indicator of business performance. We strive to hire candidatesand retain the best talent available, to be transparent with professional qualifications, personal potentialregards to new career and differing perspectives. Fosteringpromotional opportunities, to mitigate bias and to champion fair selection and best hiring practices. Establishing a framework of competency-based success profiles and fostering career progression by encouragingthrough regular professional educationcareer development and training empowers our employees to pursue their professional goals which is criticaland helps to developingimprove employee engagement and retaining our employees.retention. We invest in broad-based development for all of our employees in various ways such as skills-building programs, on-demand learning options, tuition reimbursement, tailored mentoring programs and a suite of leadership development courses. In an effort to create more development opportunities for all employees, we are currently expandingenhancing our intern, mentoring and leadership development programs, with added focus on development for diverse employees.

We believe we have made significant strides in attracting, engaging, and hiring a diverse group of early career employees through our internship program, our numerous sales and operations academies, and our "pathways in technology" program. We have also increased our focus on internal mobility and providing more visibility and career opportunities to our workforce through our internal communications platforms.

We gauge progress and efficacy, identify opportunities for change, and pursue solutions through tracking and analyzing data from various sources, such as annual talent reviews and measuring our progress toward hiring/promotion goals specified in our development, diversity and inclusion plans.

Diversity, Inclusion & Belonging

We believe that understanding and respecting another’sanother's perspective, experience, background and beliefs provide an opportunity to expand horizons, challenge complacency and foster empathy. For Lumen, we believe diversity of perspective, experience, background and beliefs fuelfuels our innovative, collaborative, and engaged workplace. Realizing greater ethnic, racial and gender diversity across all levels of an organization is, and will continue to be, an ongoing journey. Our Diversity & Inclusion Steering Committee, comprised of a cross-functional team of senior executives and led by our Chief Diversity & Inclusion Officer, regularly evaluates and seeks to define our diversity, inclusion and belonging strategy. We aim for the highest standards of fairness and equal opportunity in recruitment, hiring, promotions, job assignments and compensation (including undertaking periodic gender and race/ethnicity pay equity studies of our U.S., non-represented employees and making pay adjustments when warranted). Inclusive recruiting and outreach programs for diverse candidates, employee resource groups, and management-led listening circles are among some of Lumen’s initiatives to create greater diversity and belonging among our employees.

8


Positive Corporate Culture

Our employees are critical to Lumen’sLumen's success and we believe creating a positive, inclusive culture is essential to attracting and retaining engaged employees. Lumen’s company culture program incorporates a wide variety of communication and training activities encouraging collaboration among our colleagues around the world. We measure the program’s efficacy and identify opportunities for improvements through an engagement survey distributed approximately every six months.

10


Health & Wellness

We believe a healthy, engaged and high performing workforce is part of our competitive advantage. We want all of our employees to thrive, and we regularly re-evaluate how to best support our employees’ wellness, health and safety through benefits and resources. Our current benefit and wellness programs drive engagement that positively impacts our culture, job satisfaction, recruiting and retention programs. In response to the COVID-19 pandemic, we expanded our physical, mental, and family health programs and informational outreach. Additional information about our COVID-19 response is located under Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” in Item 7 of Part II of this report.

Labor Relations

Approximately 23%21% of our U.S. workforce is represented by a union, either the Communications Workers of America or the International Brotherhood of Electrical Workers. Employees in four countries in Europe are represented by works councils or a representative body. We recognize the critical role that our supervisors and managers play in fostering a productive and respectful work environment, and we encourage employees to work directly with their supervisors, where possible, to efficiently and effectively resolve workplace concerns. We also respect our employees’ rights to voluntarily establish and join unions and similar associations without unlawful interference. We strive to work collaboratively with the unions, councils and associations that represent our workers.

Customer Success

Our customers range from individual households to global enterprises. Whether our network supports remote education or a multi-national work-from-home environment, all customers are impacted by the quality and reliability of our products and services. Understanding how each customer accesses and uses our products and services informs the type of customer engagement to best meet their expectations. Our Customer Success organization includes dedicated teams focused on building deeper relationships and providing us the opportunity to continually improve our customers’ Lumen experience, including their interactions with our employees and systems. We believe a strong experience leads to satisfied customers and engaged employees who are encouraged to recommend creative solutions. We have a dedicated team responsible for evaluating the best approach to improving the customer experience from our largest enterprise customers to our residentialexperiences of customers, coupled with frequent, transparent and informative communication processes.

We value both customer and employee suggestions. We offer our customers several channels for communicating with us, including voice, text, email, chat and social media, among others. We are driving a digital-first culture that allows our customers to configure, order, and rapidly deploy our services through an all-digital, self-service set of tools. InSince 2019, we launched Lumen’s inauguralhave hosted an annual customer experience (CX) event, during which we invitedinvite customers to collaborate directly with us.

While careful listening to customers is the best source of customer experience feedback, we believe overlaying it with employee feedback is the most effective way to continuously improve. We regularly invite our front-line employees to provide feedback on opportunities to improve our capabilities.

9


Partners and Vendors

Understanding how our customers access and use our products and services is an important element of evaluating which partners and vendors may best contribute to our customers’ success. Consequently, understanding the opportunities any future or existing partners or vendors may bring is also an element of customer success. Lumen leverages our relationships and by co-innovating with a comprehensive group of strategic partners to create solutions focused exclusively on our customers' business and IT requirements. Through our open and interoperable approach, we seek to implementidentify the best execution venue availableoptimal platform for allserving our solutionscustomers – whether ours or a third party’s. When necessary, Lumen incorporates market-leading technologies to optimize application performance and streamline integration throughout the IT stack to ensure seamless integration and interoperability. Lumen has collaborated with a host of technology partners, giving us the capability to tailor and fully manage scalable solutions that customers control, so they can maximize applications.control. Lumen, by working with our network of technology partners, can integrate different partners and technologies, shifting the IT burden fromto improve our customers.products and services.

11


In light of these efforts to better serve our customers, we are materially reliant on a wide range of vendors to support our organization and partners to support our strategy. We work with, and rely on, other communications companies that lease us transmission capacity or sell us various services necessary for our current operations, as well as a wide range of software, hardware and equipment suppliers. We believe that co-innovating with other companies provides the flexibility to rapidly evolve our strategy to effectively support our customers.customer offerings.

Cost TransformationEnvironmental Stewardship and Sustainability

Environmental stewardship is inherent in our identity. We review the impact of our operations and make choices to reduce our environmental footprint. We believe our commitment to environmental sustainability promotes the financial health of our business, the quality of service we provide and value creation for our employees, communities, customers and investors. Our Environment, Health and Safety ("EHS") team oversees and executes the company’s EHS and environmental sustainability visions.

The EHS program framework focuses on seven key areas:

Environmental compliance and management: The Lumen EHS team assesses and reviews our company programs, operational facilities and waste management vendors. We monitor environmental legislative activity and collaborate with other internal groups to develop documented practices and procedures that diligently pursuingsupport compliance with applicable laws and regulations.

Energy and emissions: To reduce our deleveraging strategy, responsible capital allocationcarbon footprint, we are identifying and implementing energy efficiency and greenhouse gas ("GHG") emissions reduction initiatives. In January 2021, we were among the very first U.S. companies to issue sustainability-linked bonds.

Water: Lumen uses the World Resource Institute’s water quality index to assess our operations in drought-stricken areas or areas that have the potential to be in the future. We are working to reduce our consumption of water overall and especially in countries or regions identified as high-risk.

Waste: We aim to reduce our waste through minimization, re-use and recycling. We divert millions of pounds of electronic and communications equipment from landfills each year. We recycle telecommunications equipment, and our ongoingmodem/router takeback program allows customers to return their equipment, which are then either reused or sent to an R2-certified recycler.

Supplier environmental assessment: We expect our suppliers to demonstrate the same commitment as us to reinvest the savings in growingcompliance and sustainability efforts. We expect our Lumen platform contributessuppliers to use reasonable efforts to employ environmentally preferred and energy-efficient services, and to work with their own suppliers to assess and address environmental and sustainability issues within their supply chains.

Climate preparedness: We prepare for potential impacts by evaluating various climate change risks to our long-term goalongoing operations when we consider opening new facilities and/or expanding our network. Our comprehensive business continuity program focuses on prevention, collaboration, communication, response and recovery to create value. Our investmentsassist us in infrastructure, expanding fiber,quickly resolving disruptive events.

10


Occupational Health and deploying in-building technology are part of our foundation for future growth.Safety: The EHS team conducts risk assessments and monitors health and safety legislation to develop policies and procedures designed to eliminate or control safety hazards and support compliance with applicable laws and regulations.

Our Network

Our network, through which we provide most of our products and services, consists of fiber-optic and copper cables, high-speed transport equipment, electronics, voice switches, data switches and routers, and various other equipment. We operate part of our network with leased assets, and a substantial portion of our equipment with licensed software.

At December 31, 2020,2021, our global network (both owned(owned and leased) included:

Approximately 450,000included (i) approximately 500,000 route miles of fiber optic plant, globally;

Approximately 916,000 miles of copper plant;

Approximately 310 colocation facilities and data centers globally;

Approximately 37,500including approximately 42,000 route miles of subsea fiber optic cable systems;

Approximately 180,000 buildings directly connected to our network, which we refer to as "Fiber On-net" buildings;

Multiplesystems and (ii) multiple gateway and transmission facilities used in connection with operating our network throughout North America, Europe and Latin America; andAmerica.

CentralAt December 31, 2021, our domestic network connected approximately 190,000 on-net buildings, which we refer to as “Fiber On-net” buildings, serving our enterprise customer base and approximately 28.6 million broadband-enabled locations serving our Mass Markets customer base. At December 31, 2021, our Mass Markets broadband-enabled locations consisted of 25.8 million copper-based passings and 2.8 million fiber-based passings. It also included at such date central office and other equipment that enables us to provide telephone service as an incumbent local telephone companyexchange carrier ("ILEC") in 37 states.

As discussed in “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” in Item 7 of Part II of this report and Note 2—Planned Divestiture of the Latin American and ILEC Businesses to our consolidated financial statements in Item 8 of Part II of this report, we have agreed to sell portions of our above-described network during 2022.

As noted elsewhere in this report, we view our network as one of our most critical assets. We have devoted, and plan to continue to devote, substantial resources to (i) simplify and modernize our network and legacy systems and (ii) expand our network to address demand for enhanced or new products. A key element of our network expansion plan is our Quantum Fiber buildout project. Under this project, we propose over the next several years to construct additional fiber optic infrastructure to enable us to provide Quantum Fiber broadband services to several million additional urban and suburban locations in our ILEC markets.

Although we own most of our network, we lease a substantial portion of our core fiber network from several other communication companies under arrangements that will periodically need to be renewed or replaced to support our current network operations.

Like other large communications companies, we are a constant target of cyber-attacks of various degrees, and, from time to time in the ordinary course of our business, we experience disruption in our services. We develop and maintain systems and programs designed to protect against cyber-attacks and network outages. The development, maintenance and operation of these systems and programs is costly and requires ongoing monitoring and updating as technologies change and efforts to bypass security measures become more sophisticated and evolve rapidly.

For additional information regarding our systems, network assets, network risks, capital expenditure requirements and reliance upon third parties, see “Risk Factors” in Item 1A of Part I of this report.

12


Competition and Market Overview

Organizations across the globe are competing to capitalize on opportunities created by emerging technologies. The need for data-intensive and latency-sensitive emerging technologies continues to grow. Helping businesses address these needs requires a platform that integrates essential technology services such as hybrid networking, connected security services that monitor, prevent and remediate threats, and edge computing services ranging from compute and storage to hosting and collocation services on the cloud edge.

Competition

We compete in a dynamic and highly competitive market and wein which demand for high-speed, secure data services continues to grow. We expect continued intense competition from a wide variety of sources under these evolving market conditions. In addition to competition from large international communications providers, we are increasingly facing competition from a growing number of sources, including systems integrators, cloud service providers, software networking companies, infrastructure companies, cable companies, device providers, resellers and smaller niche providers, among others.providers.

11


Our ability to compete hinges upon effectively enhancing and better integrating our existing products, introducing new products on a timely and cost-effective basis, meeting changing customer needs, providing high-quality information security to build customer confidence and combat cyber-attacks, extending our core technology into new applications and anticipating emerging standards, business models, software delivery methods and other technological changes. Depending on the applicable market and requested services, competition can be intense, especially if competitors in the market have network assets better suited to customer needs, faster transmission speeds or lower prices, or, in certain overseas markets, are national or regional incumbent communications providers that have a longer history of providing service in the market.

For our traditional voice services, providers of wireless voice, social networking and electronic messaging services are significant competitors as many customers are increasingly relying on these providers to communicate, resulting in the long-term systemic decline we have seen in our legacy, traditional voice services. Other potential sources of competition include non-carrier systems that are capable of bypassing our local networks, either partially or completely, through various means. Developments in software have permitted new competitors to offer affordable networking products that historically required more expensive hardware investment. We anticipate that all these trends will continue to place downward pressures on the use of our voice network.

Additionally, the Telecommunications Act of 1996 obligates the ILECs, including those operated by us, to permit competitors to interconnect their facilities to the ILEC’s network and to take various other steps that are designed to promote competition, including obligations to (i) negotiate interconnection agreements in good faith, (ii) provide nondiscriminatory “unbundled” access to specific portions of the ILEC’s network and (iii) permit competitors to physically or virtually colocatecollocate their plant on the ILEC’s property. As a result of thesethe above-described regulatory consumer and technological developments, we also face competition from competitive local exchange carriers ("CLECs"), particularly in densely populated areas. CLECs provide competing services through (i) reselling an ILEC’s local services, (ii) using an ILEC’s unbundled network elements, (iii) operating their own facilities or (iv) a combination thereof.

Competition for higher margin, legacyto provide broadband and other data services remains high. However,Market demand for our platformbroadband services could be adversely affected by advanced wireless data transmission technologies and other systems delivering generally faster average broadband transmission speeds than our legacy copper-based infrastructure. Our network expansion and innovation strategy is focused largely on addressing these competitive pressures. As both residential and business customers increasingly demand high-speed connections for entertainment, communications and productivity, we expect the demands on our network will continue to increase over the next several years. To meet these demands and remain competitive, and successful, we are continuing to invest in network capacity, security, reliability, and flexibility and design innovations, such as through our Quantum Fiber buildout, to deliver competitive services to meet increasing customer bandwidth and speed requirements.

Additional information about competitive pressures is located under the heading “Risk Factors—Business Risks” in Item 1A of Part I of this report.

13


Market Overview

Understanding and anticipating market trends drives our investment in developing the products and services we believe will be well received by our customers. We expect edge computing services demand to significantly increase over the next several years, serving multiple verticals, including finance, healthcare, retail, manufacturing and other industries. As these use cases continue to emerge, we expect secure network services will increase in importance as consumers require holistic solutions with the flexibility necessary to help accelerate the convergence of computing and communications capabilities with digital content. We believe we have a world-class set of global fiber assets that positions us to deliver a highly-competitive suite of cloud connectivity, low latency edge computing, and integrated networkhigh-speed services.

We generally market our business services to members of in-house IT departments or other highly-sophisticated customers with deep technological experience. These individuals typically satisfy their IT requirements by contracting with us or a rapidly evolving group of competitors, or by deploying in-house solutions. We expect our market competition to continue to increase as technology evolves and enables our customers to seek solutions from multiple sources. We compete to provide services to business customers based on a variety of factors, including the comprehensiveness and reliability of our network, our data transmission speeds, price, the latency of our available intercity and metro routes,network services, the scope of our integrated offerings, the reach and peering capacity of our IP network, and customer service.

As noted above, technological andAdditional information about competitive factors have led to new products and services that have reducedpressures is located under the demand for certainheading “Risk Factors—Business Risks” in Item 1A of our traditional network services, especially our traditional ILEC services. Also, market demand for our broadband services could be adversely affected by advanced wireless data transmission technologies and other systems delivering generally faster average broadband transmission speeds than ours.Part I of this report.

Sales and Marketing

Market Overview

Anticipating market trends drives our investment in developing new product and service offerings. We expect edge computing services demand to significantly increase over the next several years in several industries, including finance, healthcare, retail and manufacturing. We also expect secure network services will increase in importance to consumers. We believe we have a comprehensive set of global fiber assets that positions us to deliver a highly-competitive suite of cloud connectivity, low latency edge computing, and integrated network services.

We generally market our business services to members of in-house IT departments or other highly-sophisticated customers with deep technological experience. These individuals typically satisfy their IT requirements by contracting with us or a rapidly evolving group of competitors, or by deploying in-house solutions.
12



Sales Channels

Our enterprise sales and marketing approach revolves aroundfocuses on solving complex customer problems with advanced technology and network solutions - striving to make core networks services compatible with digital tools. We also rely on our call center personnel and a variety of channel partners to promote sales of services that meet the needs of our customers. To meet the needs of different customers, our offerings include both stand-alone services and bundled services designed to provide a complete offering of integrated services.

Our sales and marketing approach to our business customers includes a commitment to provide comprehensive communications and IT solutions for business, wholesale and government customers of all sizes, ranging from small business offices to the world’s largest global enterprise customers. Our marketing plans include marketing our products and services primarily through direct sales representatives, inbound call centers, telemarketing and third parties, including telecommunications agents, system integrators, value-added resellers and other telecommunications firms. We support our distribution through digital advertising, events, television advertising, website promotions and public relations. We maintain local offices in most major and secondary markets within the U.S. and many of the primary markets of the more than 60 countries in which we provide services.

Similarly, our sales and marketing approach to our mass market customers emphasizes customer-oriented sales, marketing and service with a local presence. Our approach includes marketing our products and services primarily through direct sales representatives, inbound call centers, telemarketing and third parties, including retailers, satellite television providers, door to door sales agents and digital marketing firms.

Segments and Products & Services

On February 10,We completed an internal reorganization in January 2021 we announced plans to adjust our reporting segments and customer-facing sales channels in 2021 to better align with operational changes designed to better support our customers. We believe the changes will provide greater transparency into how we are performing against our strategy, including focusing on growth opportunities and managing declining legacy services. For fiscal year 2020, our products and services were reported by segments as described below.

14


Segments

In 2020, we reportedWe report our financial performance using fivetwo segments, as described below:

International and Global Accounts Management ("IGAM") Segment -Business Segment: providedUnder our Business segment, we provide our products and services under four sales channels to approximately 200 globalmeet the needs of our enterprise customers and three operating regions: Europe Middle East and Africa, Latin America and Asia Pacific;

Enterprise Segment - provided products and services to large and regional domestic and global enterprises, as well as the public sector, which includes the U.S. federal government, state and local governments and research and education institutions;

Small and Medium Business ("SMB") Segment - provided products and services to small and medium businesses directly and indirectly through our channel partners;

Wholesale Segment - provided products and services to a wide range of other communication providers across the wireline, wireless, cable, voice and data center sectors. Our wholesale customers range from large global telecom providers to small regional providers;commercial customers; and

Consumer Segment - Mass Markets Segment:provided Under our Mass Markets segment, we provide products and services to residentialconsumer and small business customers. Additionally, certain state support payments, Connect America Fund (“CAF”) federal support revenue, and other revenue from leasing and subleasing, including 2018 rental income associated with the 2017 failed-sale-leaseback, are reported in our consumer segment as regulatory revenue.

The following table shows the composition of our operating revenue by segment for the years ended December 31, 2021, 2020 2019 and 2018:2019:
 Years Ended December 31,Percent Change
 2020201920182020 vs 20192019 vs 2018
Percentage of revenue:     
International and Global Accounts16 %16 %16 %— %— %
Enterprise29 %26 %25 %%%
Small and Medium Business12 %13 %13 %(1)%— %
Wholesale18 %19 %19 %(1)%— %
Consumer25 %26 %27 %(1)%(1)%
Total operating revenue100 %100 %100 % 
 Years Ended December 31,Percent Change
 2021202020192021 vs 20202020 vs 2019
Percentage of revenue:     
Business72 %72 %71 %— %%
Mass Markets28 %28 %29 %— %(1)%
Total operating revenue100 %100 %100 % 

For additional information on our segment data, including information on certain centrally-managed assets and expenses not reflected in our segment results, see Note 16—17—Segment Information to our consolidated financial statements in Item 8 of Part II of this report and "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of OperationsOperations—Reporting Segments" in Item 7 of Part II of this report.

13


Products & Services

At December 31, 2020,Since the first quarter of 2021, we reportedhave categorized our products and services revenue among fourthe following product categories for our International and Global Accounts Management, Enterprise, Small and Mediumthe Business and Wholesale segments.

IP and Data Servicessegment:

Compute and Application Services

Edge Cloud Services. We provide both public and private cloud solutions that allow our customers to optimize cost and performance by offloading workloads. Lumen’s cloud products leverage our network edge to provide low-latency secure services for our customers. Additionally, we provide cloud orchestration tools that allow customers to shift work between cloud environments dynamically;

IT Solutions. We craft technology solutions for our customers and often manage these solutions on an ongoing basis. These services frequently enhance equipment or networks owned, acquired, or controlled by the customer and often include our consulting or software development;

Unified Communications and Collaboration ("UC&C"). We provide access to various unified communications platforms. This offering includes both individual, license-based UC&C models and more robust options that transform a customer’s inbound and outbound calling platform;

Colocation and Data Center Services. We provide different options for organizations’ data center needs. Our data center services range from dedicated hosting and cloud services to more complex managed solutions, including disaster recovery, business continuity, applications management support and security services to manage mission critical applications;

Content Delivery. Our content delivery services provide our customers with the ability to meet their streaming video and far-reaching digital content distribution needs through our Content Delivery Network ("CDN") services and our Vyvx Broadcast Solutions; and

Managed Security Services. We provide enterprise security solutions that help our customers secure networks, mitigate malicious attacks and identify potential security threats. These services include DDoS mitigation, remote and premise-based firewalls, professional consulting and management services, and threat intelligence services.

IP and Data Services

Ethernet. We deliver a robust array of networking services built on ethernet technology. Ethernet services include point-to-point and multi-point equipment configurations that facilitate data transmissions across metropolitan areas and larger enterprise-class wide area networks. Our ethernet technology is also used by wireless service providers for data transmission via our fiber-optic cables connected to their towers;

Internet Protocol ("IP"). Our IP services provide global internet access over a high performance, diverse network with connectivity in more than 60 countries. Our fiber network spans approximately 500,000 route miles globally with extensive off-net access solutions across North America, Europe, Latin America and Asia Pacific;

VPN Data Network.Networks. Built on our extensive fiber-optic network, we create private networks tailored to our customers’ needs. These technologies enable service providers, enterprises and government entities to streamline multiple networks into a single, cost-effective solution that simplifies the transmission of voice, video, and data over a single secure network; and

Voice Over Internet Protocol (“VoIP”). We deliver a broad range of local and enterprise voice and data services built on VoIP technology, including VoIP enhanced local service, national and multinational SIP trunking, hosted VoIP service, Primary Rate Interface ("PRI") service support, long distance service and toll-free service.

1514


Ethernet. We deliver a robust array of networking services built on Ethernet technology. Ethernet services include point-to-point and multi-point equipment configurations that facilitate data transmissions across metropolitan areas and larger enterprise-class wide area networks. Our Ethernet technology is also used by wireless service providers for data transmission via our fiber-optic cables connected to their towers;Fiber Infrastructure Services

Internet Protocol ("IP"). Our IP services provide global internet access over a high performance, diverse network with connectivity in more than 60 countries. Our network spans approximately 450,000 route miles globally with extensive off-net access solutions across North America, Europe, Latin America and Asia Pacific; and

Content Delivery. Our content delivery services provide our customers with the ability to meet their streaming video and far-reaching digital content distribution needs through our Content Delivery Network ("CDN") services and our Vyvx Broadcast Solutions.

Transport and Infrastructure

Wavelength. We deliver high bandwidth optical networks to firms requiring an end-to-end transport solution with Ethernet technology by contracting for a scalable amount of bandwidth connecting sites or providing high-speed access to cloud computing resources;

Dark Fiber. We possess an extensive array of unlit optical fiber known as “dark fiber.fiber, which has been laid but not yet been equipped with the equipment necessary for it to transmit data. Many large enterprises are interested in building their networks with this high-bandwidth, highly secure optical technology. Lumen Technologies providesWe provide professional services to engineer these networks, and in some cases, manage them for customers; and

Optical Services. We deliver high bandwidth optical wavelength networks to customers requiring an end-to-end solution with ethernet technology for a scalable amount of bandwidth connecting sites or providing high-speed access to cloud computing resources.

Voice and Other

Voice Services. We offer our customers a complete portfolio of traditional Time Division Multiplexing ("TDM") voice services including PRI service, local inbound service, switched one-plus, toll free, long distance and international services;

Private Line. We deliver private line services, a direct circuit or channel specifically dedicated for connecting two or more organizational sites. Private line service offers a high-speed, secure solution for frequent transmission of large amounts of data between sites, including wireless backhaul transmissions;

Colocation and Data Center Services. We provide different options for organizations’ data center needs. Our data center services range from dedicated hosting and cloud services to more complex managed solutions, including disaster recovery, business continuity, applications management support and security services to manage mission critical applications; and

ProfessionalOther Legacy Services.Our experts deliver a robust array of consulting We continue to provide certain services based on older platforms to organizations eithersupport our customers as part of a larger engagement or as stand-alonethey transition to newer technology. These services include Synchronous Optical Network ("SONET") based ethernet, legacy data hosting services, and conferencing services. This category includes network management, installation and maintenance of data equipment and the building of proprietary fiber-optic broadband networks for government and business customers.

Voice and Collaboration

Voice. We offer our customers a complete portfolio of traditional Time Division Multiplexing ("TDM") voice services including Primary Rate Interface service, local inbound service, switched one-plus, toll free, long distance and international services; and

Voice Over Internet Protocol ("VoIP"). We deliver a broad range of local and enterprise voice and data services built on VoIP (Voice over Internet Protocol) technology, including VoIP enhanced local service, national and multinational SIP Trunking, Hosted VoIP, support of Primary Rate Interface service, long distance service and toll-free service.

IT and Managed Services

We craft technology solutions for our customers and often manage those solutions on an ongoing basis. Managed services represent a blend of network, hosting, cloud (public and private), and IT services that typically require ongoing support such as managing applications, operating systems and hardware. This product line includes intuitive management tools that optimize efficiencies in companies’ technology infrastructure. These services frequently enhance equipment or networks owned, acquired or controlled by the customer and often include our consulting or software development.

16


At December 31, 2020,2021, we reported our products and services revenue among the following four categories for the ConsumerMass Markets segment:

BroadbandConsumer Broadband., which includes Includes high speed fiber-based and lower speed DSLDSL-based broadband services;services to residential customers;

Small Business Group ("SBG"). Includes high speed fiber-based and lower speed DSL-based broadband services to small businesses;

Voice and Other., which include Includes primarily local and long-distance services;

Regulatory Revenue, which consist of (i) CAFservices, professional services and other support payments designed to reimburse us for various costs related to certain telecommunications services and (ii) other operating revenue from the leasing and subleasing of space;ancillary services; and

Other,Connect America Fund ("CAF") II. C which include retail video services (including our linear TV services), professional servicesonsists of CAF Phase II payments through the end of 2021 to support voice and other ancillary services.broadband in Federal Communications Commission ("FCC") designated high-cost areas.

Research, Development & Intellectual Property

Due to the dynamic nature of our industry, we prioritize investing in developing new products, improving existing products and licensing third party intellectual property rights to anticipate and meet our customers’ evolving needs. As of December 31, 2020,2021, we had approximately 2,7002,800 patents and patent applications in the U.S. and other countries. We have also received licenses to use patents held by others. Patent licenses give us the freedom to operate our business without the risk of interruption from the holder of the patented technology. We plan to continue to file new patent applications as we enhance and develop products and services, and we plan to continue to seek opportunities to expand our patent portfolio through strategic acquisitions and licensing.

In addition to our patent rights, we have rights in various trade names, trademarks, copyrights and other intellectual property that we use to conduct our business. Our services often use the intellectual property of others, including licensed software. We also occasionally license our intellectual property to others as we deem appropriate.

For information on various litigation risks associated with owning and using intellectual property rights, see “Risk Factors—Business Risks” in Item 1A of Part I of this report, and Note 17—18—Commitments, Contingencies and Other Items to our consolidated financial statements in Item 8 of Part II of this report.
15



RegulationsRegulation of Our Business

Our domestic operations are regulated by the Federal Communications Commission (the “FCC”),FCC, by various state utilityregulatory commissions and occasionally by local agencies. Our non-domestic operations are regulated by supranational groups (such as the European Union, or EU), national agencies and frequently state, provincial or local bodies. Generally, we must obtain and maintain operating licenses from these bodies in most areas where we offer regulated services. For information on the risks associated with the regulations discussed below, see “Risk Factors—Risks Relating to Legal and Regulatory Matters”Risks” in Item 1A of Part I of this report.

Changes in the composition and leadership of the FCC, state regulatory commissions and other agencies that regulate our business could have significant impacts on our revenue, expenses, competitive position and prospects. Changes in the composition and leadership of these agencies are often difficult to predict, which makes future planning more difficult. The following description discusses some of the major regulations affecting our operations, but others could have a substantial impact on us as well. For additional information, see “Risk Factors” in Item 1A of Part I of this report.

Federal Regulation of Domestic Operations

General

The FCC regulates the interstate services we provide, including the business data service charges we bill for wholesale network transmission and intercarrier compensation, including the interstate access charges that we bill other communications companies in connection with the origination and termination of interstate phone calls. Additionally, the FCC regulates several aspects of our business related to international communications services, privacy, public safety and network infrastructure, including (i) our access to and use of local telephone numbers, and(ii) our provision of emergency 911 services.
17


services and (iii) our use or removal (potentially on a reimbursable basis) of equipment produced by certain vendors deemed to cause potential national security risks. We could incur substantial penalties if we fail to comply with the FCC’s applicable regulations.

Many of the FCC’s regulations adopted in recent years remain subject to judicial review and additional rulemakings, thus increasing the difficulty of determining the ultimate impact of these changes on us and our competitors.

Universal Service

In 2015, we accepted Connect America Fund or "CAF"CAF funding from the FCC of approximately $500 million per year for six years to fund the deployment of voice and broadband capable infrastructure for approximately 1.2 million rural households and businesses in 33 of the 37 states in which we arethen operated as an ILEC under the CAF Phase II high-cost support program. As a result of accepting CAF Phase II support payments for 33 states, as well as existing merger-related commitments, we arewere obligated to make substantial capital expenditures to build infrastructure by certain specified milestone deadlines. In accordance with the FCC’s January 2020 order, we elected to receive an additional year of CAF Phase II funding in the end of 2021.

In early 2020, the FCC created the Rural Digital Opportunity Fund (the “RDOF”), which is a new federal support program designed to replace the CAF Phase II program. On December 7, 2020, the FCC allocated in its RDOF Phase I auction $9.2 billion in support payments over 10 years to deploy high speed broadband to over 5.2 million unserved locations. We won bids for RDOF Phase I support payments of $26 million, annually. TheseWe expect our support payments under the RDOF Phase I supportprogram will begin soon after our anticipated receipt of the FCC's approval of our pending application. Assuming we timely complete our pending divestiture of the ILEC business on the terms described herein, we expect a portion of these payments are expectedwill accrue to begin January 1, 2022.the purchaser of that business. See Note 2—Planned Divestiture of the Latin American and ILEC Businesses to our consolidated financial statements in Item 8 of Part II of this report for additional information.

For additional information about the potential financial impact of the CAF Phase II program, see "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations" in Item 7 of Part II of this report.

16


Broadband Regulation

In February 2015, the FCC adopted an order classifying Broadband Internet Access Servicesbroadband internet access services (“BIAS”) under Title II of the Communications Act of 1934 and applying new regulations. In December 2017, the FCC voted to repeal most of those regulations and the classification of BIAS as a Title II service and to preempt states from imposing substantial regulations on broadband. Opponents of this change appealed this action in federal court. Several states have also opposed the change and have initiated state executiveproposed, implemented or enacted laws or orders or introduced legislation focused on state-specific Internet service regulation. In October 2019, the federal court upheld the FCC’s classification decision but vacated a part of its preemption ruling. The court also requestedVarious courts are considering or have ruled upon the FCCissue of the enforceability of state broadband regulation, and additional litigation and appeals are expected with respect to make further findings relating to its classification decision. Numerous parties have appealed this decision, which remain pending.issue. In addition, members of the Biden Administration and various consumer interest groups have advocated in favor of reclassifying BIAS under Title II. The ultimate impact of these pending judicial appealsmatters and calls for additional regulation are currently unknown to us, although the imposition of heightened regulation of our Internet operations could potentially hamper our ability to operate our data networks efficiently, restrict our ability to implement network management practices necessary to ensure quality service, increase the cost of operating, maintaining and upgrading our network and otherwise negatively impact our current operations.

State Regulation of Domestic Operations

Historically ILECs, including ours, have been regulated as “common carriers,” and state regulatory commissions have generally exercised jurisdiction over intrastate voice telecommunications services and their associated facilities. In recent years, most states have reduced their regulation of ILECs, including ours. Nonetheless, stateILECs. State regulatory commissions generally continue to (i) set the rates that telecommunicationtelecommunications companies charge each other for exchanging traffic, (ii) administer support programs designed to subsidize the provision of services to high-cost rural areas, (iii) regulate the purchase and sale of ILECs, (iv) require ILECs to provide service under publicly-filed tariffs setting forth the terms, conditions and prices of regulated services, (v) limit ILECs’ ability to borrow and pledge their assets, (vi) regulate transactions between ILECs and their affiliates and (vii) impose various other service standards. In most states, switched and business data services and interconnection services are subject to price regulation, although the extent of regulation varies by type of service and geographic region. In addition, our Voice-Over-Internet Protocol services are regulated more lightly than legacy telephone services.

Data Privacy Regulations

Various foreign, federal and state laws govern our storage, maintenance and use of customer data, including a wide range of consumer protection, data protection, privacy, intellectual property and similar laws. Data privacy regulations are complex and vary across jurisdictions. As a global company, we must comply with various jurisdictional data privacy regulations, including the General Data Protection Regulation (“GDPR”) in the EU and
18


similar laws adopted by various other jurisdictions in certain of our domestic and overseas markets. The application, interpretation and enforcement of these laws are often uncertain, and may be interpreted and applied inconsistently from jurisdiction to jurisdiction. These regulations require careful handling of personal and customer data.data and could have a significant impact on our business. We have adopted data handling policies and practices to comply with global data privacy requirements, including GDPR and similar regulations, and have resources dedicated to complying with changing data privacy regulations.

Anti-Bribery and Corruption Regulations

As a global company we must comply with complex foreign and U.S. laws and regulations governing business ethics and practices, such as the U.S. Foreign Corrupt Practices Act, the U.K. Bribery Act and other local laws prohibiting corrupt payments to governmental officials and anti-competition regulations. We have compliance policies, programs and training to prevent non-compliance with such anti-corruption regulations in the U.S. and other jurisdictions. We monitor pending and proposed legislation and regulatory changes that may impact our business and develop strategies to address the changes and incorporate them into existing compliance programs.

International Regulations

Our subsidiaries operating outside of the U.S. are subject to various regulations in the markets where service is provided. The scope of regulation varies from country to country. The communications regulatory regimes in certain of our non-domestic markets are in the process of development. Many issues, including the pricing of services, have not been addressed fully, or even at all.

17


The United Kingdom (“UK”) recently terminated its membership in the EU (“Brexit”), subject to the negotiation of additional and has entered into related separation agreements with the EU regarding data sharing, financial services and other matters. Several factors which are currently unknown will influence Brexit’s ultimate impact on our business. We operate a staging facility in the UK, where certain core network elements and customer premises equipment is configured before being shipped to both UK and EU locations. The UK is currently also a central repository of our spare parts for use in our European operations. However, we have also established a third party sparing facility in Amsterdam which we believe will help mitigate potential disruptions resulting from any impediments to the free movement of goods between the EU and the UK. Given the small percentage of our global personnel that are UK or EU nationals, we do not anticipate any adverse impact from Brexit on our workforce. We are currently monitoring Brexit developments, reviewing our supply chain alternatives, and assessing the short and long-term implications of Brexit on our operations. Nonetheless, based on current information, we do not anticipate Brexit will have a substantial impact on our business.

Our overseas operations are subject to various U.S. export and sanctions laws and regulations. Our deconsolidated Venezuelan affiliate conducts operations in Venezuela, which is currently subject to certain U.S. sanctions.

Other Regulations

Our networks and properties are subject to numerous federal, state and local laws and regulations, including environmental compliancelaws and regulations governing the use, storage and disposal of hazardous materials, the release of pollutants into the environment and the remediation expenses.of contamination. Our contingent liabilities under these laws are further described in Note 18—Commitments, Contingencies and Other Items. Certain federal and state agencies, including attorneys general, monitor and exercise oversight related to consumer protection issues. We are also subject to codes that regulate our trenching and construction operations or that require us to obtain permits, licenses or franchises to operate. Such regulations are enacted by municipalities, counties, state, federal or other regional governmental bodies, and can vary widely from jurisdiction to jurisdiction as a result. Such regulations may also require us to pay substantial fees.

Acquisitions and Dispositions

Since being incorporated in 1968, we have grown principally through acquisitions. By 2008, we had become one of the largest providers of rural telephone services in the United States. Since then, we acquired Embarq Corporation in mid-2009, Qwest Communications International Inc. in early 2011 and Level 3 Communications, Inc. in late 2017. These acquisitions have substantially changed our customer base, geographic footprint, business strategies and mix of products and services.

We regularly evaluate the possibility of acquiring additional assets or disposing of assets in exchange for cash, securities or other properties, and at any given time may be engaged in discussions or negotiations regarding additional acquisitions or dispositions. We generally do not announce our acquisitions or dispositions until we have entered into a preliminary or definitive agreement.
19


See Note 2—Goodwill, Customer Relationships and Other Intangible Assets to our consolidated financial statements in Item 8 of Part II of this report for additional information on these acquisitions.

Seasonality

Overall, our business is not materially impacted by seasonality. Our network-related operating expenses are, however, generally higher in the second and third quarters of the year. From time to time, weather related problems have resulted in increased costs to repair our network and respond to service calls in some of our markets. The amount and timing of these costs are subject to the weather patterns of any given year but have generally been highest during the third quarter and have been related to damage from severe storms, including hurricanes, tropical storms and tornadoes in our markets along the Atlantic and Gulf of Mexico coastlines.

Additional Information

From time to time, we may make investments in other communications or technology companies. For further information on regulatory, technological and competitive factors that could impact our revenue, see "Regulation" under this Item 1, above, and "Competition" under this Item 1, above, and "Risk Factors" under Item 1A, below. For more information on the financial contributions of our various services, see "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations" in Item 7 of Part II of this report.

Website Access and Important Investor Information

We were incorporated in Louisiana in 1968. Our website is www.lumen.com. We routinely post important investor information in the “Investor Relations” section of our website at ir.lumen.com. The information contained on, or that may be accessed through, our website is not part of this report or any other periodic reports that we file with the SEC. You may obtain free electronic copies of annual reports on Form 10-K, quarterly reports on Form 10-Q, and current reports on Form 8-K of us and two of our principal subsidiaries, and amendments to those reports, in the “Investor Relations” section of our website (ir.lumen.com) under the heading “FINANCIALS” and subheading “SEC Filings.” These reports are also available on the SEC’s website at www.sec.gov. From time to time, we also use our website to webcast our earnings calls and certain of our meetings with investors or other members of the investment community.

18


We have adopted a written code of conduct that serves as the code of ethics applicable to our directors, officers and employees, in accordance with applicable laws and rules promulgated by the SEC and the New York Stock Exchange. In the event that we make any changes (other than by a technical, administrative or non-substantive amendment) to, or provide any waivers from, the provisions of our code of conduct applicable to our directors or executive officers, we intend to disclose these events on our website or in a report on Form 8-K filed with the SEC. The code of conduct, as well as copies of our guidelines on significant governance issues and the charters of our key board committees, are also available in the “Governance” section of our website at www.lumen.com/en-us/about/governance or in print to any shareholder who requests them by sending a written request to our Corporate Secretary at Lumen Technologies, Inc., 100 CenturyLink Drive, Monroe, Louisiana, 71203.

In connection with filing this report, our chief executive officer and chief financial officer made the certifications regarding our financial disclosures required under the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, and its related regulations. In addition, during 2020,2021, our chief executive officer certified to the New York Stock Exchange that he was unaware of any violations by us of the New York Stock Exchange’s corporate governance listing standards.

As a large complex organization, we are from time to time subject to litigation, disputes, governmental or internal investigations, consent decrees, service outages, security breaches or other adverse events. We typically publicly disclose these occurrences (and their ultimate outcomes) only when we determine these disclosures to be material to investors or otherwise required by applicable law.

We typically disclose material non-public information by disseminating press releases, making public filings with the SEC, or disclosing information during publicly accessible meetings or conference calls. Nonetheless, from time to time we have used, and intend to continue to use, our website and social media accounts to augment our disclosures.

20


Investors should also be aware that while we do, at various times, answer questions raised by securities analysts, it is against our policy to disclose to them selectively any material non-public information or other confidential information. Accordingly, investors should not assume that we agree with any statement or report issued by an analyst with respect to our past or projected performance. To the extent that reports issued by securities analysts contain any projections, forecasts or opinions, such reports are not our responsibility.

Unless otherwise indicated, information contained in this report and other documents filed by us under the federal securities laws concerning our views and expectations regarding the technology or communications industries are based on estimates made by us using data from industry sources and onmaking assumptions made by us based on our management’sindustry knowledge and experience in the markets in which we operate and our industry generally.experience. You should be aware that we have not independently verified data from industry or other third-party sources and cannot guarantee its accuracy or completeness.

Our principal executive offices and telephone number are listed on the cover page of this report.

19


ITEM 1A. RISK FACTORS

The following discussion identifies material factors that could (i) materially and adversely affect our business, financial condition, results of operations or prospects or (ii) cause our actual results to differ materially from our anticipated results, projections or other expectations. The following information should be read in conjunction with the other portions of this annual report, including “Special Note Regarding Forward-Looking Statements”, “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” in Item 7 and our consolidated financial statements and related notes in Item 8. All references to "Notes" in this Item 1A of Part I refer to the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements included in Item 8 of Part II of this annual report. Please note the following discussion is not intended to comprehensively list all risks or uncertainties faced by us. Our operations or actual results could also be similarly impacted by additional risks and uncertainties that are not currently known to us, that we currently deem to be immaterial, that arise in the future or that are not specific to us. In addition, certain of the risks described below apply only to a part or segment of our business.

Business Risks

We may not be able to create the global digital experience expected by customers.

Our customers expect us to create and maintain a global digital experience, including: (i) automation and simplification of our offerings, (ii) customer self-service options (iii) innovative solutions, and (iv)(iii) digital access to our products, services and customer support. To do so, we must complete the digital transformation of our operations that is currently underway. Effective digital transformation is a complex, dynamic process requiring efficient allocation and prioritization of resources, simplification of our product portfolio, faster product deployments, retirement of obsolete systems, migration of data and corresponding workforce and system development. We cannot assure you we will be able to effect the successful digital transformation necessary to develop or deliver a global digital experience expected by our customers. If we are unable to do so, we could lose existing customers to our competitors or fail to attract new customers.ones, either of which could prevent us from attaining our financial goals.

Challenges with integrating or modernizing our existing applications and systems could harm our performance.

To succeed, we need to integrate, upgrade and evolve our existing applications and systems, including many legacy systems from past acquisitions. We cannot assure you we will be able to integrate our legacy IT systems, modernize our infrastructure, timely retire aging systems or deploy a master data management platform. These modernization efforts will require efficient allocation of resources, development capacity, access to subject-matter experts, development of a sustainable operating model and successful collaboration between legal, privacy and security personnel. Any failure or delay in accomplishingto timely accomplish these initiatives may negatively affect our (i) customer and employee experiences, (ii) ability to meet regulatory, legal or contractual obligations, (iii) network stability, (iv) ability to realize anticipated efficiencies, (v) ability to timely repair infrastructure and respond to service outages or (v)(vi) ability to deliver value to our customers at required speed and scale.

We operate in an intensely competitive industry and existing and future competitive pressures could harm our performance.

21


Each of our business and consumermass market offerings faces increasingly intense competition, with increased pressure to be digitally integrated and quick to market, from a wide varietyrange of sources under evolving market conditions.conditions that have increased the number and variety of companies that compete with us. Some of our current and potential competitors: (i) offer products or services that are substitutes for our traditional wireline voice services, including wireless broadband, wireless voice and non-voice communication services, (ii) offer a more comprehensive range of communications products and services, (iii) have greater marketing, engineering, research, development, technical, provisioning, customer relations, financial or other resources, (iv) conduct operations or raise capital at a lower cost than we do, (v) are subject to less regulation than we are, (vi) have stronger brand names, (vii) have deeper or more long-standing relationships with key customers, (viii) might be perceived as having an ESG profile more attractive to customers or (viii)employees, or (ix) have larger operations than ours, any of which may enable them to compete more successfully for customers, strategic partners and acquisitions. Competitive pressures have lowered market prices for many of our products and services in recent years and continued competitive pressures will likely place further downward pressure on market pricing.

20


Our ability to successfully compete could be hampered if we fail to timely develop and market innovative technology solutions.solutions that address changing customer demands.

The technology and communications industry has been and continues to be impacted by significant technological changes, which are enabling an increasing variety of companies to compete with us. Many of these technological changes are (i) displacing or reducing demand for certain of our services, (ii) enabling the development of competitive products or services, (iii) enabling customers to reduce or bypass use of our networks or (iv) reducing profit margins. For example, as service providers continue to invest in 5G networks and services, their 5G services could reduce demand for our network services. Increasingly, customers are demanding more technologically advanced products that suit their evolving needs. To remain competitive, we will need to accurately predict invest in and respond to changes in technology. Also, we will needtechnology, to continue developing products and services attractive to our customers.customers, to maintain and expand our network to enable it to support customer demands for greater transmission capacity and speeds, and to discontinue outdated products and services on a cost-effective basis. Our ability to do so could be restricted by various factors, including limitations of our existing network, technology, capital or personnel. If we fail at that, our competitors will likely provide ourwe could lose customers with more desirable products and services.or fail to attract new ones.

We may be unable to attract, develop and retain leaders and employees with the right skillsets and technical expertise.

We may be unable to attract and retain skilled and motivated leaders and employees who possess the right skillsets and technical, managerial and development expertise to execute on our plans for transformation, innovation and strategic growth. We operate in a highly competitive and expanding industry. We operate with a limited pool of employees and there is competition for highly qualified personnel in certain growth markets. Our competitors periodically target our employees with highly sought-after skills and will likely continue to do so in the future. Further, the increased availability of remote working arrangements, largely driven by the COVID-19 pandemic, has expanded the pool of companies that can compete for our employees and employee candidates. We believe some of our competitors with greater resources and fewer cost constraints than us have from time to time been able to offer compensation, benefits or accommodations in excess of what we are able to offer. As a result, we may be unable to cost-effectively hire and retain employees with market-leading skills. There is no assurance our efforts to recruit and retain qualified personnel will be successful. If we are unable to do so, such failure could have a material adverse effect on our operations and financial condition.

The COVID-19 pandemic caused us to modify our workforce practices, including having the vast majority of our employees work from home. We intend to reopen our offices in 2022 under a “hybrid” working environment, meaning that some of our employees will have the flexibility to work remotely at least some of the time, for the foreseeable future. The hybrid working environment may impair our ability to maintain our collaborative and innovative culture, and may cause disruptions among our employees, including decreases in productivity, challenges in collaboration between on-site and off-site employees and, potentially, employee dissatisfaction and attrition. If our attempts to safely reopen our offices and operate under a hybrid working environment are not successful, our business could be adversely impacted.Additionally, any state or federal vaccine mandate that is upheld by the courts could make it more difficult to retain or attract employees who oppose vaccination mandates and are ineligible for an exemption.

The pandemic and other events over the past couple years have increased employees’ expectations regarding compensation, workplace flexibility and work-home balance. These developments have intensified certain of our above-described challenges and made it relatively more difficult for us to attract and retain top talent. We do not expect these developments to have a material adverse impact on us, but we can provide no assurances to this effect.

We could be harmed if our reputation is damaged.

We believe the Lumen brand name and our reputation are important corporate assets that help us attract and retain customers and talented employees. However, our corporate reputation is susceptible to material damage by events such as disputes with customers or competitors, cyber-attacks or service outages, internal control deficiencies, delivery failures, compliance violations, government investigations or legal proceedings. Similar events impacting one of our competitors could result in negative publicity for our entire industry that indirectly harms our business. We may also experience reputational damage if customers, vendors, employees, advocacy groups, regulators, investors, the media, social media influencers or others criticize our services, operations or public positions.
21



Our brand and reputation could be impacted by our public commitments to various corporate environmental, social and governance (ESG) initiatives, including our political contributions, our advocacy positions, and our goals for sustainability, inclusion and diversity. Positions we take or do not take on ESG issues could negatively impact our ability to attract or retain customers and employees. Similarly, any failure to achieve our ESG commitments could harm our reputation and adversely affect us.

There is a risk that negative or inaccurate information about Lumen, even if based on rumor or misunderstanding, could adversely affect our business. Damage to our reputation could be difficult, expensive and time-consuming to repair. Damage to our reputation could also reduce the value and effectiveness of the Lumen brand name and could reduce investor confidence in us, having a material adverse impact on the value of our securities.

We could be harmed by cyber-attacks.

Our vulnerability to cyber-attacks is heightened by several features of our operations, including (i) our material reliance on our networks to conduct our operations, (ii) our transmission of large amounts of data over our systems and (iii) our processing and storage of sensitive customer data.

Cyber-attacks on our systems may stem from a variety of sources, including fraud, malice or sabotage on the part of foreign nations, third parties, vendors, or employees and attempts by outside parties to gain access to sensitive data that is stored in or transmitted across our network. Cyber-attacks can take many forms, including computer hackings, computer viruses, ransomware, worms or other destructive or disruptive software, denial of service attacks, or other malicious activities. Cyber-attacks can put at risk personally identifiable customer data or protected health information, thereby implicating stringent domestic and foreign data protection laws. These threats may also arise from failure or breaches of systems owned, operated or controlled by other unaffiliated operators to the extent we rely on such other systems to deliver services to our customers orthem to operate our business. Various other factors could intensify these risks, including, (i) our maintenance of information in digital form stored on servers connected to the Internet, (ii) our use of open and software-defined networks, (iii) the complexity of our multi-continent network composed of legacy and acquired properties, (iv) growth in the size and sophistication of our customers and their service requirements, and (v) increased use of our network due to greater demand for data services.services and (vi) our increased incidence of employees working from remote locations.

Like other prominent technology and communications companies, we and our customers are constant targets of cyber-attacks of various kinds. Althoughcyber-attacks. Despite our efforts to prevent these events, some of these attacks have resulted in security breaches, although thus far none of these breaches has resulted in a material adverse effect on our operating results or financial condition. You should be aware, however, that the risk of breaches is likely to continue to increase due to several factors, including
22


the increasing sophistication of cyber-attacks and the wider accessibility of cyber-attack tools. Known and newly discovered software and hardware vulnerabilities are constantly evolving, which increases the difficulty of detecting and successfully defending against them. You should be further aware that defenses against cyber-attacks currently available to U.S. companies are unlikely to prevent intrusions by a highly-determined, highly-sophisticated hacker. Consequently, you should assume we will be unable to implement security barriers or other preventative measures that repel all future cyber-attacks.

Although we maintain insurance coverage that may, subject to policy terms and conditions (including self-insured deductibles, coverage restrictions and monetary coverage caps), cover certain aspects of our cyber risks, such insurance coverage may be unavailable or insufficient to cover our losses.

Cyber-attacks could (i) disrupt the proper functioning of our networks and systems, which could in turn disrupt the operations of our customers, (ii) result in the destruction, loss, theft, misappropriation or release of proprietary, confidential, sensitive, classified or otherwise valuable information of ours, our employees, our customers or our customers’ end users, (iii) require us to notify customers, regulatory agencies or the public of data breaches, (iv) require us to provide credits for future service to our customers or to offer expensive incentives to retain customers; (v) subject us to claims by our customers or regulators for damages, fines, penalties, license or permit revocations or other remedies, (vi) damage our reputation or result in a loss of business, (vii) result in the loss of industry certifications or (viii) require significant management attention or financial resources to remedy the resulting damages or to change our systems. Any or all of the foregoing developments could materially adverselyhave a material adverse impact on us.

22


We could be harmed by outages in our network or various platforms, or other failures of our services.

We are also vulnerable to outages in our network, hosting, cloud or IT platforms, as well as failures of our products or services (including basic and enhanced 911 emergency services) to perform in the manner anticipated. These outages or other failures could result in several of the same adverse effects listed above for cyber-attacks, including the loss of customers, the issuance of credits or refunds, and regulatory fines. This vulnerability may be increased by several factors, including aging network elements, human error, changes in our network, the introduction of new products or technologies, vulnerabilities in our vendors or supply chain, aberrant employees and hardware and software limitations. The process for remediating any interruptions, outages, delays or cessations of service could be more expensive, time-consuming, disruptive and resource intensive than planned. From time to time in the ordinary course of our business we experience disruptions in our service. We could experience more significant disruptions in the future. SuchDelayed sales, lower margins, fines or lost customers resulting from such disruptions could have a negative impact on our business, reputation, results of operations, financial condition, cash flows and cash flows.stock price.

Several of our services continue to experience declining revenue, and our efforts to offset these declines may not be successful.

Primarily as a result of the competitive and technological changes discussed above, we have experienced a prolonged systemic decline in our local voice, long-distance voice, network access and private line revenues. Consequently, we have experienced declining consolidated revenues (excluding acquisitions) for a prolonged period and have not been able to realize cost savings sufficient to fully offset the decline. More recently, we have experienced declines in revenue derived from a broader array of our products and services. We have thus far been unable to reverse our annual revenue losses (excluding acquisitions). In addition, most of our more recent product and service offerings generate lower profit margins and may have shorter lifespans than our traditional communication services, and some can be expected to experience slowing or no growth in the future. Accordingly, we may not be successful in attaining our goal of achieving future revenue growth.

Our operations, financial performance and liquidity are materially reliant on key suppliers, vendors and other third parties.

Our ability to conduct our operations could be materially adversely affectedhave a material adverse impact on us if certain of our arrangements with third parties were terminated, including those further described below.

Reliance on other communications providers. To offer certain services in certain of our markets, we must either purchase services or lease network capacity from, or interconnect our network with, the infrastructure of other communications carriers or cloud companies who typically compete against us in those markets. Our reliance on these supply or interconnection arrangements limits our control over the delivery and quality of our services. In addition, we are exposed to the risk that other carriers may be unwilling or unable to continue or renew these arrangements in the future. Those risks are heightened when the other carrier is a competitor who may benefit from terminating the agreement or imposing price increases. Additionally, certain of our operations carry a significant amount of voice or data traffic for other communications providers. Their reliance on our services exposes us to the risk that they may
23


transfer all or a portion of this traffic from our network to alternative networks owned or leased by them, thereby reducing our revenue.

Reliance on key suppliers and vendors. We depend on a limited number of suppliers and vendors forto provide us, directly or through other suppliers, with equipment and services relating to our network infrastructure, including fiber optic cable, software, optronics, transmission electronics, digital switches, routing equipment, customer premise equipment, and related components. We also rely on software and service vendors or other parties to assist us with operating, maintaining and administering our business, including billing, security, provisioning and general operations. If any of these vendors experience business interruptions, security breaches, litigation or other problems deliveringissues that interfere with their ability to deliver their products or services on a timely basis, our operations could suffer significantly. To the extent that proprietary technology of a supplier is an integral component of our network, we may have limited flexibility to purchase key network components from alternative suppliers.

23


The COVID-19 pandemic and other factors have led to a shortage of semiconductors and certain other supplies that we use in our business. Thus far, the negative impact of these shortages on our financial results has not been significant. If these shortages intensify, however, it could materially impact our financial results in a variety of ways, including by increasing our expenses, delaying our network expansion plans or interfering with our ability to deliver products and services.

Reliance on key licensors. We rely on key technologies licensed from third parties to deliver certain of our products and services. Our agreements with these licensors may expire or be terminated, and some of the licenses may not be available to us in the future on terms acceptable to us or at all. Moreover, if we incorporate licensed technology into our network, we may have limited flexibility to deploy different technologies from alternative licensors.

Reliance on key customer contracts. We have several complex high-value national and global customer contracts. These contracts are frequently impacted by a variety of factors that could reduce or eliminate the profitability of these contracts. Moreover, we would be adversely impacted if we fail to renew major contracts upon their expiration.

Reliance on landowners. We rely on rights-of-way, colocation agreements, franchises and other authorizations granted by governmental bodies, railway companies, utilities, carriers and other third parties to locate a portion of our network equipment over, on or under their respective properties. A significant number of these authorizations are scheduled to lapse over the next five to ten years, unless we are able to extend or renew them. Further, some of our operations are subject to licensing and franchising requirements imposed by municipalities or other governmental authorities. Our operations could be adversely affected if any of these authorizations are cancelled, or otherwise terminate or lapse, or if the landowner requests price increases. We cannot assure you we will be able to successfully extend these arrangements when their terms expire, or to enter into new arrangements that may be necessary to implement our network expansion opportunities.

We face risks from natural disasters and extreme weather, which canClimate change could disrupt our operations, and cause us to incur substantial additional capital and operating costs.costs or negatively affect our business.

A substantial number of our domestic facilities are located in coastal states, which subjects them to the risks associated with severe tropical storms, hurricanes and tornadoes, and many other of our facilities are subject to the risk of earthquakes, floods, fires, tornadoes or other similar casualty events. These events could cause substantial damages, including downed transmission lines, flooded facilities, power outages, fuel shortages, network congestion, delay or failure, damaged or destroyed property and equipment, and work interruptions. Due to substantial deductibles, coverage limits and exclusions, and limited availability, we have typically recovered only a portion of our losses through insurance. Moreover, many climate experts predict an

Climate change may increase inthe frequency or severity of natural disasters and other extreme weather events in the future, which would increase our exposure to such risks. For all these reasons, any future hazard-relatedthe above-cited risks and could disrupt our supply chain from our key suppliers and vendors. Also, concern over climate change may result in new or increased legal and regulatory requirements to reduce or mitigate the effects of climate change, which could result in significant increased costs and interruptionsrequire additional investments in facilities and equipment, thereby negatively affecting our business and operations. In addition, any failure to achieve our goals or regulatory mandates with respect to reducing our impact on the environment could adversely affect our operations and our financial condition.result in the adverse impacts noted above.

24


Any additional future acquisitions or strategic investments may not be available on attractive terms and would subject us to additional risks.

Much of our past growth is attributable to acquisitions. In an effort to implement our business strategies, we may from time to time in the future attempt to pursue other acquisition or expansion opportunities, including strategic investments. To the extent we can identify attractive opportunities, these transactions could involve acquisitions of entire businesses or investments in start-up or established companies and could take several forms. These types of transactions may present significant risks and uncertainties, including the difficulty of identifying appropriate companies to acquire or invest in on acceptable terms, potential violations of covenants in our debt instruments, insufficient revenue acquired to offset liabilities assumed, unexpected expenses, inadequate return of capital, regulatory or compliance issues, potential infringements, difficulties integrating the new properties into our operations, and other unidentified issues not discovered in due diligence. In addition, the financing of any future acquisition completed by us could adversely impact our capital structure. Except as required by law or applicable securities exchange listing standards, we do not expect to ask our shareholders to vote on any proposed acquisition.

24


Asset dispositions could have a detrimental impact on us or the holders of our securities.

In the past, we have disposed of assets or asset groups for a variety of reasons, and currently expect to consummate later this year two pending divestitures discussed elsewhere in this section "Item 1A. Risk Factors." In addition, we may consider disposingdispose of other assets or asset groups from time to time in the future. If we agree to proceed with any such other divestitures of assets, we may experience operational difficulties segregating them from our retained assets and operations, which could result in disruptions to our operations or claims for damages, among other things. Moreover, such dispositions could reduce our cash flows available to support our payment of dividends, capital expenditures, pension contributions, debt maturities or other commitments.

An outbreak of disease or similar public health threat, such as the recent COVID-19 pandemic, could have a material adverse impact on us.

An outbreak of disease or similar public health threat, such as the recent COVID-19 pandemic and its detrimental impact on the worldwide economy, could have a material adverse impact on our operating results and financial condition. Variants of the COVID-19 posesvirus pose the risk that we or our employees, contractors, suppliers, customers and other business partners may be prevented from conducting business activities at expected levels through established processes for an indefinite period of time. Future events regarding the pandemic, which are unpredictable and beyond our control, will likely continue impacting our operations and results by its effects on demand for our products and services and network usage, on our customers’ ability to continue to pay us in a timely manner, on other third parties we rely on, on our workforce, on our performance under our contracts, and on our supply chains or distribution channels for our products and services. In addition, many of our employees continue to face challenges due to pandemic-related financial, family and health burdens that may negatively impact their ability or willingness to remain employed or fully engaged. If the pandemic intensifies or economic conditions further deteriorate, the pandemic’s adverse impact on us could become pronounced in the future and could have a material adverse impact on our operating results and financial condition.

Moreover, to the extent any of these risks and uncertainties adversely impact us, they may also have the effect of heightening many of the other risks described in this section “Item 1A. Risk Factors.”

We have taken certain precautions due to the uncertain and evolving situation relating to the spread of COVID-19 that could have a material adverse impact on us.

The precautionary measures described in this annual report we have taken to safeguard our employees and customers could make it more difficult to (i) timely and efficiently furnish products and services to our customers, (ii) devote sufficient resources to our ongoing network and product simplification projects, (iii) efficiently monitor and maintain our network, (iv) maintain effective internal controls, (v) mitigate information technology or cybersecurity related risks, (vi) maintain a consistent culture and (vi)(vii) otherwise operate and administer our affairs. As such, these measures ultimately could have a material adverse impact on our operating results and financial condition.

25


We face other business risks.

We face other business risks, including among others:

the risk that customer complaints, governmental investigations or other adverse publicity will adversely impact our brand and our business; and

the difficulties of managing and administering an organization that offers a complex set of products to a diverse range of customers across several continents.continents; and

the adverse effects of terrorism, rioting, vandalism or social unrest.

Legal and Regulatory Risks

We are subject to an extensive, evolving regulatory framework that could create operational or compliance costs.

As explained in greater detail elsewhere in this annual report, (i) our domestic operations are regulated by the FCC and other federal, state and local agencies and (ii) our international operations are regulated by a wide range of various foreign and international bodies. We cannot assure you we will be successful in obtaining or retaining all regulatory licenses necessary to carry out our business in our various markets. Even if we are, the prescribed service standards and conditions imposed on us under these licenses and related data storage, communication and transfer laws may increase our costs, limit our operational flexibility or result in third-party claims.

25


We are subject to numerous requirements and interpretations under various international, federal, state and local laws, rules and regulations, which are often quite detailed and occasionally in conflict with each other. Accordingly, we cannot ensure we will always be considered to be in compliance with all these requirements at any single point in time.

Various governmental agencies, including state attorneys general with jurisdiction over our operations, have routinely in the past investigated our business practices either in response to customer complaints or on their own initiative, and are expected to continue to do the same in the future. Certain of these investigations have resulted in substantial fines in the past. On occasion, we have resolved such matters by entering into consent decrees, which are court orders that frequently bind us to specific conduct going forward. TheseIf breached by us, these consent decrees expose us not only to contractual remedies, but also to judicial enforcement via contempt of court proceedings, any of which could have material adverse consequences. Additionally, future investigations can potentially result in enforcement actions, litigation, fines, settlements or reputational harm, or could cause us to change our sales practices or operations.

Our participation in the FCC's CAF Phase II and RDOF programs subjects us to certain financial risks. If we are not in compliance with FCC measures by the end of the CAF Phase II and RDOF programs, we could incur substantial penalties.

We provide products or services to various federal, state and local agencies. Our failure to comply with complex governmental regulations and laws applicable to these programs, or the terms of our governmental contracts, could result in us suffering substantial negative publicity or penalties, being suspended or debarred from future governmental programs or contracts for a significant period of time and in certain instances could lead to the revocation of our FCC licenses. Moreover, certain governmental agencies frequently reserve the right to terminate their contracts for convenience or if funding is unavailable. If our governmental contracts are terminated for any reason, or if we are suspended or debarred from governmental programs or contracts, it could have a material adverse impact on our results of operations and financial condition would be materially adversely affected.condition.

26


Adapting and responding to changing regulatory requirements has historically materially impacted our operations. We believe evolving regulatory developments and regulatory uncertainty could continue to have a material impact on our business. In particular, our business could be materially impacted if the U.S. Congress amends or eliminates current federal law limitations on the liability of private network providers, such as us, against claims related to third party content stored or transmitted on private networks, as currently proposed by certain governmental officials, legislative leaders and consumer interest groups. We could also be materially affected if currently pending proposals to increase the regulation of internet service providers or to further strengthen data privacy laws are implemented. In addition, federal and state agencies that dispenseregulate the support program payments we receive or the fees that we charge for certain of our regulated services can, and from time to time do, reduce the amount of those payments to us and other carriers.amounts we receive or can charge. The variability of these laws could also hamper the ability of us and our customers to plan for the future or establish long-term strategies.

Third-party content stored or transmitted on our networks could result in liability or otherwise damage our reputation.

While we disclaim any liability for third-party content in most of our service contracts, as a private network provider we potentially could be exposed to legal claims relating to third-party content stored or transmitted on our networks. Such claims could involve, among others, allegations of defamation, invasion of privacy, copyright infringement, or aiding and abetting restricted activities such as online gambling or pornography. Although we believe our liability for these types of claims is limited under current law, suits against other carriers have been successful and we cannot assure you that our defenses will prevail. Such third-party content could also result in adverse publicity and damage our reputation. Moreover, as noted above, pending proposals to change the law could materially heighten our legal exposure.

Our pending legal proceedings could have a material adverse impact on us.

There are several potentially material proceedings pending against us. Results of these legal proceedings cannot be predicted with certainty. As of any given date we could have exposure to losses under proceedings in excess of our accrued liability. For each of these reasons, any of the proceedings described in Note 17—18—Commitments, Contingencies and Other Items, as well as current litigation not described therein or future litigation, could have a material adverse effect on our business, reputation, financial position, operating results, the trading price of our securities and our ability to access the capital markets. We can give you no assurances as to the ultimate impact of these matters on us.
26



We may not be successful in protecting and enforcing our intellectual property rights.

We rely on various patents, copyrights, trade names, trademarks, service marks, trade secrets and other similar intellectual property rights, as well as confidentiality agreements and procedures, to establish and protect our proprietary rights. For a variety of reasons, however, these steps may not fully protect us, including due to inherent limitations on the ability to enforce these rights. If we are unsuccessful in protecting or enforcing our intellectual property rights, our business, competitive position, results of operations and financial condition could be adversely affected.

We have been accused of infringing the intellectual property rights of others and will likely face similar accusations in the future.

We received a number ofroutinely receive notices from third parties or have beenare named in lawsuits filed by third parties claiming we have infringed or are infringing their intellectual property rights. We are currently responding to several of these notices and claims and expect this industry-wide trend will continue. If these claims succeed, we could be required to pay significant monetary damages, to cease using the applicable technology or to make royalty payments to continue using the applicable technology.If we are required to take one or more of these actions, our revenues or profit margins may decline, our operations could be materially impaired or we may be required to stop selling or redesign one or more of our products or services, which may adversely affectcould have a material adverse impact on our business, results of operations, financial condition and cash flows.business. Similarly, from time to time, we may need to obtain the right to use certain patents or other intellectual property from third parties to be able to offer new products and services. If we cannot obtain rights to use any required technology from a third party on reasonable terms, our ability to offer new products and services may be prohibited, restricted, made more costly or delayed.

27


Failure to extend or renegotiate our collective bargaining agreements or work stoppages could have a material impact on us.

As of December 31, 2020,2021, approximately 23%21% of our employees were members of various bargaining units represented by labor unions. Although we have agreements with these labor unions, we cannot predict the outcome of our future negotiations of these agreements. We may be unable to reach new agreements, and union employees may engage in strikes, work slowdowns or other labor actions, which could materially disrupt our ability to provide services and increase our costs. Even if we succeed in reaching new or replacement agreements, they may impose significant new costs on us that impair our competitive position.

Our international operations expose us to various regulatory, currency, tax, legal and other risks.

Our international operations are subject to U.S. and non-U.S. laws and regulations regarding operations in international jurisdictions in which we provide services. These numerous and sometimes conflicting laws and regulations include anti-corruption laws, anti-competition laws, trade restrictions, economic sanctions, tax laws, immigration laws, environmental laws, privacy laws and accounting requirements. Many of these laws are complex and change frequently. There is a risk that these laws or regulations may materially restrict our ability to deliver services in various international jurisdictions or expose us to the risk of fines, penalties or license revocations if we are determined to have violated applicable laws or regulations. Additionally, these laws or regulations may potentially impact our customers and result in foregone business or penalties to us if we fail to comply with any applicable sanctions or restrictions on our activities.

Many non-U.S. laws and regulations relating to communications services are more restrictive than U.S. laws and regulations, particularly those relatingregulations. We are subject to the GDPR of the European Union and the United Kingdom, as well as various other laws governing privacy rights, data protection and data retention.cybersecurity laws in other regions. These laws and regulations continue to proliferate and evolve, are becoming more complex and increasingly conflict among the various countries in which we operate, which has resulted in greater compliance risk and cost for us. Moreover, many countries are still in the early stages of providing for and adapting to a liberalized telecommunications market, which could make it more difficult for us to obtain licenses and conduct our operations.

In addition to these international regulatory risks, some of the other risks inherent in conducting business internationally include: economic, social and political instability, with the attendant risks of terrorism, kidnapping, extortion, civic unrest, and potential seizure or nationalization of assets; currency and exchange controls, repatriation restrictions and fluctuations in currency exchange rates, including, without limitation, the matters outlined in Note 1—Background and Summary of Significant Accounting Policies — Foreign Currency; problems collecting accounts receivable; the difficulty or inability in certain jurisdictions to enforce contract or intellectual property rights; reliance on certain third parties with whom we lack extensive experience; supply chain challenges; and challenges in securing and maintaining the necessary physical and telecommunications infrastructure.

27


ChangesOur operations and financial results could be impacted by changes in multilateral conventions, treaties, tariffs or other arrangements between or among sovereign nations, could impact us. Specifically, the United Kingdomincluding most recently exited the European Union ("Brexit”) subject to the negotiation of additional separation agreements with the European Union regarding data sharing, financial services and other matters. Brexit could potentially impact our supply chains, logistics, and human resources, and subject us to additional regulatory complexities. Additionally, Brexit and other changes in multilateral arrangements may more broadly adversely affect our operations and financial results.Brexit.

Financial Risks

Our significant debt levels expose us to a broad range of risks.

As of December 31, 2020,2021, we had approximately $12.5$12.4 billion of outstanding consolidated secured indebtedness, $19.3$17.8 billion of outstanding consolidated unsecured indebtedness (excluding(including long-term debt reclassified as liabilities held for sale, excluding finance lease obligations, unamortized discounts,premiums, net and unamortized debt issuance costs) and $2.0 billion of unused borrowing capacity under our Revolving Credit Facility.

Our significant levels of debt and related debt service obligations could adversely affect us in several respects, including:

requiring us to dedicate a substantial portion of our cash flow from operations to the payment of interest and principal on our debt, thereby reducing the funds available to us for other purposes, including acquisitions, capital expenditures, strategic initiatives and dividends;

28


hindering our ability to capitalize on business opportunities and to plan for or react to changing market, industry, competitive or economic conditions;

making us more vulnerable to economic or industry downturns, including interest rate increases;increases (especially with respect to our variable rate debt);

placing us at a competitive disadvantage compared to less leveraged companies;

adversely impacting other parties’ perception of Lumen, including but not limited to existing or potential customers, vendors, employees or creditors;

making it more difficult or expensive for us to obtain any necessary future financingsfinancing or refinancings,refinancing, including the risk that this could force us to sell assets or take other less desirable actions to raise capital; and

increasing the risk that we may not meet the financial or non-financial covenants contained in our debt agreements or timely make all required debt payments, either of which could result in the acceleration of some or all of our outstanding indebtedness.

The effects of each of these factors could be intensified if we increase our borrowings or experience any downgrade in our credit ratings or those of our affiliates. Subject to certain limitations and restrictions, the current terms of our debt instruments and our subsidiaries’ debt instruments permit us or them to incur additional indebtedness.

We expect to periodically require financing, and we cannot assure you we will be able to obtain such financing on terms that are acceptable to us, or at all.

We expect to periodically require financing in the future to refinance existing indebtedness and potentially for other purposes. Our ability to arrange additional financing will depend on, among other factors, our financial position, performance, and credit ratings, as well as prevailing market conditions and other factors beyond our control. Prevailing market conditions could be adversely affected by (i) general market conditions, such as disruptions in domestic or overseas sovereign or corporate debt markets, geo-political instabilities, trade restrictions, pandemics, contractions or limited growth in the economy or other similar adverse economic developments in the U.S. or abroad, and (ii) specific conditions in the communications industry. Instability in the domestic or global financial markets has from time to time resulted in periodic volatility and disruptions in capital markets. For these and other reasons, we can give no assurance additional financing for any of these purposes will be available on terms acceptable to us, or at all.

28


If we are unable to make required debt payments or refinance our debt, we would likely have to consider other options, such as selling assets, issuing additional securities, reducing or terminating our dividend payments, cutting or delaying costs or otherwise reducing our cash requirements, or negotiating with our lenders to restructure our applicable debt. Our current and future debt instruments may restrict, or market or business conditions may limit, our ability to complete some of these actions on favorable terms, or at all. For these and other reasons, we cannot assure you we could implement these steps in a sufficient or timely manner, or at all.

29


We have a highly complex debt structure, which could impact the rights of our investors.

Lumen Technologies, Inc. and various of its subsidiaries owe substantial sums pursuant to various debt and financing arrangements, certain of which are guaranteed by other principal subsidiaries. Almost half of the debt of Lumen Technologies, Inc. is guaranteed by certain of its principal domestic subsidiaries, some of which have pledged substantially all of their assets (including certain of their respective subsidiaries) to secure their guarantees. The remainder of the debt of Lumen Technologies, Inc. is neither guaranteed nor secured. Nearly half of the debt of Level 3 Financing, Inc. is (i) secured by a pledge of substantially all of its assets and (ii) guaranteed on a secured basis by certain of its affiliates. The remainder of the debt of Level 3 Financing, Inc. is not secured by any of its assets, but is guaranteed by certain of its affiliates. SubstantialAs of the date of this annual report, substantial amounts of debt are also owed by two direct or indirect subsidiaries of Qwest Communications International Inc. and by Embarq Corporation and one of its subsidiaries. Most of the approximatelynearly 400 subsidiaries of Lumen Technologies, Inc. have neither borrowed money nor guaranteed any of the debt of Lumen Technologies, Inc. or its affiliates. As such, investors in our consolidated debt instruments should be aware that (i) determining the priority of their rights as creditors is a complex matter which is substantially dependent upon the assets and earning power of the entities that issued or guaranteed (if any) the applicable debt and (ii) a substantial portion of such debt is structurally subordinated to all liabilities of the non-guarantor subsidiaries of Lumen Technologies, Inc. to the extent of the value of those subsidiaries that are obligors.

Our various debt agreements include restrictions and covenants that could (i) limit our ability to conduct operations or borrow additional funds, (ii) restrict our ability to engage in inter-company transactions, and (iii) lead to the acceleration of our repayment obligations in certain instances.

Under our consolidated debt and financing arrangements the issuer of the debt is subject to various covenants and restrictions, the most restrictive of which pertain to the debt of Lumen Technologies, Inc. and Level 3 Financing, Inc.

Lumen Technologies, Inc.’s senior secured credit facilities and secured notes contain several significant limitations restricting Lumen Technologies, Inc.’sits ability to, among other things, borrow additional money or issue guarantees; pay dividends or other distributions to shareholders; make loans; create liens on assets; sell assets; transact with ourits affiliates and engage in mergers or consolidations. These restrictive covenants could materially adversely affecthave a material adverse impact on our ability to operate or reconfigure our business, to pursue acquisitions, divestitures or strategic transactions, or to otherwise pursue our plans and strategies.

The debt and financing arrangements of Level 3 Financing, Inc. contain substantially similar limitations that restrict their operations on a standalone basis as a separate restricted group. Consequently, certain of these covenants may significantly restrict our ability to receive cash from Level 3, to distribute cash from Level 3 to other of our affiliated entities, or to enter into other transactions among our wholly-owned entities.

Lumen Technologies, Inc.’s senior secured credit facilities and senior secured notes, as well as the term loan debt of Qwest Corporation also contain financial maintenance covenants.

The failure of Lumen Technologies, Inc. or any of its subsidiaries to comply with the above-described restrictive or financial covenants could result in an event of default, which, if not cured or waived, could accelerate our debt repayment obligations. Certain of our debt instruments have cross-default or cross-acceleration provisions. When present, these provisions could have a wider impact on liquidity than might otherwise arise from a default or acceleration of a single debt instrument.

29


Our cash flows may not adequately fund all of our cash requirements.

Our business is capital intensive. We expect to continue to require significant cashcapital to pursue our Quantum Fiber buildout plans and to otherwise maintain, upgrade and expand our network infrastructure, as a result ofbased on several factors, including (i) changes in customers’ service requirements; (ii) our continuing need to expand and improve our network to remain competitive;competitive and meet customer demand; and (iii) our regulatory commitments. We will also continue to need substantial amounts of cash to meet our fixed commitments and other business objectives, including without limitation funding our operating costs, maintenance expenses, debt repayments, tax obligations, periodic pension contributions and other benefits payments. We cannot assure you our future cash flows from operating activities will be sufficient to fund all of our cash requirements in the manner currently contemplated.

30


As a holding company, we rely on payments from our operating companies to meet our obligations.

As a holding company, substantially all of our income and operating cash flow is dependent upon the earnings of our subsidiaries and their distribution of those earnings to us in the form of dividends, loans or other payments. As a result, we rely upon our subsidiaries to generate cash flows in amounts sufficient to fund our obligations, including the payment of our long-term debt. Our subsidiaries are separate and distinct legal entities and have no obligation to pay any amounts owed by us, except to the extent they have guaranteed such payments. Similarly, subject to limited exceptions for tax-sharing or cash management purposes, our subsidiaries have no obligation to make any funds available to us to repay our obligations, whether by dividends, loans or other payments. As discussed in greater detail elsewhere herein, restrictions imposed by credit instruments or other agreements applicable to Level 3 and certain of our other subsidiaries limit the amount of funds our subsidiaries are permitted to transfer to us, including the amount of dividends that may be paid to us. Moreover, our rights to receive assets of any subsidiary upon its liquidation or reorganization willwould be effectively subordinated to the claims of creditors of that subsidiary, including trade creditors. In addition, the laws under which our subsidiaries were organized typically restrict the amount of dividends they may pay. The ability of our subsidiaries to transfer funds could be further restricted under applicable state or federal tax laws, or state regulatory orders or regulations. For all these reasons, you should not assume our subsidiaries will be able in the future to generate and distribute to us cash in amounts sufficient to fund our cash requirements.

We cannot assure you we will continue paying dividends at the current rates, or at all.

We cannot assure you we will continue periodic dividends on our capital stock at the current rates, or at all. From time to time, our board has reduced our dividend rate, including reductions in 2019 and 2013.

Any quarterly dividends on our common stock and our outstanding shares of preferred stock will be paid from funds legally available for such purpose when, as and if declared by our Board of Directors. Decisions on whether, when and in which amounts to continue making any future dividend distributions will remain at all times entirely at the discretion of our Board of Directors, which reserves the right to change or terminate our dividend practices at any time and for any reason without prior notice. Holders of our equity securities should be aware they have no contractual or other legal right to receive dividends.

Similarly, holders of our common stock should be aware repurchases of our common stock under any repurchase plan then in effect are completely discretionary and may be suspended or discontinued at any time for any reason regardless of our financial position.

We may not be able to fully utilize our NOLs.

As of December 31, 2020,2021, we had approximately $5.1$2.9 billion of federal Net Operating Losses ("NOLs"), which are subject to limitations under Section 382 of the Internal Revenue Code and related regulations. These limitations could restrict our ability to use these NOLs in the amounts we project. In an effort to safeguard our NOLs, we have maintained an NOL rights agreement since February 2019.

At December 31, 2020,2021, we also had substantial state NOLs and foreign NOLs which we believe are subject to legal and practical limitations on our ability to realize their full benefit. We cannot assure you we will be able to utilize these NOLs as projected or at all.

3031


Increases in costs for pension and healthcare benefits for our active and retired employees may have a material impact on us.

As of December 31, 2020, we had approximately 33,000 active employees participating in2021, our company-sponsored benefit plans that cover our current and former U.S.-based employees had approximately 63,00029,000 active employee participants, approximately 60,000 active and retired employees and surviving spouses eligible for post-retirement healthcare benefits, approximately 65,00063,000 pension retirees and approximately 10,000 former employees with vested pension benefits. As of such date, our domestic pension plans and our other domestic post-retirement benefit plans were substantially underfunded from an accounting standpoint. We also maintain benefit plans for a much smaller base of our non-U.S. employees. The cost to fund the pension and healthcare benefit plans for our active and retired employees has a significant impact on our profitability. Our costs of maintaining our pension and healthcare plans, and the future funding requirements for these plans, are affected by several factors, including investment returns on funds held by our applicable plan trusts; changes in prevailing interest rates and discount rates or other factors used to calculate the funding status of our plans; increases in healthcare costs generally or claims submitted under our healthcare plans specifically; the longevity and payment elections of our plan participants; changes in plan benefits; and the impact of the continuing implementation, modification or potential repeal of current federal healthcare and pension funding laws and regulations promulgated thereunder. If interest rates remain depressedat historically low levels for sustained periods, our plan funding costs could substantially increase. Increased costs under these plans could reduce our profitability and increase our funding commitments to our pension plans.

See Note 10—11—Employee Benefits to our consolidated financial statements in Item 8 of Part II of this report for additional information regarding the funded status of our pension plans and our other post-retirement benefit plans.

Reform of financing “benchmarks,” including London Inter-Bank Offered Rate ("LIBOR"), is ongoing and could have a material adverse effect on us.

LIBOR and other interest rate and other types of indices which are deemed to be financing “benchmarks” are the subject of ongoing international regulatory reform, with the initial phase of the non-publication of LIBOR data scheduled to begin on December 1, 2021. Any changes announced by regulators or any other governance or oversight body, or future changes adopted thereby, regarding the continuing use or method of determining LIBOR rates may impact our interest costs. Although we believe our variable rate indebtedness provides for alternative methods of calculating the interest rate payable on such indebtedness if LIBOR is not reported, uncertainty as to the extent and manner of future changes may adversely affect the value of our variable rate indebtedness. In addition, uncertainty regarding the nature of these changes or alternative reference rates could cause market disruptions for variable-rate debt instruments or increase our cost of debt.

Lapses in our disclosure controls and procedures or internal control over financial reporting could materially and adversely affect us.

We maintain (i) disclosure controls and procedures designed to provide reasonable assurances regarding the accuracy and completeness of our SEC reports and (ii) internal control over financial reporting designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability and compliance with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles (“GAAP”) of our financial statements. We cannot assure you these measures will be effective. Our management previously identified two material weaknesses that, while successfully remediated during 2019, were costly to remediate and caused us to request an extension in order to timely file our annual report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2018 and were costly to remediate.2018.

If we are required to record additional intangible asset impairments, we will be required to record a significant charge to earnings and reduce our stockholders' equity.

As of December 31, 2020,2021, approximately 46%45% of our total consolidated assets reflected on the consolidated balance sheet included in this annual report consisted of goodwill, customer relationships and other intangible assets.assets (including goodwill and other intangible assets reclassified as assets held for sale). From time to time, including most recently in the fourth quarter of 2018, the first quarter of 2019 and the fourth quarter of 2020, we have recorded large non-cash charges to earnings in connection with required reductions of the value of our intangible assets. If our intangible assets are determined to be impaired in the future, we may be required to record additional significant, non-cash charges to earnings during the period in which the impairment is determined to have occurred. Any such charges could, in turn, have a material adverse effect on our results of operation or financial condition.

31


We face other financial risks.

We face other financial risks, including among others:others the risk that:

the risk that downgrades in our credit ratings or unfavorable financial analyst reports regarding us or our industry could adversely impact the liquidity or market prices of our outstanding debt or equity securities; and

the risk that a change of control of us or certain of our affiliates will accelerate a substantial portion of our outstanding indebtedness in an amount that we might not be able to repay, or could adversely impact our ability to continue periodic dividends on our capital stock at current rates, or at all.all;

32


ongoing attempts of the United States, various foreign countries and supranational or international organizations to reform taxes or identify new tax sources could materially impact our taxes, or that one or more of our ongoing tax audits or examinations could result in tax liabilities that differ materially from those we have recognized in our consolidated financial statements; and

current inflation could negatively impact (i) our margins if the higher cost of our labor and supplies cannot be offset by us raising our prices or reducing our other expenses; (ii) our revenues if an inflationary environment causes our customers to defer or decrease their expenditures on our products or services; or (iii) our interest costs by causing them to rise should inflation continue.

Pending Divestiture Risks

The completion of our pending divestitures are subject to several conditions.

As described further in Note 2—Planned Divestiture of the Latin American and ILEC Businesses to our consolidated financial statements in Item 8 of Part II of this report, we have agreed to divest our Latin American business and our incumbent local exchange (“ILEC”) business conducted within 20 Midwestern and Southern states. The completion of the divestiture of our Latin American business is subject to the receipt of all requisite regulatory approvals in the U.S. and certain countries where the Latin American business operates, as well as the satisfaction of various other closing conditions. The completion of the divestiture of our 20-state ILEC business is subject to the receipt of approvals from the FCC, various states and certain other governmental entities, as well as the satisfaction of various other closing conditions. We cannot assure you that these divestitures will be completed in the timeframes anticipated by us or at all.

The pendency of the divestitures could adversely affect our business.

The pendency of our divestitures could impact us in several ways, including (i) impacting relationships with our customers and vendors, (ii) restricting our operations due to certain specified operating covenants in the purchase agreements, (iii) diverting management’s attention from operating our business in the ordinary course, and (iv) diminishing our ability to retain or attract employees due to concerns over future job security or responsibilities.

We may be unable to successfully segregate the divested businesses from our retained business and realize the anticipated benefits of the divestitures.

Under each pending divestiture, we have agreed to (i) complete certain restructuring transactions to segregate the divested business from our retained business, (ii) provide certain post-closing transition and commercial services to the purchasers, and (iii) receive certain post-closing services from the purchasers designed to ensure the continuity of services to our retained customers.

We anticipate that it will be challenging and time-consuming to segregate the various businesses and provide transition services to the purchasers. Even if we successfully complete both divestitures, we may incur or experience (i) greater tax or other costs or realize fewer benefits than anticipated under the purchase agreements and our post-closing commercial agreements with the purchasers, (ii) operational or commercial difficulties segregating the divested assets from our retained assets, (iii) disputes with the respective purchasers regarding the nature and sufficiency of the transition services we provide or the terms and conditions of our commercial agreements with each respective purchaser, (iv) potential disputes with creditors concerning the pending transactions or use of the proceeds therefrom, (v) higher vendor costs due to reduced economies of scale or other similar dis-synergies, (vi) lower productivity to the extent segregation of the divested businesses distracts or diverts personnel from operating our retained business, (vii) losses or increased inefficiencies from stranded or underutilized assets, (viii) the loss of any customers dissatisfied with our services post-closing, (ix) challenges in retaining and attracting personnel or (x) the loss of vendors or customers due to our inability to assign contracts with their consent.

The divestitures will reduce our future cash flows and sales of higher-margin ILEC services. If our remaining business fails to perform as expected, the divestitures could exacerbate certain of the other financial risks specified in this Item 1A, including our ability to fund all of our current cash requirements.

33


General Risk Factors

Unfavorable general economic, societal or environmental conditions could negatively impact us.

Unfavorable general economic, societal or environmental conditions, including unstable economic and credit markets, or depressed economic activity caused by trade wars, epidemics, pandemics, wars, societal unrest, rioting, civic disturbances, natural disasters, terrorist attacks, environmental disasters, political instability or other factors, could negatively affect our business or operations. While it is difficult to predict the ultimate impact of these general economic, societal or environmental conditions, they could adversely affect demand for some of our products and services and could cause customers to shift to lower-priced products and services or to delay or forego purchases of our products and services.services for a variety of reasons. Any one or more of these circumstances could continue to depress our revenue. Also, our customers may encounter financial hardships or may not be able to obtain adequate access to credit, which could negatively impact their ability to make timely payments to us.

Shareholder or debtholder activism efforts could cause a material disruption to our business.

While we always welcome constructive input from our shareholders and regularly engage in dialogue with our shareholders to that end, activist shareholders may from time to time engage in proxy solicitations, advance shareholder proposals or otherwise attempt to effect changes or acquire control over us. Responding to these actions can be costly and time-consuming and may disrupt our operations and divert the attention of our board and management. These adverse impacts could be intensified if activist shareholders advocate actions that are not supported by other shareholders, our board or management. The recent increase in the activism of debtholders could increase the risk of claims being made under our debt agreements.

Our agreements and organizational documents and applicable law could similarly limit another party’s ability to acquire us.

A number of provisions in our organizational documents and various provisions of applicable law or our NOL rights agreement may delay, defer or prevent a future takeover of us unless the takeover is approved by our board. These provisions (which are described further in our Registration Statement on Form 8-A/A filed with the SEC on March 2, 2015) could deprive our shareholders of any related takeover premium.

We face other general risks.

As a large multinational business with complex operations, we face various other general risks, including among others:

the risk a perceived failure to meet evolving environmental, social and governance (“ESG”) practices or benchmarks could adversely impact our business, brand, stock price or cost of capital;

the risk a challenge to our ESG statements could lead to reputational harm or lawsuits;

the risk that statements, political donations, advocacy positions or similar actions attributable to us or our operations could harm our reputation, brand or business; and

the risk that one or more of our ongoing tax audits or examinations could result in tax liabilities that differ materially from those we have recognized in our consolidated financial statements.

32


ITEM 1B. UNRESOLVED STAFF COMMENTS

None.

34


ITEM 2. PROPERTIES

Our property, plant and equipment consists principally of fiber-optic and metallic cables, high-speed transport equipment, electronics, switches, routers, cable landing stations, central office equipment, land and buildings related to our operations. Our gross property, plant and equipment consisted of the following components:
As of December 31, As of December 31,
20202019
2021(5)
2020
LandLand%%Land%%
Fiber, conduit and other outside plant(1)
Fiber, conduit and other outside plant(1)
46 %45 %
Fiber, conduit and other outside plant(1)
38 %46 %
Central office and other network electronics(2)
Central office and other network electronics(2)
36 %35 %
Central office and other network electronics(2)
38 %36 %
Support assets(3)
Support assets(3)
14 %14 %
Support assets(3)
18 %14 %
Construction in progress(4)
Construction in progress(4)
%%
Construction in progress(4)
%%
Gross property, plant and equipmentGross property, plant and equipment100 %100 %Gross property, plant and equipment100 %100 %

(1)Fiber, conduit and other outside plant consists of fiber and metallic cables, conduit, poles and other supporting structures. Fiber, conduit and other outside plant decreased as of December 31, 2021 compared to December 31, 2020 due to the retirement of a portion of our copper-based infrastructure being replaced with our Quantum Fiber infrastructure.
(2)Central office and other network electronics consists of circuit and packet switches, routers, transmission electronics and electronics providing service to customers.
(3)Support assets consist of buildings, cable landing stations, data centers, computers and other administrative and support equipment.
(4)Construction in progress includes inventory held for construction and property of the aforementioned categories that is under construction and has not yet been placed in service.
(5)These values exclude assets reclassified as held for sale.

We own substantially alla substantial portion of our telecommunications equipment required for our business. However, we lease from third parties certain facilities, plant and equipment under various finance and operating lease arrangements when the leasing arrangements are more favorable to us than purchasing the assets. We also own and lease administrative offices in major metropolitan locations both in the United States and internationally. Substantially all of our network electronics equipment is located in buildings or on land that we own or lease, typically within our local service area. Outside of our local service area, our assets are generally located on real property pursuant to an agreement with the property owner or another person with rights to the property. It is possible that we may lose our rights under one or more of these agreements, due to their termination or expiration or in connection with legal challenges to our rights under such agreements. With the acquisition of Level 3 on November 1, 2017, we acquired, among other things, title or leasehold rights to various cable landing stations and data centers throughout the world related to undersea and terrestrial cable systems.

Our net property, plant and equipment was approximately $26.3$20.9 billion and $26.1$26.3 billion at December 31, 20202021 and 2019,2020, respectively. Substantial portions of our property, plant and equipment is pledged to secure the long-term debt of our subsidiaries or the guarantee obligations of our subsidiary guarantors. For additional information, see Note 8—9—Property, Plant and Equipment to our consolidated financial statements in Item 8 of Part II of this report.

ITEM 3. LEGAL PROCEEDINGS

The information contained under the subheadings "Pending Matters" and "Other Proceedings and Disputes" in Note 17—18—Commitments, Contingencies and Other Items to our consolidated financial statements included in Item 8 of Part II of this report is incorporated herein by reference.

ITEM 4. MINE SAFETY DISCLOSURES

Not applicable.

3335


PART II

ITEM 5. MARKET FOR REGISTRANT'S COMMON EQUITY, RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS AND ISSUER PURCHASES OF EQUITY SECURITIES

Our common stock is listed on the New York Stock Exchange ("NYSE") and the Berlin Stock Exchange and is traded under the symbol LUMN and CYTH, respectively.

At February 23, 2021,22, 2022, there were approximately 89,00085,000 stockholders of record, although there were significantly more beneficial holders of our common stock.

As described in greater detail in "Risk Factors" in Item 1A of Part I of this report, the declaration and payment of dividends is at the discretion of our Board of Directors, and will depend upon our financial results, cash requirements, future prospects and other factors deemed relevant by our Board of Directors.

Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities

Effective August 3, 2021, our Board of Directors authorized a 24-month program to repurchase up to an aggregate of $1.0 billion of our outstanding common stock. During the three months ended December 31, 2021, we repurchased 7.1 million shares of our outstanding common stock in the open market. These shares were repurchased for an aggregate market price of $91 million, or an average purchase price of $12.76 per share. These repurchases exhausted our $1.0 billion repurchase plan authorized on August 3, 2021. All repurchased common stock has been retired. For additional information, see Note 20—Repurchases of Lumen Common Stock to our consolidated financial statements included in Item 8 of Part II of this report.

The following table contains information about shares of our previously-issued common stock that were repurchased under our above-described Stock Repurchase Program:

Total Number of Shares PurchasedAverage Price Paid
Per Share
Total Number of Shares Purchased as Part of Publicly Announced Plans or ProgramsApproximate Dollar Value of Shares That May Yet Be Purchased Under the Plans or Programs
Period
October 20217,108,845 $12.76 7,108,845 $— 

The following table contains information about shares of our previously-issued common stock that we withheld from employees upon vesting of their stock-based awards during the fourth quarter of 20202021 to satisfy the related tax withholding obligations:
Total Number of
Shares Withheld
for Taxes
Average Price Paid
Per Share
Period  
October 202030,741 $10.12 
November 2020165,096 9.00 
December 202013,514 10.59 
Total209,351  
Total Number of
Shares Withheld
for Taxes
Average Price Paid
Per Share
Period  
October 202139,868 $12.71 
November 202125,586 13.02 
December 202116,204 12.31 
Total81,658  

Equity Compensation Plan Information

See Item 12 of this report.

ITEM 6. SELECTED FINANCIAL DATA[Reserved]
36


Not applicable. See "Changes From Prior Periodic Reports" in Item 1 of Part I of this report.


ITEM 7. MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

All references to "Notes" in this Item 7 of Part II refer to the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements included in Item 8 of Part II of this report. Certain statements in this report constitute forward-looking statements. See "Special Note Regarding Forward-Looking Statements" immediately prior to Item 1 of Part I of this report for factors relating to these statements and "Risk Factors" in Item 1A of Part I of this report for a discussion of certain risk factors applicable to our business, financial condition, results of operations, liquidity or prospects.

34


Overview

We are an international facilities-based technology and communications company focused on providing our business and residentialmass markets customers with a broad array of integrated servicesproducts and solutionsservices necessary to fully participate in our rapidly evolving digital world. We believe we areoperate one of the world's most inter-connected network and ourinterconnected networks. Our platform empowers our customers to rapidly adjust digital programs to meet immediate demands, create efficiencies, accelerate market access, and reduce costs – allowing customers to rapidly evolve their IT programs to address dynamic changes without distraction from their core competencies.changes. With approximately 450,000190,000 on-net buildings and 500,000 route miles of fiber optic cable globally, we are among the largest providers of communications services to domestic and global enterprise customers. Our terrestrial and subsea fiber optic long-haul network throughout North America, Europe, Latin America and Asia Pacific connects to metropolitan fiber networks that we operate. We provide services in over 60 countries, with most of our revenue being derived in the U.S.United States.

Planned Divestiture of the Latin American and ILEC Businesses

On July 25, 2021, affiliates of Level 3 Parent, LLC, an indirect wholly-owned subsidiary of Lumen, agreed to divest their Latin American business in exchange for $2.7 billion cash, subject to certain working capital, other purchase price adjustments and related transaction expenses (estimated to be approximately $50 million). On August 3, 2021, Lumen and certain of its subsidiaries agreed to divest a substantial portion of their incumbent local exchange business in exchange for $7.5 billion, subject to offsets for (i) assumed indebtedness (expected to be approximately $1.4 billion) and (ii) our transaction expenses, certain of purchaser’s transaction expenses, income taxes and certain working capital and other customary purchase price adjustments (currently estimated to aggregate to approximately $1.7 billion). The actual amount of our net after-tax proceeds from these divestitures could vary substantially from the amounts we currently estimate, particularly if we experience delays in completing the transactions or any of our other assumptions prove to be incorrect. For more information, see (i) Note 2—Planned Divestiture of the Latin American and ILEC Businesses to our consolidated financial statements in Item 8 of Part II of this report and (ii) the risk factors included in Item 1A of Part I of this report.

Impact of COVID-19 Pandemic

In response to the safety and economic challenges arising out of the COVID-19 pandemic and in ana continued attempt to mitigate the negative impact on our stakeholders, we have taken a variety of steps to ensure the availability of our network infrastructure, to promote the safety of our employees and customers, to enable us to continue to adapt and provide our products and services worldwide to our customers, and to strengthen our communities. TheseAs vaccination rates increase, we expect to continue revising our responses to the pandemic or take additional steps necessary to adjust to changed circumstances. To date, these steps have included:

taking the FCC'sFederal Communications Commission's ("FCC") "Keep Americans Connected Pledge," under which we waived certain late fees and suspended the application of data caps and service terminations for non-payment by certain consumer and small businessmass markets customers through the end of the second quarter of 2020;

establishing new protocols for the safety of our on-site technicians and customers, including our "Safe Connections" program;

adopting a rigorous employee work-from-home policy and substantially restricting non-essential business travel, each of which remains in place;

continuously monitoring our network to enhance its ability to respond to changes in usage patterns;

37


donating products or services in several of our communities to enhance their abilities to provide necessary support services; and

taking steps to maintain our internal controls and the security of our systems and data in a remote work environment.

As the pandemic continues and vaccination rates increase, we expect to revise our responses or take additional steps to adjust to changed circumstances.

Social distancing, business and school closures, travel restrictions, and other actions taken in response to the pandemic have impacted us, our customers and our business since March 2020. In particular, duringbeginning in the second half of 2020 and continuing into early 2022, we have rationalized our leaseleased footprint and ceased using 1639 leased property locations that were underutilized due to the COVID-19 pandemic. The Company determined that theywe no longer needed the leased space and, due to the limited remaining term on the contracts, concluded that the Company had neither the intent nor ability to sublease the properties. As a result, we incurred accelerated lease costs of approximately $35 million and $41 million.million for the years ended December 31, 2021 and 2020, respectively. In conjunction with our plans to continue to reduce costs, we expect to continue our real estate rationalization efforts and incur additional costs in 2021.during 2022. Additionally, as discussed further elsewhere herein, we are trackingthe pandemic impacts such as:resulted in (i) increases in certain revenue streams and decreases in others, (including late fee revenue), (ii) increases in allowances for credit losses each quarter sincethrough the startend of the pandemic,2020, (iii) increaseincreases in overtime expenses, (iv) operational challenges resulting from shortages of semiconductors and (iv)certain other supplies that we use in our business, and (v) delays in our cost transformation initiatives. We have also experienced delayed decision-making by certain of our customers. Thus far, these changes have not materially impacted our financial performance or financial position. This could change, however, ifHowever, we continue to monitor global disruptions and work with our vendors to mitigate supply chain risks.

We intend to reopen our offices in 2022 under a "hybrid" working environment, which will permit some of our employees the pandemic intensifies or economic conditions deteriorate. The impactflexibility to work remotely at least some of the pandemic during 2021 will materially depend on additional steps that we may take in response totime for the pandemic and various events outside of our control, including the pace of vaccinations worldwide, the length and severity of the health crisis and economic slowdown, actions taken by governmental agencies or legislative bodies, and the impact of those events on our employees, suppliers and customers. For additional information, see the risk factor disclosures set forth or referenced in Item 1A of Part II of this report.
35


foreseeable future.

For additional information on the impacts of the pandemic, see (i) the remainder of this item, including "—Liquidity and Capital Resources — Resources—Overview of Sources and Uses of Cash,"Cash" and "— Pension and Post-retirement Benefit Obligations."(ii) Item 1A of this report.

Reporting Segments

As previously announced, we completed an internal reorganization of our reporting segments in January 2021. Our reporting segments are currently organized as follows, by customer demographics. At December 31, 2020, they consisted of:focus:

Business Segment: Under our Business segment, we provide our products and services under four sales channels:

International and Global Accounts Management ("IGAM") Segment. (Under our"IGAM"): Our IGAM segment, we providedsales channel includes multinational and enterprise customers. We provide our products and services to approximately 200 global350 of our highest potential enterprise customers and to enterprise customers and carriers in three operating regions: Europe Middle East and Africa, Latin America and Asia Pacific;Pacific.

Enterprise Segment.Large Enterprise: Under our large enterprise segment,sales channel, we providedprovide our products and services to large and regional domestic and global enterprises as well asand the public sector, which includesincluding the U.S. Federal Government,government, state and local governments and research and education institutions;institutions.

Small and Medium Business ("SMB") Segment. Mid-Market Enterprise: Under our SMB segment,mid-market enterprise sales channel, we providedprovide our products and services to small and medium businessesmedium-sized enterprises directly and indirectly through our indirect channel partners;partners.

Wholesale Segment. Wholesale: Under our wholesale segment,sales channel, we providedprovide our products and services to a wide range of other communication providers across the wireline, wireless, cable, voice and data center sectors. Our wholesale customers range from large global telecom providers to small regional providers; and

ConsumerMass Markets Segment.Under our consumerMass Markets segment, we provided ourprovide products and services to residentialconsumer and small business customers. Additionally, certain state support payments, Connect America Fund (“CAF”) federal support revenue, and other revenue from leasing and subleasing, including 2018 rental income associated with the 2017 failed-sale-leaseback are reported in our consumer segment as regulatory revenue. At December 31, 2020,2021, we served 4.5 million consumer broadband subscribers. Our methodology for counting consumer broadband subscribers may not be comparable to those of other companies.under our Mass Markets segment.

See Note 16—17—Segment Information to our consolidated financial statements in Item 8 of Part II of this report for additional information.

At December 31, 2020, we categorized
38


We categorize our products and servicesBusiness segment revenue among the following four categories for the IGAM, Enterprise, SMBproducts and Wholesale segments:services categories:

Compute and Application Services, which include our Edge Cloud services, IT solutions, Unified Communications and Collaboration ("UC&C"), data center, content delivery network ("CDN") and Managed Security services;

IP and Data Services, which include primarilyEthernet, IP, and VPN data networks, Ethernet, IP, content deliveryincluding software-defined wide area networks ("SD WAN") based services, Dynamic Connections and other ancillary services;Hyper WAN;

Transport andFiber Infrastructure Services, which includes wavelengths,include dark fiber, private line, colocation and data center services, including cloud, hosting and application management solutions, professionaloptical services and other ancillary services;equipment; and

Voice and CollaborationOther, which includes primarily local and long-distanceinclude Time Division Multiplexing ("TDM") voice, including wholesale voice,private line, and other ancillary services, as well as VoIP services;legacy services.

Under our Mass Markets segment, we provide the following products and services:

IT and Managed Services, which include information technology services and managed services, which may be purchased in conjunction with our other network services.

At December 31, 2020, we categorized our products and services revenue among the following four categories for the Consumer segment:

Broadband, which includes high speed fiber-based and lower speed DSLDSL-based broadband services;services to residential customers;

SBG Broadband, which includes high speed fiber-based and lower speed DSL-based broadband services to small businesses;

Voice and Other, which includeincludes local and long-distance services;

36


Regulatory Revenue, which consist of (i) CAFservices, state support and other support payments designed to reimburse us for various costs related to certain telecommunications services and (ii) other operating revenue from the leasing and subleasing of space;ancillary services; and

Other,CAF II, which include retail video services (including our linear TV services), professional services and other ancillary services.

Additionally, beginning inconsists of Connect America Fund Phase II payments through the first quarterend of 2021 we plan on making changes to the product category reporting to better reflect product life cyclessupport voice and the company's marketing approach. These changes will include both the creation of new product categories and the realignment of products and services within previously reported product categories. For Business segment revenue, we will report the following product categories: Compute & Application Services, IP & Data Services, Fiber Infrastructure Services and Voice & Other, by customer-facing sales channel. For Mass Markets segment revenue, we will report the following product categories: Consumer Broadband, Small Business Group ("SBG") Broadband, Voice & Other and CAF Phase II.broadband in FCC-designated high-cost areas.

Trends Impacting Our Operations

In addition to the above-described impact of the pandemic, our consolidated operations have been, and are expected to continue to be, impacted by the following company-wide trends:

Customers’ demand for automated products and services and competitive pressures will require that we continue to invest in new technologies and automated processes to improve the customer experience and reduce our operating expenses.

The increasingly digital environment and the growth in online video and gaming require robust, scalable network services. We are continuing to enhance our product capabilities and simplify our product portfolio based on demand and profitability to enable customers to have access to greater bandwidth.

Businesses continue to adopt distributed, global operating models. We are expanding and enhancing our fiber network, connecting more buildings to our network to generate revenue opportunities and reducing our reliance upon other carriers.

Industry consolidation, coupled with changes in regulation, technology and customer preferences, are significantly reducing demand for our traditional voice services and are pressuring some other revenue streams through volume or rate reductions, while other advances, such as the need for lower latency provided by Edge computing or the implementation of 5G networks, are expected to create opportunities.

The operating margins of several of our newer, more technologically advanced services, some of which may connect to customers through other carriers, are lower than the operating margins on our traditional, on-net wireline services.

Declines in our traditional wireline services and other more mature offerings have necessitated right-sizing our cost structures to remain competitive.

39


The amount of support payments we receive from governmental agencies will decrease substantially after December 31, 2021. This and other developments and trends impacting our operations are discussed elsewhere in this Item 7.

Results of Operations

In this section, we discuss our overall results of operations and highlight special items that are not included in our segment results. In "Segment Results of Operations"Results" we review the performance of our fivetwo reporting segments in more detail.

37


Consolidated Revenue

The following table summarizes our consolidated operating revenue recorded under each of our eight above describedtwo segments and in our four above-described revenue categories:sales channels within the Business segment:
 Years Ended December 31,% Change Years Ended December 31,% Change 
 2020201920192018
 (Dollars in millions)(Dollars in millions)
IP and Data Services$6,372 6,621 (4)%6,621 6,614 — %
Transport and Infrastructure4,989 5,019 (1)%5,019 5,256 (5)%
Voice and Collaboration3,621 3,766 (4)%3,766 4,091 (8)%
IT and Managed Services479 535 (10)%535 625 (14)%
Broadband2,909 2,876 %2,876 2,824 %
Voice1,622 1,837 (12)%1,837 2,127 (14)%
Regulatory615 632 (3)%632 727 (13)%
Other105 172 (39)%172 316 (46)%
Total operating revenue$20,712 21,458 (3)%21,458 22,580 (5)%
 Years Ended December 31,% Change Years Ended December 31,% Change 
 2021202020202019
 (Dollars in millions)(Dollars in millions)
Business Segment:
International & Global Accounts$4,053 4,118 (2)%4,118 4,172 (1)%
Large Enterprise3,722 3,915 (5)%3,915 3,836 %
Mid-Market Enterprise2,729 2,969 (8)%2,969 3,152 (6)%
Wholesale3,615 3,815 (5)%3,815 4,079 (6)%
Business Segment Revenue14,119 14,817 (5)%14,817 15,239 (3)%
Mass Markets Segment Revenue5,568 5,895 (6)%5,895 6,219 (5)%
Total operating revenue$19,687 20,712 (5)%20,712 21,458 (3)%

Our consolidated revenue decreased by $746 million$1.025 billion for the year ended December 31, 20202021 as compared to the year ended December 31, 2019 largely2020 due to revenue declines in mostall of our above-listed revenue categories. See our segment results below for additional information.

Our consolidated revenue decreased by $1.1 billion$746 million for the year ended December 31, 20192020 compared to the year ended December 31, 2018 largely2019 primarily due to revenue declines in most of our above-listed revenue categories. See our segment results below for additional information.

40


Operating Expenses

The following tables summarizetable summarizes our operating expenses:expenses for the year ended December 31, 2021 and 2020. For information regarding expenses for the year ended December 31, 2019, see "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations" in Item 7 of Part II of our Annual Report Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2020:
Years Ended December 31,% ChangeYears Ended December 31,% Change Years Ended December 31,% Change
2020201920192018 20212020
(Dollars in millions)(Dollars in millions) (Dollars in millions)
Cost of services and products (exclusive of depreciation and amortization)Cost of services and products (exclusive of depreciation and amortization)$8,934 9,134 (2)%9,134 9,999 (9)%Cost of services and products (exclusive of depreciation and amortization)$8,488 8,934 (5)%
Selling, general and administrativeSelling, general and administrative3,464 3,715 (7)%3,715 4,165 (11)%Selling, general and administrative2,895 3,464 (16)%
Depreciation and amortizationDepreciation and amortization4,710 4,829 (2)%4,829 5,120 (6)%Depreciation and amortization4,019 4,710 (15)%
Goodwill impairmentGoodwill impairment2,642 6,506 (59)%6,506 2,726 139 %Goodwill impairment— 2,642 nm
Total operating expensesTotal operating expenses$19,750 24,184 (18)%24,184 22,010 10 %Total operating expenses$15,402 19,750 (22)%
_______________________________________________________________________________
nmPercentages greater than 200% and comparisons between positive and negative values or to/from zero values are considered not meaningful.

Cost of Services and Products (exclusive of depreciation and amortization)

Cost of services and products (exclusive of depreciation and amortization) decreased by $200$446 million for the year ended December 31, 20202021 as compared to the year ended December 31, 2019. The2020. This decrease in costs of services and products (exclusive of depreciation and amortization) was primarily due to reductions in (i) salaries and wages and other employee-related expense from lower headcount directly related to operating and maintaining our networklower facility and from lower medical costs from the COVID-19 pandemic, (ii) professional fees from contractors and consultants, (iii) facility costs from lower space and power expenses, and (iv) lower commissions due to increased commission deferrals. These reductions were partially offset by increases in severance expense, higher network expense as a result of project impairments and higher voice usage from conferencing sales.

38


Cost of services and products (exclusive of depreciation and amortization) decreased by $865 million for the year ended December 31, 2019 as compared to the year ended December 31, 2018. The decrease in costs of services and products (exclusive of depreciation and amortization) was primarily due to reductions in (i) salaries and wages and employee-related expenses from lower headcount directly related to operating and maintaining our network, (ii) network expenses and voice usage costs, (iii) customer premises equipment costs from lower sales, (iv) content costs from Prism TV, and (v) lower space and power expenses. These reductions were partially offset by increases in direct taxes and fees, professional services, customer installation costs and right of way and dark fiber expenses.real estate costs.

Selling, General and Administrative

Selling, general and administrative expenses decreased by $251$569 million for the year ended December 31, 20202021 as compared to the year ended December 31, 2019.2020. The decrease in selling, general and administrative expenses was primarily due to reductions in salaries and wages and other employee-related expensesexpense from lower headcount, lower bad debt expense, gain on sale of land and lower medical costs from the COVID-19 pandemic, lower workers compensation expensesmarketing and lower professional fees. These reductions were partially offset by increases in the allowance for credit losses related to the impact of the COVID-19 pandemic and property and other taxes.advertising costs.

Selling, general and administrative expenses decreased by $450 million for the year ended December 31, 2019 as compared to the year ended December 31, 2018. The decrease in selling, general and administrative expenses was primarily due to reductions in salaries and wages and employee-related expenses from lower headcount, contract labor costs, lower rent expense in 2019 and from higher exited lease obligations in 2018, hardware and software maintenance costs, marketing and advertising expenses, bad debt expense, property and other taxes and an increase in the amount of labor capitalized or deferred and gains on the sale of assets. These reductions were slightly offset by higher professional fees, network infrastructure maintenance expenses and commissions.

Depreciation and Amortization

The following tables providetable provides detail of our depreciation and amortization expense:
Years Ended December 31,% ChangeYears Ended December 31,% ChangeYears Ended December 31,% Change
202020192019201820212020
(Dollars in millions)(Dollars in millions)(Dollars in millions)
DepreciationDepreciation2,963 3,089 (4)%3,089 3,339 (7)%Depreciation$2,671 2,963 (10)%
AmortizationAmortization1,747 1,740 — %1,740 1,781 (2)%Amortization1,348 1,747 (23)%
Total depreciation and amortizationTotal depreciation and amortization$4,710 4,829 (2)%4,829 5,120 (6)%Total depreciation and amortization$4,019 4,710 (15)%

Depreciation expense decreased by $126$292 million for the year ended December 31, 20202021 as compared to the year ended December 31, 20192020 primarily due to a $239discontinuing the depreciation of the tangible assets reclassified as held for sale of our Latin American and ILEC businesses upon entering into our divestiture agreements. We estimate we would have recorded an additional $247 million reduction attributableof depreciation expense during the year ended December 31, 2021 if we had not agreed to sell these businesses. In addition, depreciation expense decreased due to the impact of annual rate depreciable life changes partially offset by $156of $151 million, of higher depreciation expense associated with net growth in depreciable assets.

Depreciation expense decreased by $250 million for the year ended December 31, 2019 as compared to the year ended December 31, 2018, primarily due to the impact of the full depreciation in 2018 of plant, property, and equipment assigned a one year life at the time we acquired Level 3 of $200 million, the impact of annual rate depreciable life changes of $108 million, and the discontinuation of depreciation on failed-sale-leaseback assets on $69 million. These decreases werewhich was partially offset by higher depreciation expense of $93 million associated with net growth in depreciable assets and increases associated with changes in our estimates of the remaining economic life of certain network assets of $34 million.

Amortization expense increased by $7 million for the year ended December 31, 2020 as compared to the year ended December 31, 2019 primarily due to increases associated with the net growth in amortizable assets of $54 million and the accelerated amortization for a decommissioned applications of $31 million. These increases were partially offset by a decrease of $70 million from the use of accelerated amortization methods for a portion of the customer intangibles.assets.

3941


Amortization expense decreased by $41$399 million for the year ended December 31, 20192021 as compared to the year ended December 31, 2018.2020. The decrease in amortization expense was primarily due to a $71decrease of $394 million decreaseas a result of certain customer relationship intangible assets becoming fully amortized at the end of the first quarter 2021, decreases of $29 million associated with net reductions in amortizable assets and a decrease of $13 million due to discontinuing the use of accelerated amortization methods for a portion of the customer intangiblesintangible assets reclassified as held for sale of our Latin American and a $25 million decrease associated with annual rate amortizable life changes of software for the period.ILEC businesses upon entering into our divestiture agreements. These decreases were partially offset by an increase$21 million of accelerated amortization for decommissioned applications and $22 million of additional amortization expense recognized as a result of reclassification of certain right-of-way assets, as discussed in amortizationNote 3—Goodwill, Customer Relationships and Other Intangible Assets to our consolidated financial statements in Item 8 of $55 million associated with net growthPart II of this report.

Further analysis of our segment operating expenses by segment is provided below in amortizable assets for the period."Segment Results."

Goodwill Impairments

We are required to perform impairment tests related to our goodwill annually, which we perform as of October 31, or sooner if an indicator of impairment occurs.

In January 2021, we began reporting under two segments: Business and Mass Markets. See Note 17—Segment Information to our consolidated financial statements in Item 8 of Part II of this report for more information on these segments and the underlying sales channels. Since effecting this reorganization, we have used five reporting units for goodwill impairment testing, which are (i) Mass Markets, (ii) North America ("NA") Business (iii) Europe, Middle East and Africa region ("EMEA"), (iv) Asia Pacific region ("APAC") and (v) Latin America region ("LATAM"). Our January 2021 reorganization was considered an event or change in circumstance which required an assessment of our goodwill for impairment. We performed a qualitative impairment assessment in the first quarter of 2021 and concluded it was more likely than not that the fair value of each of our reporting units exceeded the carrying value of equity of our reporting units at January 31, 2021. Therefore, we did not have any impairment as of our assessment date.

The reclassification of held for sale assets, as described in Note 2—Planned Divestiture of the Latin American and ILEC Businesses, was considered an event or change in circumstance which required an assessment of our goodwill for impairment as of July 31, 2021. We performed a pre-reclassification goodwill impairment test using our estimated post-divestiture cash flows and carrying value of equity to determine whether there was an impairment prior to the reclassification of these assets to held for sale and to determine the July 31, 2021 fair values to be utilized for goodwill allocation regarding the Latin American and ILEC businesses to be reclassified as assets held for sale. We concluded it was more likely than not that the fair value of each of our reporting units exceeded the carrying value of equity of our reporting units at July 31, 2021.

We also performed a post-reclassification goodwill impairment test using our estimated post-divestiture cash flows and carrying value of equity to determine whether the fair value of our reporting units that will remain following the divestitures exceeded the carrying value of the equity of such reporting units after reclassification of assets held for sale. At July 31, 2021, we estimated the fair value of our remaining reporting units by considering both a market approach and a discounted cash flow method. Based on our assessments performed, we concluded it was more likely than not that the fair value of each of our remaining reporting units exceeded the carrying value of equity of our remaining reporting units at July 31, 2021. Therefore, we concluded we did not have any impairment as of our assessment date.

When we performed our annual impairment test in the fourth quarter of 2021, we concluded it was more likely than not that the fair value of each of our reporting units exceeded the carrying value of equity of our reporting units. Therefore, we concluded no impairment existed as of our annual assessment date in the fourth quarter of 2021. When we performed our impairment tests during the fourth quarter of 2020, we concluded that the estimated fair value of certain of our consumer, wholesale, small and medium business and EMEA reporting units werewas less than our carrying value of equity for such reporting units andas of the date of our impairment test during the fourth quarter of 2020. As a result, we recorded a non-cash, non-tax-deductible goodwill impairment charge of approximatelycharges aggregating to $2.6 billion in the fourth quarter of 2020. WhenAdditionally, when we performed our impairment tests duringin January 2019 and March 31, 2019 due to our January 2019 internal reorganization and the first quarter of 2019,decline in our stock price, we concluded that the estimated fair value of certain of our reporting units was less than our carrying value of equity as of the date of each of our impairment tests during the first quarter of 2019. As a result, we recorded a non-cash, non-tax-deductible goodwill impairment charges aggregating to $6.5 billion in the quarter ended March 31, 2019. Additionally, when we performed our annual impairment test in the fourth quarter of 2018 we concluded that the estimated fair value of our consumer reporting unit was less than our carrying value of equity for such reporting unit and we recorded a non-cash non-tax-deductible goodwill impairment charge of approximately $2.7 billion in the fourth quarter of 2018.
42



See Note 2—3—Goodwill, Customer Relationships and Other Intangible Assets to our consolidated financial statements in Item 8 of Part II of this report for further details on these tests and impairment charges.

Other Consolidated Results

The following tables summarize our total other expense, net and income tax expense:
 Years Ended December 31,% ChangeYears Ended December 31,% Change
 2020201920192018
 (Dollars in millions)(Dollars in millions)
Interest expense$(1,668)(2,021)(17)%(2,021)(2,177)(7)%
Other (expense) income, net(76)(19)nm(19)44 nm
Total other expense, net$(1,744)(2,040)(15)%(2,040)(2,133)(4)%
Income tax expense$450 503 (11)%503 170 196 %

nmPercentages greater than 200% and comparison between positive and negatives values or to/from zero values are considered not meaningful.
 Years Ended December 31,% Change
 20212020
 (Dollars in millions)
Interest expense$(1,522)(1,668)(9)%
Other expense, net(62)(76)(18)%
Total other expense, net$(1,584)(1,744)(9)%
Income tax expense$668 450 48 %

Interest Expense

Interest expense decreased by $353$146 million for the year ended December 31, 20202021 as compared to the year ended December 31, 2019.2020. The decrease in interest expense was primarily due to athe decrease in average long-term debt from $35.4$33.3 billion to $33.3$30.4 billion and athe decrease in the average interest rate of 5.75%5.23% to 5.23%4.82%.

Interest expense decreased by $156 million for the year ended December 31, 2019 as compared to the year ended December 31, 2018. The decrease in interest expense was primarily due to a decrease in long-term debt from an average of $36.9 billion in 2018 to $35.4 billion in 2019.
40



Other (Expense) Income,Expense, Net

Other (expense) income,expense, net reflects certain items not directly related to our core operations, including losses(i) gains and gainslosses on extinguishments of debt, (ii) components of net periodic pension and post-retirement benefit costs, (iii) foreign currency gains and losses, (iv) our share of income from partnerships we do not control, (v) interest income, (vi) gains and losses from non-operating asset dispositions foreign currency gains and losses and components of net periodic pension and postretirement benefit costs.(vii) other non-core items.

Years Ended December 31,% ChangeYears Ended December 31,% Change
2020201920192018
(Dollars in millions)(Dollars in millions)
(Loss) gain on extinguishment of debt$(105)72 nm72 (7)nm
Pension and postretirement net periodic expense(31)(165)(81)%(165)(15)nm
Foreign currency gain30 nm10 (20)%
Other30 66 (55)%66 56 18 %
Total other (expense) income, net$(76)(19)nm(19)44 nm
Years Ended December 31,% Change
20212020
(Dollars in millions)
Gain (loss) on extinguishment of debt$(105)nm
Pension and post-retirement net periodic expense(295)(31)nm
Foreign currency (loss) gain(28)30 nm
Gain on investment in limited partnership138 — nm
Other115 30 nm
Total other expense, net$(62)(76)(18)%

nmPercentages greater than 200% and comparison between positive and negativesnmPercentages greater than 200% and comparisons between positive and negative values or to/from zero values are considered not meaningful.

The significant declineincrease of $264 million in pension and post retirementpost-retirement net periodic expense for the year ended December 31, 20202021 as compared to the year ended December 31, 20192020 is primarily driven by settlement charges associated with the acceleration of the recognition of a declineportion of previously unrecognized actuarial losses in interest cost due to lower discount rates. The increase of $150 million in thisthe qualified pension plan. Other expense, net for the year ended December 31, 20192021 also included a gain on investment in a limited partnership as compareda result of the underlying investments held by the limited partnership which began trading in active markets, resulting in an increase to our net asset value of our investment. Other expense, net for the year ended December 31, 2018 reflects2021 also included a corresponding increasedistribution from a previously dissolved captive insurance company and other non-core items. See Note 14—Fair Value of Financial Instruments for more information regarding the gain recognized on the investment in interest costs due to higher discount rates in that period, as discussed further in Note 10—Employee Benefits.a limited partnership.

43


Income Tax Expense

For the years ended December 31, 2020, 20192021 and 2018,2020, our effective income tax rate was (57.5)%, (10.6)%,24.7% and (10.9)(57.5)%, respectively. The effective tax rate for the years ended December 31, 2020, December 31, 2019 and December 31, 2018 include a $555 million, $1.4 billion and a $572 million unfavorable impact of non-deductible goodwill impairments, respectively. Additionally, the effective tax rate for the year ended December 31, 2018 reflects2020 includes the $555 million unfavorable impact of purchase price accounting adjustments resulting from the Level 3 acquisition and from the tax reform impact of those adjustments of $92 million. The 2018 unfavorable impacts were partially offset by the tax benefit of a 2017 tax loss carryback to 2016 of $142 million.non-deductible goodwill impairment. See Note 15—16—Income Taxes to our consolidated financial statements in Item 8 of Part II of this report and "Critical Accounting Policies and EstimatesEstimates—Income Taxes" below for additional information.

41


Segment Results

General

Reconciliation of segment revenue to total operating revenue is below:
 Years Ended December 31,
 202020192018
 (Dollars in millions)
Operating revenue
International and Global Accounts$3,405 3,476 3,543 
Enterprise5,722 5,696 5,765 
Small and Medium Business2,557 2,727 2,918 
Wholesale3,777 4,042 4,360 
Consumer5,251 5,517 5,994 
Total operating revenue$20,712 21,458 22,580 
 Years Ended December 31,
 202120202019
 (Dollars in millions)
Operating revenue
Business$14,119 14,817 15,239 
Mass Markets5,568 5,895 6,219 
Total operating revenue$19,687 20,712 21,458 

Reconciliation of segment EBITDA to total adjusted EBITDA is below:
 Years Ended December 31,
 202020192018
 (Dollars in millions)
Adjusted EBITDA
International and Global Accounts$2,228 2,295 2,354 
Enterprise3,334 3,383 3,354 
Small and Medium Business1,769 1,869 2,012 
Wholesale3,221 3,449 3,731 
Consumer4,612 4,799 5,021 
Total segment EBITDA15,164 15,795 16,472 
Operations and Other EBITDA(6,675)(7,024)(7,870)
Total adjusted EBITDA$8,489 8,771 8,602 
 Years Ended December 31,
 202120202019
 (Dollars in millions)
Adjusted EBITDA
Business$9,446 9,899 10,277 
Mass Markets4,886 5,118 5,375 
Total segment EBITDA14,332 15,017 15,652 
Operations and Other EBITDA(5,908)(6,528)(6,881)
Total adjusted EBITDA$8,424 8,489 8,771 

For additional information on our reportable segments and product and services categories, see Note 16—17—Segment Information.Information to our consolidated financial statements in Item 8 of Part II of this report.
44



International and Global Accounts ManagementBusiness Segment
 Years Ended December 31,% Change Years Ended December 31,% Change 
 2020201920192018
 (Dollars in millions)(Dollars in millions)
Revenue:
IP and Data Services$1,556 1,627 (4)%1,627 1,682 (3)%
Transport and Infrastructure1,265 1,268 — %1,268 1,230 %
Voice and Collaboration368 354 %354 365 (3)%
IT and Managed Services216 227 (5)%227 266 (15)%
Total revenue3,405 3,476 (2)%3,476 3,543 (2)%
Total expense1,177 1,181 — %1,181 1,189 (1)%
Total adjusted EBITDA$2,228 2,295 (3)%2,295 2,354 (3)%
 Years Ended December 31,% Change Years Ended December 31,% Change 
 2021202020202019
 (Dollars in millions)(Dollars in millions)
Business Segment Product Categories:
Compute and Application Services$1,741 1,755 (1)%1,755 1,735 %
IP and Data Services6,212 6,413 (3)%6,413 6,566 (2)%
Fiber Infrastructure Services2,248 2,248 — %2,248 2,157 %
Voice and Other3,918 4,401 (11)%4,401 4,781 (8)%
Total Business Segment Revenue14,119 14,817 (5)%14,817 15,239 (3)%
Expenses:
Total expense4,673 4,918 (5)%4,918 4,962 (1)%
Total adjusted EBITDA$9,446 9,899 (5)%9,899 10,277 (4)%

4245


Year Endedended December 31, 20202021 compared to the same periods ended December 31, 20192020 and December 31, 20182019

SegmentBusiness segment revenue decreased $71$698 million for the year ended December 31, 20202021 compared to December 31, 20192020 and decreased $67$422 million for the year ended December 31, 2019 compared to December 31, 2018. Excluding the impact of foreign currency fluctuations, segment revenue decreased $23 million, or 1%, for the year ended December 31, 2020 compared to December 31, 2019. These changes are primarily due to the following factors:

ITCompute and managed services revenue declinedApplication Services decreased for the year ended December 31, 2021 compared to December 31, 2020 due to a large customer disconnect for IT Solutions and lower volumes of legacy managed hosting services;rates for content delivery network services within our IGAM sales channel. Additionally, for the year ended December 31, 2021 compared to December 31, 2020, decreases were driven by declines in Cloud Services within our Large Enterprise and IGAM sales channels. These decreases were partially offset by growth in Managed Security and IT Solutions services to Federal Public Sector customers and an increase in colocation and data center services in our IGAM sales channel.

Compute and Application Services increased for the year ended December 31, 2020 compared to December 31, 2019 due to growth in Managed Security and IT Solutions services within our Large Enterprise sales channel and growth in UC&C in our IGAM sales channel. These increases were partially offset by declines in IT Solutions services within our IGAM sales channel and declines in Cloud Services within our Large Enterprise sales channel.

IP and data services revenue declined mostlyData Services decreased during both periods due to reduced ratesdeclines in traditional VPN networks and continued declines in Ethernet sales across all our sales channels, partially offset by an increase in IP services across all our sales channels.

Fiber Infrastructure Services remained flat for the year ended December 31, 2021 compared to December 31, 2020 and increased for the year ended December 31, 2020 compared to December 31, 2019. Both periods experienced growth in dark fiber and wavelengths sales driven by demand primarily from our IGAM sales channel, which was offset by lower traffic;equipment sales in our Large Enterprise sales channel.

Voice and collaboration revenue increasedOther decreased during both periods due to higher usagecontinued decline of legacy voice, private line and call volumes; and,other services to customers across all of our sales channels. Additionally, voice services revenue decreased for the periodyear ended 2019December 31, 2021 compared to 2018, the decrease was driven by stronger non-recurring revenue in 2018 that did not reoccur in 2019;December 31, 2020, which had benefited from higher COVID-related demand.

Transport and infrastructureThe decrease in Business segment revenue increased for the periodyear ended 2019December 31, 2021 was slightly offset by $16 million of favorable foreign currency as compared to 2018 dueDecember 31, 2020. The decrease in Business segment revenue for the year ended December 31, 2020 was also driven by $42 million of unfavorable foreign currency for the year ended December 31, 2020 as compared to expanded services for large customers and higher rates.December 31, 2019.

SegmentBusiness segment expense decreased by $245 million for the year ended December 31, 2021 compared to December 31, 2020 primarily due to lower cost of sales and lower employee-related costs from lower headcount. Business segment expenses decreased by $4$44 million for the year ended December 31, 2020 compared to December 31, 2019, primarily due to lower headcount relatedemployee-related costs partially offset by higher cost of sales. Segment expenses decreased by $8 million for the year ended December 31, 2019 compared to December 31, 2018, primarily due tofrom lower cost of sales in line with lower revenue.headcount.

SegmentBusiness segment adjusted EBITDA as a percentage of revenue was 65%67% for the years ended December 31, 2021, 2020 and 2019.

46


Mass Markets Segment
 Years Ended December 31,% Change Years Ended December 31,% Change 
 2021202020202019
 (Dollars in millions)(Dollars in millions)
Mass Markets Product Categories:
Consumer Broadband$2,875 2,909 (1)%2,909 2,876 %
SBG Broadband156 153 %153 163 (6)%
Voice and Other2,047 2,341 (13)%2,341 2,688 (13)%
CAF II490 492 — %492 492 — %
Total Mass Markets Segment Revenue5,568 5,895 (6)%5,895 6,219 (5)%
Expenses:
Total expense682 777 (12)%777 844 (8)%
Total adjusted EBITDA$4,886 5,118 (5)%5,118 5,375 (5)%

Year ended December 31, 2021 compared to the same periods ended December 31, 2020 and December 31, 2019

Mass Markets segment revenue decreased by $327 million for the year ended December 31, 2020 and 66% for both the years ended December 31, 2019 and 2018, respectively.

Enterprise Segment
 Years Ended December 31,% Change Years Ended December 31,% Change 
 2020201920192018
 (Dollars in millions)(Dollars in millions)
Revenue:
IP and Data Services$2,474 2,538 (3)%2,538 2,485 %
Transport and Infrastructure1,608 1,479 %1,479 1,484 — %
Voice and Collaboration1,424 1,423 — %1,423 1,495 (5)%
IT and Managed Services216 256 (16)%256 301 (15)%
Total revenue5,722 5,696 — %5,696 5,765 (1)%
Total expense2,388 2,313 %2,313 2,411 (4)%
Total adjusted EBITDA$3,334 3,383 (1)%3,383 3,354 %

Year Ended2021 compared to December 31, 2020 Compared to the same periods Ended December 31, 2019 and December 31, 2018

Segment revenue increased by $26decreased $324 million for the year ended December 31, 2020 compared to December 31, 2019, and decreased $69 million for the year ended December 31, 2019 compared to December 31, 2018, due to the following factors:

For the year ended 2020 compared to 2019, IP and data servicesConsumer Broadband revenue decreased primarily driven by customers migrating from traditional wireline services to more technologically advanced lower rate services, and, for the period ended 2019 compared to 2018, revenue increased due to rate increases.

for both periods, IT and managed services revenue declined mainly due to churn in legacy managed services;

43


for the year ended 2019December 31, 2021 compared to 2018, the decline in voiceDecember 31, 2020 and collaboration revenue was due to a combination of customers discontinuing traditional voice TDM products and lower rates on customers transitioning to VoIP; and

for the year ended 2020 compared to 2019, transport and infrastructure revenue increased due to strength in our Federal business, mainly in professional services, equipment and managed security services, and for the year ended 2019 compared to 2018, the decline was due to lower professional services and data center and colocation services, partially offset by increased managed security revenue.

Segment expenses increased by $75 million for the year ended December 31, 2020 compared to year ended December 31, 2019 driven by continued pressure on legacy products, which was partially or wholly offset by gains in our fiber-based broadband business.

Voice and Other declined during both periods primarily due to continued legacy voice customer losses and our exit of the Prism video product.

Mass Markets segment expenses decreased $98by $95 million for the year ended December 31, 20192021 compared to December 31, 2018, primarily due to:

For the year ended 2020 compared to 2019, segment expenses increased due to higher cost of sales in line with revenue increases, partially offset by lower headcount related costs;

for the year ended 2019 compared to 2018, segment expenses decreased due to lower headcount related costs and external commissions.

Segment adjusted EBITDA as a percentage of revenue was 58%, 59% and 58% for the year ended December 31, 2020, 2019 and 2018, respectively.

Small and Medium Business Segment
 Years Ended December 31,% Change Years Ended December 31,% Change 
 2020201920192018
 (Dollars in millions)(Dollars in millions)
Revenue:
IP and Data Services$1,062 1,091 (3)%1,091 1,078 %
Transport and Infrastructure352 365 (4)%365 424 (14)%
Voice and Collaboration1,098 1,226 (10)%1,226 1,366 (10)%
IT and Managed Services45 45 — %45 50 (10)%
Total revenue2,557 2,727 (6)%2,727 2,918 (7)%
Total expense788 858 (8)%858 906 (5)%
Total adjusted EBITDA$1,769 1,869 (5)%1,869 2,012 (7)%

Year Ended December 31, 2020 Compared to the same periods Ended December 31, 2019 and December 31, 2018

Segment revenue decreased $170 million for the year ended December 31, 2020 compared to December 31, 2019 and decreased $191 million for the year ended December 31, 2019 compared to December 31, 2018, primarily due to the following factors:

For both periods, voice and collaboration revenue decreased due to continued declines in demand for traditional voice TDM services;

for the year ended 2020 compared to 2019, transport and infrastructure revenue decreased primarily due to continued reductions in demand for our low-speed broadband, and for the year ended 2019 compared to 2018, transport and infrastructure declined primarily due to lower equipment sales and lower demand for broadband services; and

for the year ended 2020 compared to 2019, IP and data services decreased due to lower VPN revenue and customers transitioning from Ethernet solutions to lower-rate IP services, and for the year ended 2019 compared to 2018, IP and data services increased due to strength in VPN revenue.
44



Segment expenses decreased by $70 million for the year ended December 31, 2020 compared to December 31, 2019 and decreased $48 million for the year ended December 31, 2019 compared to December 31, 2018, primarily due to:

For the year ended 2020 compared to 2019 due to lower cost of sales in line with lower revenue and lower headcount related costs; and

for the year ended 2019 compared to 2018 due to lower network costs driven by declines in customer demand, and network expense synergies.

Segment adjusted EBITDA as a percentage of revenue was 69% for the years ended December 31, 2020, 2019 and 2018.

Wholesale Segment
 Years Ended December 31,% Change Years Ended December 31,% Change 
 2020201920192018
 (Dollars in millions)(Dollars in millions)
Revenue:
IP and Data Services$1,280 1,365 (6)%1,365 1,369 — %
Transport and Infrastructure1,764 1,907 (7)%1,907 2,118 (10)%
Voice and Collaboration731 763 (4)%763 865 (12)%
IT and Managed Services(71)%(13)%
Total revenue3,777 4,042 (7)%4,042 4,360 (7)%
Total expense556 593 (6)%593 629 (6)%
Total adjusted EBITDA$3,221 3,449 (7)%3,449 3,731 (8)%

Year Ended December 31, 2020 Compared to the same periods Ended December 31, 2019 and December 31, 2018

Segment revenue decreased $265 million for the year ended December 31, 2020 compared to December 31, 2019 and decreased $318 million for the year ended December 31, 2019 compared to December 31, 2018, primarily due to the following factors:

For both periods, transport and infrastructure revenue decreased due to continued declines in traditional private line services and customer network consolidation and grooming efforts;

for both periods, voice and collaboration revenue decreased due to market rate compression and lower customer volumes; and

for the year ended 2020 compared to 2019, IP and data services decreased due to customer churn.

Segment expenses decreased by $37$67 million for the year ended December 31, 2020 compared to December 31, 2019, primarily due to lower costemployee-related costs from lower headcount, lower costs of sales and continued network grooming efforts, partially offsetdriven by higher employee relatedthe decrease in Prism content costs and decreased by $36 million for the year ended December 31, 2019 compared to December 31, 2018, due to lower cost of sales and network grooming and operating synergies.

Segment adjusted EBITDA as a percentage of revenue was 85%, 85% and 86%higher bad debt expense for the year ended December 31, 2020 2019 and 2018, respectively.

45


Consumer Segment
 Years Ended December 31,% Change Years Ended December 31,% Change 
 2020201920192018
 (Dollars in millions)(Dollars in millions)
Revenue:
Broadband$2,909 2,876 %2,876 2,824 %
Voice1,622 1,837 (12)%1,837 2,127 (14)%
Regulatory615 632 (3)%632 727 (13)%
Other105 172 (39)%172 316 (46)%
Total revenue5,251 5,517 (5)%5,517 5,994 (8)%
Total expense639 718 (11)%718 973 (26)%
Total adjusted EBITDA$4,612 4,799 (4)%4,799 5,021 (4)%

Year Ended December 31, 2020 Compareddue to the same periods Ended December 31, 2019 and December 31, 2018

Segment revenue decreasedCOVID-19 induced economic slowdown. These decreases were partially offset by $266 millionhigher network expenses for the year ended December 31, 2020 compared to December 31, 2019 and decreased by $477 million for the year ended December 31, 2019 compared to December 31, 2018, primarily due to the following factors:2021.

For both periods, decreases in our voice and other revenue were driven by continued legacy voice customer losses and our de-emphasis of Prism video product;

for the year ended December 31, 2019, regulatory revenue declined due to the derecognition of the failed-sales-leaseback described in our prior reports. For the year ended December 31, 2020, regulatory revenue declined due to lower state support revenue;

for both periods, an increase in Broadband revenue driven by increased demand for higher-speed services and higher rates;

Segment expenses decreased by $79 million for the year ended December 31, 2020 compared to December 31, 2019 and decreased by $255 million for the year ended December 31, 2019 compared to December 31, 2018. Expenses decreased for both periods due to lower Prism content costs, headcount related costs and marketing expenses.

SegmentMass Markets segment adjusted EBITDA as a percentage of revenue was 88%, 87% and 84%86% for the year ended December 31, 2021, 2020 2019 and 2018,2019, respectively.

Critical Accounting Policies and Estimates

Our consolidated financial statements are prepared in accordance with accounting principles that are generally accepted in the United States. The preparation of these consolidated financial statements requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of our assets, liabilities, revenue and expenses. We have identified certain policies and estimates as critical to our business operations and the understanding of our past or present results of operations related to (i) goodwill, customer relationships and other intangible assets; (ii) pension and post-retirement benefits; (iii) loss contingencies and litigation reserves and (iv) income taxes. These policies and estimates are considered critical because they had a material impact, or they have the potential to have a material impact, on our consolidated financial statements and because they require us to make significant judgments, assumptions or estimates. We believe that the estimates, judgments and assumptions made when accounting for the items described below were reasonable, based on information available at the time they were made. However, actual results may differ from those estimates, and these differences may be material.

4647


Goodwill, Customer Relationships and Other Intangible Assets

We have a significant amount of goodwill and indefinite-lived intangible assets that are assessed at least annually for impairment. At December 31, 2020,2021, goodwill and intangible assets totaled $27.1$23.0 billion (excluding goodwill and other intangible assets reclassified as assets held for sale), or 46%40%, of our total assets. The impairment analyses of these assets are considered critical because of their significance to us and our segments.

We have assigned our goodwill balance to our segments at December 31, 20202021 as follows:

International and Global AccountsEnterpriseSmall and Medium BusinessWholesaleConsumerTotal
(Dollars in millions)
As of December 31, 2020$2,555 4,738 2,808 3,114 5,655 18,870 
BusinessMass MarketsTotal
(Dollars in millions)
As of December 31, 2021$11,235 4,751 15,986 

Intangible assets arising from business combinations, such as goodwill, customer relationships, capitalized software, trademarks and tradenames, are initially recorded at estimated fair value. We amortize customer relationships primarily over an estimated life of 7 to 1514 years, using either the sum-of-years-digits or the straight-line methods,method, depending on the customer. Certain customer relationship intangible assets became fully amortized at the end of the first quarter 2021 using the sum-of-years-digits method, which is no longer used for any of our remaining intangible assets. We amortize capitalized software using the straight-line method primarily over estimated lives ranging up to 7 years. We amortize our other intangible assets using the sum-of-years-digits or straight-line method over an estimated life of 4 to 20 years. Other intangible assets not arising from business combinations are initially recorded at cost. Where there are no legal, regulatory, contractual or other factors that would reasonably limit the useful life of an intangible asset, we classify the intangible asset as indefinite-lived and such intangible assets are not amortized.

Our long-lived intangible assets, other than goodwill, with indefinite lives are assessed for impairment annually, or, under certain circumstances, more frequently, such as when events or changes in circumstances indicate there may be an impairment. These assets are carried at the estimated fair value at the time of acquisition and assets not acquired in acquisitions are recorded at historical cost. However, if their estimated fair value is less than the carrying amount, we recognize an impairment charge for the amount by which the carrying amount of these assets exceeds their estimated fair value.

Our goodwill was derived from numerous acquisitions where the purchase price exceeded the fair value of the net assets acquired.

We are required to reassign goodwill to reporting units whenever reorganizations of our internal reporting structure changes the composition of our reporting units. Goodwill is reassigned to the reporting units using a relative fair value approach. When the fair value of a reporting unit is available, we allocate goodwill based on the relative fair value of the reporting units. When fair value is not available, we utilize an alternative allocation methodology that represents a reasonable proxy forapproximation of the fair value of the operations being reorganized. For additional information on our segments, see Note 16—17—Segment Information.Information to our consolidated financial statements in Item 8 of Part II of this report.

We are required to assess goodwill at least annually, or more frequently, if an event occurs or circumstances change that indicates it is more likely than not the fair values of any of our reporting units were less than their carrying values. In assessing goodwill for impairment, we may first assess qualitative factors to determine whether it is more likely than not that the fair value of a reporting unit is less than its carry value.

Our annual impairment assessment date for goodwill is October 31, at which date we assess our reporting units. At October 31, 2020,In January 2021, we began reporting under two segments: Business and Mass Markets. See Note 17—Segment Information to our internationalconsolidated financial statements in Item 8 of Part II of this report for more information on these segments and global accounts segment was comprised of ourthe underlying sales channels. Since effecting this reorganization, we have used five reporting units for goodwill impairment testing, which are (i) Mass Markets (ii) North America global accounts ("NA GAM"NA"), Business, (iii) Europe, Middle East and Africa region ("EMEA"), Latin America region ("LATAM") and(iv) Asia Pacific region ("APAC") reporting units. At October 31, 2020, ourand (v) Latin America region ("LATAM"). Prior to this reorganization, we used the following eight reporting units werefor goodwill impairment testing: consumer, small and medium business, enterprise, wholesale, North America global accounts ("NA GAM,GAM"), EMEA, LATAM and APAC.

4748



Our reporting units are not discrete legal entities with discrete full financial statements. Our assets and liabilities are employed in and relate to the operations of multiple reporting units and are allocated to individual reporting units based on their relative revenue or earnings before interest, taxes depreciation and amortization ("EBITDA"). For each reporting unit, we compare its estimated fair value of equity to its carrying value of equity that we assign to the reporting unit. If the estimated fair value of the reporting unit is equal or greater than the carrying value, we conclude that no impairment exists. If the estimated fair value of the reporting unit is less than the carrying value, we record ana non-cash impairment equal to the difference. Depending on the facts and circumstances, we typically estimate the fair value of our reporting units by considering either or both of (i) a discounted cash flow method, which is based on the present value of projected cash flows over a discrete projection period and a terminal value, which representsis based on the expected normalized cash flows of the reporting units beyond the cash flows fromfollowing the discrete projection period, and (ii) a market approach, which includes the use of multiples of publicly-traded companies whose services are comparable to ours. With respect to our analysis used in the discounted cash flow method, the timing and amount of projected cash flows under these forecasts require estimates developed from our long-range plan, which is informed by wireline industry trends, the competitive landscape, product lifecycles, operational initiatives, capital allocation prioritiesplans and other company-specific and external factors that influence our business. These cash flows consider recent historical results and are consistent with the Company's short-term financial forecasts and long-term business strategies. The development of these cash flows, and the discount rate applied to the cash flows, is subject to inherent uncertainties, and actual results could vary significantly from such estimates. Our determination of the discount rate is based on a weighted average cost of capital approach, which uses a market participant’s cost of equity and after-tax cost of debt and reflects certain risks inherent in the future cash flows. With respect to a market approach, the fair value of a reporting unit is estimated based upon a market multiple applied to the reporting unit’s revenue and EBITDA, adjusted for an appropriate control premium based on recent market transactions. The fair value of reporting units estimated using revenue and EBITDA market multiples are equally weighted to determine the estimated fair value under the market approach. We also reconcile the estimated fair values of the reporting units to our market capitalization to conclude whether the indicated implied control premium is reasonable in comparison to recent transactions in the marketplace. A decline in our stock price could potentially cause an impairment of goodwill. Changes in the underlying assumptions that we use in allocating the assets and liabilities to reporting units under either the discounted cash flow or market approach method can result in materially different determinations of fair value. We believe the estimates, judgments, assumptions and allocation methods used by us are reasonable, but changes in any of them can significantly affect whether we must incur impairment charges, as well as the size of such charges.

At October 31, 2021, we estimated the fair value of our five above-mentioned reporting units by considering both a market approach and a discounted cash flow method. We reconciled the estimated fair values of the reporting units to our market capitalization as of October 31, 2021 and concluded that the indicated control premium of approximately 42% was reasonable based on recent market transactions. As of October 31, 2021, based on our assessment performed with respect to our five reporting units, the estimated fair value of our equity exceeded the carrying value of equity for our Mass Markets, NA Business, EMEA, LATAM and APAC reporting units by 277%, 8%, 57%, 100% and 125%, respectively. Based on our assessments performed, we concluded it was more likely than not that the fair value of each of our reporting units exceeded the carrying value of equity of those reporting units at October 31, 2021. Therefore, we concluded no impairment existed as of our assessment date.

Our reclassification of held for sale assets, as described in Note 2—Planned Divestiture of the Latin American and ILEC Businesses to our consolidated financial statements in Item 8 of Part II of this report, was considered an event or change in circumstance which required an assessment of our goodwill for impairment as of July 31, 2021. At July 31, 2021, we estimated the fair value of our five above-mentioned reporting units by considering both a market approach and a discounted cash flow method. We reconciled the estimated fair values of the reporting units to our market capitalization as of July 31, 2021 and concluded that the indicated control premium of approximately 32% was reasonable based on recent market transactions. As of July 31, 2021, based on our assessment performed with respect to our five reporting units, the estimated fair value of our equity exceeded the carrying value of equity for our Mass Markets, NA Business, EMEA, LATAM and APAC reporting units by 150%, 24%, 58%, 100% and 134%, respectively. Based on our assessments performed, we concluded it was more likely than not that the fair value of each of our reporting units exceeded the carrying value of equity of those reporting units at July 31, 2021. Therefore, we concluded no impairment existed as of our assessment date.

49


At October 31, 2020, we estimated the fair value of our eight above-mentioned reporting units (prior to the January 2021 reorganization) by considering both a market approach and a discounted cash flow method. We reconciled the estimated fair values of the reporting units to our market capitalization as of October 31, 2020 and concluded that the indicated control premium of approximately 33.0%33% was reasonable based on recent market transactions. Due to the decline in our stock price at October 31, 2020 and our assessment performed with respect to the reporting units described above, we concluded that our consumer, wholesale, small and medium business and EMEA reporting units were impaired, resulting in a non-cash, non-tax-deductible goodwill impairment charge of $2.6 billion. As of October 31, 2020, the estimated fair value of equity exceeded the carrying value of equity for our enterprise, NA GAM, LATAM, and APAC reporting units by 2%, 46%,46%, 74% and 23%, respectively. Based on our assessments performed, we concluded it was more likely than not that the goodwill forfair value of our enterprise, NA GAM, LATAM, and APAC reporting units was not impairedexceeded the carrying value of equity of those reporting units at October 31, 2020. Therefore, we concluded no impairment existed with respect to those four reporting units as of October 31, 2020.our assessment date.

At October 31, 2019, we estimated the fair value of our eight above-mentioned reporting units by considering both a market approach and a discounted cash flow method. We reconciled the estimated fair values of the reporting units to our market capitalization as of October 31, 2019 and concluded that the indicated control premium of approximately 44.7%45% was reasonable based on recent market transactions. As of October 31, 2019, based on our assessment performed with respect to our eight reporting units, the estimated fair value of our equity exceeded the carrying value of equity for our consumer, small and medium business, enterprise, wholesale, NA GAM, EMEA, LATAM, and APAC reporting units by 44%, 41%, 53%, 46%, 55%, 5%, 63% and 38%, respectively. Based on our assessments performed, we concluded it was more likely than not that the goodwill forfair value of each of our eight reporting units was not impaired asexceeded the carrying value of equity of those reporting units at October 31, 2019. Therefore, we concluded no impairment existed as of our assessment date.

Both our January 2019 internal reorganization and the decline in our stock price indicated the carrying values of our reporting units were more likely than not in excess of their fair values, requiring an impairment test in the first quarter of 2019. Consequently, we evaluated our goodwill in January 2019 and again as of March 31, 2019. Because our low stock price was a key trigger for impairment testing in early 2019, we estimated the fair value of our operations using only the market approach. Applying this approach, we utilized company comparisons and
48


analyst reports within the telecommunications industry which have historically supported a range of fair values derived from annualized revenue and EBITDA multiples between 2.1x and 4.9x and 4.9x and 9.8x, respectively. We selected a revenue and EBITDA multiple for each of our reporting units within this range. We reconciled the estimated fair values of the reporting units to our market capitalization as of the date of each of our impairment tests during the first quarter and concluded that the indicated control premiums of approximately 4.5% and 4.1% were reasonable based on recent market transactions. In the quarter ended March 31, 2019, based on our assessments performed with respect to the reporting units as described above, we concluded that the estimated fair value of certain of our reporting units was less than our carrying value of equity as of the date of eachboth of our impairment tests during the first quarter. As a result, we recorded non-cash, non-tax-deductible goodwill impairment charges aggregating to $6.5 billion in the quarter ended March 31, 2019.

At October 31, 2018, we estimated the fair value of our then five reporting units, which we determined to be consumer, medium and small business, enterprise, international and global accounts and wholesale and indirect, by considering both a market approach and a discounted cash flow method. We reconciled the estimated fair values of the reporting units to our market capitalization as of October 31, 2018 and concluded that the indicated control premium of approximately 0.1% was reasonable based on recent transactions in the marketplace. As of October 31, 2018, based on our assessment we concluded that the estimated fair value of our consumer reporting unit was less than our carrying value of equity for such unit by approximately $2.7 billion. As a result, we recorded a non-cash, non-tax deductible goodwill impairment charge of $2.7 billion for goodwill assigned to our consumer segment during the fourth quarter of 2018.

We plan to make changes to our segment and customer-facing sales channel reporting categories in 2021 to align with operational changes designed to better support our customers. Beginning in the first quarter of 2021, the company plans to report two segments: Business and Mass Markets. The Business segment will include four sales channels: International & Global Accounts, Large Enterprise, Mid-Market Enterprise and Wholesale. The Mass Markets segment will include both our Consumer and Small Business Group sales channels. As a result of the organization changes noted above, we will perform a goodwill impairment analysis during the first quarter of 2021.

For additional information on our goodwill balances by segment, see Note 2—3—Goodwill, Customer Relationships and Other Intangible Assets.Assets to our consolidated financial statements in Item 8 of Part II of this report.

Pension and Post-retirement Benefits

We sponsor a noncontributory qualified defined benefit pension plan (referred to as our qualified pension plan) for a substantial portion of our current and former employees in the United States. In addition to this tax-qualified pension plan, we also maintain several non-qualified pension plans for certain eligible highly compensated employees. We also maintain post-retirement benefit plans that provide health care and life insurance benefits for certain eligible retirees. Due to the insignificant impact of these non-qualified plans on our consolidated financial statements, we have excluded them from the following pension and post-retirement benefits disclosures for 2021, 2020 2019 and 2018.2019.

50


As of January 1, 2021, our qualified pension plan had a net actuarial loss balance of approximately $3.0 billion. A portion of this balance was subject to amortization as a component of net periodic expense over the average remaining service period for participating employees expected to receive benefits under the plan. During 2021, our lump sum pension settlement payments exceeded the settlement threshold and as a result we recognized a non-cash settlement charge of $383 million, accelerating previously unrecognized actuarial losses from our net actuarial loss balance. For our post-retirement benefit plans, the majority of the beginning net actuarial loss balance of $346 million continued to be deferred during 2021.

In 2020, approximately 59% of the qualified pension plan's January 1, 2020 net actuarial loss balance of $3.0 billion was subject to amortization as a component of net periodic expense over the average remaining service period of 9 years for participating employees expected to receive benefits forunder the plan. The other 41% of the qualified pension plan's beginning net actuarial loss balance was treated as indefinitely deferred during 2020. The entire beginning net actuarial loss of $175 million for the post-retirement benefit plans was treated as indefinitely deferred during 2020.

In 2019, approximately 60% of the qualified pension plan's January 1, 2019 net actuarial loss balance of $3.0 billion was subject to amortization as a component of net periodic expense over the average remaining service period of 9 years for participating employees expected to receive benefits forunder the plan. The other 40% of the qualified pension plan's beginning net actuarial loss balance was treated as indefinitely deferred during 2020.2019. The entire beginning net actuarial gain of $7 million for the post-retirement benefit plans was treated as indefinitely deferred during 2019.

49


In 2018, approximately 55% of the qualified pension plan's January 1, 2018 net actuarial loss balance of $2.9 billion was subject to amortization as a component of net periodic expense over the average remaining service period of participating employees expected to receive benefits, which ranges from 8 to 9 years for the plan. The other 45% of the qualified pension plan's beginning net actuarial loss balance was treated as indefinitely deferred during 2018. The entire beginning net actuarial loss of $248 million for the post-retirement benefit plans was treated as indefinitely deferred during 2018.

In computing our pension and post-retirement health care and life insurance benefit obligations, our most significant assumptions are the discount rate and mortality rates. In computing our periodic pension and post-retirement benefit expense, our most significant assumptions are the discount rate and the expected rate of return on plan assets. In computing our post-retirement benefit expense, our most significant assumption is the discount rate. Plan assets, and thus the expected rate of return on plan assets, for our post-retirement benefit plans are not significant.

The discount rate for each plan is the rate at which we believe we could effectively settle the plan's benefit obligations as of the end of the year. We selected each plan's discount rate based on a cash flow matching analysis using hypothetical yield curves from U.S. corporate bonds rated high quality and projections of the future benefit payments that constitute the projected benefit obligation for the plans. This process establishes the uniform discount rate that produces the same present value of the estimated future benefit payments as is generated by discounting each year's benefit payments by a spot rate applicable to that year. The spot rates used in this process are derived from a yield curve created from yields on the 60th to 90th percentile of U.S. high quality bonds.

MortalityPublished mortality rates help predict the expected life of plan participants and are based on historical demographic studies by the Society of Actuaries ("SOA"). The SOA publishes new mortality rates (mortality tables and projection scales) on a regular basis which reflect updates to projected life expectancies in North America. Historically, we have adopted the new projection tables immediately after publication. In 2020,2021, we adopted the revised mortality tables and projection scale released by the SOA, which decreasedincreased the projected benefit obligation of our benefit plans by approximately $3 million.$37 million for the year ended December 31, 2021. The change in the projected benefit obligation of our benefit plans was recognized as part of the net actuarial loss and is included in accumulated other comprehensive loss, a portion of which is subject to amortization over the remaining average estimated life of plan participants, which was approximately 98 years as of December 31, 20202021.

The expected rate of return on plan assets is the long-term rate of return we expect to earn on the plans' assets in the future, net of administrative expenses paid from plan assets. The rate of return is determined by the strategic allocation of plan assets and the long-term risk and return forecast for each asset class. The forecasts for each asset class are generated primarily from an analysis of the long-term expectations of various third-party investment management organizations, to which we then add a factor of 50 basis points to reflect the benefit we expect to result from our active management of the assets. The expected rate of return on plan assets is reviewed annually and revised, as necessary, to reflect changes in the financial markets and our investment strategy.

To compute the expected return on pension and post-retirement benefit plan assets, we apply an expected rate of return to the fair value of the applicable plan assets adjusted for contribution timing and for projected benefit payments to be made from the plan assets. Annual market volatility for these assets (higher or lower than expected return) is reflected in the net actuarial losses.

Changes in any of the above factors could significantly impact operating expenses in theour consolidated statements of operations and other comprehensive loss in theour consolidated statements of comprehensive income (loss) as well as the value of the liability and accumulated other comprehensive loss of stockholders' equity on our consolidated balance sheets.

51


Loss Contingencies and Litigation Reserves

We are involved in several potentially material legal proceedings, as described in more detail in Note 17—18—Commitments, Contingencies and Other Items. On a quarterly basis, we assess potential losses in relation to these and other pending or threatened tax and legal matters. For matters not related to income taxes, if a loss is considered probable and the amount can be reasonably estimated, we recognize an expense for the estimated loss. To the extent these estimates are more or less than the actual liability resulting from the resolution of these matters, our earnings will be increased or decreased accordingly. If the differences are material, our consolidated financial statements could be materially impacted.

50


For matters related to income taxes, if we determine in our judgment that the impact of an uncertain tax position is more likely than not to be sustained upon audit by the relevant taxing authority, then we recognize in our financial statements a benefit for the largest amount that is more likely than not to be sustained. No portion of an uncertain tax position will be recognized if we determine in our judgment that the position has less than a 50% likelihood of being sustained. Though the validity of any tax position is a matter of tax law, the body of statutory, regulatory and interpretive guidance on the application of the law is complex and often ambiguous, particularly in certain of the non-U.S. jurisdictions in which we operate. Because of this, whether a tax position will ultimately be sustained may be uncertain.

Income Taxes

Our provision for income taxes includes amounts for tax consequences deferred to future periods. We record deferred income tax assets and liabilities reflecting future tax consequences attributable to (i) tax credit carryforwards, (ii) differences between the financial statement carrying value of assets and liabilities and the tax basis of those assets and liabilities and (iii) tax net operating loss carryforwards, or NOLs. Deferred taxes are computed using enacted tax rates expected to apply in the year in which the differences are expected to affect taxable income. The effect of a change in tax rate on deferred income tax assets and liabilities of a change in tax rate is recognized in earnings in the period that includes the enactment date.

The measurement of deferred taxes often involves the exercise of considerable judgment related to the realization of tax basis. Our deferred tax assets and liabilities reflect our assessment that tax positions taken in filed tax returns and the resulting tax basis are more likely than not to be sustained if they are audited by taxing authorities. Assessing tax rates that we expect to apply and determining the years when the temporary differences are expected to affect taxable income requires judgment about the future apportionment of our income among the states in which we operate. Any changes in our practices or judgments involved in the measurement of deferred tax assets and liabilities could materially impact our financial condition or results of operations.

In connection with recording deferred income tax assets and liabilities, we establish valuation allowances when necessary to reduce deferred income tax assets to amounts that we believe are more likely than not to be realized. We evaluate our deferred tax assets quarterly to determine whether adjustments to our valuation allowance are appropriate in light of changes in facts or circumstances, such as changes in tax law, interactions with taxing authorities and developments in case law. In making this evaluation, we rely on our recent history of pre-tax earnings. We also rely on our forecasts of future earnings and the nature and timing of future deductions and benefits represented by the deferred tax assets, all of which involve the exercise of significant judgment. At December 31, 2020,2021, we established a valuation allowance of $1.5$1.6 billion primarily related to foreign and state NOLs, based on our determination that it was more likely than not that this amount of these NOLs would expire unused. If forecasts of future earnings and the nature and estimated timing of future deductions and benefits change in the future, we may determine that existing valuation allowances must be revised or eliminated or new valuation allowances created, any of which could materially impact our financial condition or results of operations. See Note 15—16—Income Taxes.Taxes to our consolidated financial statements in Item 8 of Part II of this report.

52


Liquidity and Capital Resources

Overview of Sources and Uses of Cash

We are a holding company that is dependent on the capital resources of our subsidiaries to satisfy our parent company liquidity requirements. Several of our significant operating subsidiaries have borrowed funds either on a standalone basis or as part of a separate restricted group with certain of its subsidiaries or affiliates. The terms of the instruments governing the indebtedness of these borrowers or borrowing groups may restrict our ability to access their accumulated cash. In addition, our ability to access the liquidity of these and other subsidiaries may be limited by tax, legal and other considerations.

At December 31, 2020,2021, we held cash and cash equivalents of $406$394 million, which includes cash and cash equivalents classified as held for sale, and we also had approximately $2.0 billion of borrowing capacity available under our revolving credit facility. We typically use our revolving credit facility as a source of liquidity for operating activities and our other cash requirements. We had approximately $98$89 million of cash and cash equivalents outside the United States at December 31, 2020.2021. We currently believe that there are no material restrictions on our ability to repatriate cash and cash equivalents into the United States, and that we may do so without paying or accruing U.S. taxes. WeOther than transactions related to our Latin American divestiture, we do not currently intend to repatriate to the United States any of our foreign cash and cash equivalents from operating entities outside of Latin America.
51


entities.

In response to COVID-19, the U.S. Congress passed the CARES Act on March 27, 2020. The CARES Act favorably increased our liquidity in 2020 by $41 million as a result of allowing us to receive a full refund of the alternative minimum tax credit carryforward in 2020, as compared to receiving the refund in phases over the next few years in accordance with the Tax Cuts and Jobs Act. Under the CARES Act, we also deferred $134 million of our 2020 payroll taxes, $67 million of which under current law will be requiredwere repaid in 2021, with the remainder to be repaid in installments over 2021 and 2022.

Our executive officers and our Board of Directors periodically review our sources and potential uses of cash in connection with our annual budgeting process. Generally speaking, our principal funding source is cash from operating activities, and our principal cash requirements include operating expenses, capital expenditures, income taxes, debt repayments, dividends, periodic securities repurchases, periodic pension contributions and other benefits payments. The impact of the pending sale of our Latin American and ILEC businesses is further described below.

Based on our current capital allocation objectives, during 20212022 we project expending approximately $3.5$3.2 billion to $3.8$3.4 billion of cash for capital investment in property, plant and equipmentexpenditures and approximately $1.1 billion of$1.00 per share for cash for dividends on our common stock (based on the assumptions described below under "Dividends").

For the 12 month period ending December 31, 2021,2022, we project that our fixed commitments will include (i) $125 million of scheduled term loan amortization payments, (ii) $24$31 million of finance lease and other fixed payments (which includes $2 million of finance lease obligations that have been reclassified as held for sale) and (iii) $2.3$1.4 billion of debt maturities (excluding issuances made after December 31, 2020). maturities.

We do notwill continue to monitor our future sources and uses of cash, and anticipate that the COVID-19 pandemicwe will interfere withmake adjustments to our abilitycapital allocation strategies when, as and if determined by our Board of Directors. We may also draw on our revolving credit facility as a source of liquidity for operating activities and to discharge these obligations over the next year.give us additional flexibility to finance our capital investments, repayments of debt, pension contributions and other cash requirements.

For additional information, see "Risk Factors—Financial Risks" in Item 1A of Part I of this report.

Impact of the Planned Divestiture of the Latin American and ILEC Businesses

As discussed in Note 2—Planned Divestiture of the Latin American and ILEC Businesses to our consolidated financial statements in Item 8 of Part II of this report, we entered into definitive agreements to divest our Latin American and ILEC businesses on July 25, 2021 and August 3, 2021, respectively. As further described elsewhere herein, these transactions are expected to provide us with a substantial amount of cash proceeds upon closing, but ultimately will reduce our base of income-generating assets that generate our recurring cash from operating activities that we use to fund our cash requirements.
53



Capital Expenditures

We incur capital expenditures on an ongoing basis to expand and improve our service offerings, enhance and modernize our networks and compete effectively in our markets. We evaluate capital expenditure projects based on a variety of factors, including expected strategic impacts (such as forecasted impact on revenue growth, productivity, expenses, service levels and customer retention) and our expected return on investment. The amount of capital investment is influenced by, among other things, current and projected demand for our services and products, cash flow generated by operating activities, cash required for other purposes and regulatory considerations (such as our CAF Phase II or RDOFgovernmentally-mandated infrastructure buildout requirements).

Our capital expenditures continue to be focused on enhancing network operating efficiencies and supporting new service developments. For more information on our capital spending, see (i) "—Overview of Sources and usesUses of Cash" above, (ii) "Historical Information—"Cash Flow Activities—Investing Activities" below and (iii) Item 1 of Part 1 of this report.

Debt and Other Financing Arrangements

Subject to market conditions, we expect to continue to issue debt securities from time to time in the future to refinance a substantial portion of our maturing debt, including issuing debt securities of certain of our subsidiaries to refinance their maturing debt to the extent feasible.feasible and consistent with our capital allocation strategies. The availability, interest rate and other terms of any new borrowings will depend on the ratings assigned by credit rating agencies, among other factors.

52


As of the date of this report, the credit ratings for the senior secured and unsecured debt of Lumen Technologies, Inc., Level 3 Financing, Inc. and Qwest Corporation were as follows:
BorrowerMoody's Investors Service, Inc.Standard & Poor'sFitch Ratings
Lumen Technologies:Technologies, Inc.:
UnsecuredB2BB-BB
SecuredBa3BBB-BB+
Level 3 Financing, Inc.:
UnsecuredBa3BBBB
SecuredBa1BBB-BBB-
Qwest Corporation:
UnsecuredBa2BBB-BB+BB
Our credit ratings are reviewed and adjusted from time to time by the rating agencies. Any future downgrades ofchanges in the senior unsecured or secured debt ratings of us or our subsidiaries could impact our access to capital or further raise our borrowing costs. See "Risk Factors—Financial Risks" in Item 1A of Part I of this report.
54



Net Operating Loss Carryforwards

As of December 31, 2020,2021, Lumen Technologies had approximately $5.1$2.9 billion of federal net operating loss carryforwards.carryforwards ("NOLs"), which for U.S. federal income tax purposes can be used to offset future taxable income. These NOLs are primarily related to federal NOLs we acquired through the Level 3 acquisition on November 1, 2017 and are subject to limitations under Section 382 of the Internal Revenue Code and related U.S. Treasury Department regulations. We maintain a Section 382 rights agreement designed to safeguard through late 2023 our ability to use those NOLs. Assuming we can continue using these NOLs in the amounts projected, we expect to reduceutilize a substantial portion of our federal cash taxes forNOLs to offset taxable gains generated by the next several years.completion of our pending divestitures. The amounts of our near-term future tax payments will depend upon many factors, including our future earnings and tax circumstances and resultsthe impact of any corporate tax reform.reform or taxable transactions. Based on current laws and our current assumptions and projections, we estimate our cash income tax liability related to 20212022 will be approximately $100 million. If, as expected, we use a substantial portion of our NOLs in 2022 to offset divestiture-related gains, we anticipate that our cash income tax liabilities will increase substantially in future periods.

We cannot assure you we will be able to use our NOL carryforwards fully. See "Risk Factors—Financial Risks—We may not be able to fully utilize our NOLs" in Item 1A of Part I of this report.

Dividends

We currently expect to continue our current practice of paying quarterly cash dividends in respect of our common stock subject to our Board of Directors' discretion to modify or terminate this practice at any time and for any reason without prior notice. Our current quarterly common stock dividend rate is $0.25 per share, as approved by our Board of Directors, which we believe is a dividendpayout rate per share which enables us to balance our multiple objectives of managing and investing in our business investing in the business, de-leveragingdeleveraging our balance sheet and returning a substantial portion of our cash to our shareholders. Assuming continued paymentauthorization by our Board during 20212022 at this rate of $0.25 per share, our average total dividend paid each quarter would be approximately $277$257 million based on the number of our currentcurrently outstanding shares (which figure (i) assumes no increases or decreases in the number of shares exceptand (ii) includes dividend payments in connection with the anticipated vesting of currently outstanding equity awards, and (ii) excludes dividend costs we periodically incur in connection with releasing dividendawards). Dividend payments upon the vesting of equity incentive awards which was $31$29 million during the year ended December 31, 2020).2021. See Risk"Risk Factors—Business Risks" in Item 1A of Part I of this report.

53Stock Repurchases


Effective August 3, 2021, our Board of Directors authorized a 24-month program to repurchase up to an aggregate of $1.0 billion of our outstanding common stock (the "August 2021 stock repurchase program"). During the year ended December 31, 2021, we repurchased 80.9 million shares of our outstanding common stock in the open market for an aggregate market price of $1.0 billion, or an average purchase price of $12.36 per share, thereby fully exhausting the program authorized on August 3, 2021. All repurchased common stock has been retired.

Revolving Facilities and Other Debt Instruments

At December 31, 2020,2021, we had $12.5$12.4 billion of outstanding consolidated secured indebtedness, $19.3$17.8 billion of outstanding consolidated unsecured indebtedness (including long-term debt reclassified as liabilities held for sale, but excluding finance lease obligations, unamortized premiums, net and unamortized debt issuance costs) and $2.0 billion of unused borrowing capacity under our revolving credit facility, as discussed further below.

OnUnder our amended and restated credit agreement dated as of January 31, 2020 we amended and restated our credit agreement dated June 19, 2017 (as so amended and restated, the(the “Amended Credit Agreement”). At, we maintained at December 31, 2020, we maintained senior secured credit facilities under the Amended Credit Agreement consisting of2021 (i) a $2.2 billion senior secured revolving credit facility, under which we owed $150$200 million as of December 31, 2020,such date, and (ii) $6.4$6.3 billion of senior secured term loan facilities. For additional information, see (i) "—Overview of Sources and Uses of Cash," and (ii) Note 7—Long-Term Debt and Credit Facilities to our consolidated financial statements in Item 8 of Part II of this report.

55


At December 31, 2020,2021, we had $97$21 million of letters of credit outstanding under our $225 million uncommitted letter of credit facility.

Additionally, asunder separate facilities maintained by one of December 31, 2020,our affiliates, we had outstanding letters of credit, or other similar obligations, of approximately $18$67 million as of December 31, 2021, of which $11$5 million iswas collateralized by cash that is reflected on our consolidated balance sheets as restricted cash.

In addition to its indebtedness under theour Amended Credit Agreement, Lumen Technologies is indebted under its outstanding senior notes, and several of its subsidiaries are indebted under separate credit facilities or senior notes.

For additional information on the terms and conditions of our consolidatedother debt instruments of ours and our subsidiaries, including financial and operating covenants, see (i) Note 6—Long-Term Debt and Credit Facilities. For a discussion of certain intercompany obligations, see "—Other Matters."

Future Contractual Obligations

Our estimated future obligations as of December 31, 2020 include both current and long term obligations. For our long-term debt as noted in Note 6—7—Long-Term Debt and Credit Facilities we have a current obligationto our consolidated financial statements in Item 8 of $2.4 billionPart II of this report and a long-term obligation of $29.7 billion. Under our operating leases as noted in Note 4—Leases, we have a current obligation of $469 million and a long-term obligation of $1.7 billion. As noted in Note 17—Commitments, Contingencies and (ii) "—Other Items, we have a current obligations related to right-of-way agreements and purchase commitments of $624 million and a long-term obligation of $1.6 billion. Additionally, we have a current obligation for asset retirement obligation of $28 million and a long-term obligation of $171 million. Finally, our pension and post-retirement benefit plans have a current obligation of $232 million and a long-term obligation of $4.5 billion.Matters" below.

Pension and Post-retirement Benefit Obligations

We are subject to material obligations under our existing defined benefit pension plans and post-retirement benefit plans. At December 31, 2020,2021, the accounting unfunded status of our qualified and non-qualified defined benefit pension plans and our qualified post-retirement benefit plans was $1.7$1.2 billion and $3.0$2.8 billion, respectively. For additional information about our pension and post-retirement benefit arrangements, see "Critical Accounting Policies and Estimates - PensionsEstimates—Pension and Post-RetirementsPost-retirement Benefits" in Item 7 of Part II of this report and see Note 10—11—Employee Benefits.Benefits to our consolidated financial statements in Item 8 of Part II of this report.

Benefits paid by our qualified pension plan are paid through a trust that holds all of the plan's assets. Based on current laws and circumstances, we do not expect any contributions to be required for our qualified pension plan during 2021.2022. The amount of required contributions to our qualified pension plan in 20222023 and beyond will depend on a variety of factors, most of which are beyond our control, including earnings on plan investments, prevailing interest rates, demographic experience, changes in plan benefits and changes in funding laws and regulations. We occasionally make voluntary contributions to our plans in addition to required contributions.contributions and reserve the right to do so in the future. We last made a voluntary contribution to the trust for our qualified pension plan during 2018. Based on current laws and circumstances, weWe currently do not anticipate makingexpect to make a voluntary contribution to the trust for our qualified pension plan in 2021.
54


2022.

Substantially all of our post-retirement health care and life insurance benefits plans are unfunded and are paid by us with available cash. In the past, we maintained several trusts that helped cover some of those costs, but the trust funds are almost completely depleted and currently cover an immaterial amount of our annual plan costs. As described further in Note 10—11—Employee Benefits, aggregate benefits paid by us under these plans (net of participant contributions and direct subsidy receipts) were $203 million, $211 million $241 million and $249$241 million for the years ended December 31, 2021, 2020 2019 and 2018,2019, respectively. For additional information on our expected future benefits payments for our post-retirement benefit plans, please see Note 10—11—Employee Benefits.

The capital markets have been volatile during 2020, primarily as a resultBenefits to our consolidated financial statements in Item 8 of uncertainties related to the COVID-19 outbreak. U.S. federal governmental actions to stimulate the economy have significantly impacted interest rates. These events could ultimately affect the funding levelsPart II of our pension plans and calculations of our liabilities under our pension and other post-employment benefit plans.this report.

For 2020,2021, our expected annual long-term rates of return on the pension plan assets and post-retirementspost-retirement health care and life insurance benefit plan assets, net of administrative expenses, were 6.0%5.5% and 4.0%, respectively. For 2021,2022, our expected annual long-term rates of return on these assets are 5.5% and 4.0%, respectively. However, actual returns could be substantially different.

Our pension plan contains provisions that allow us, from time to time, to offer lump sum payment options to certain former employees in settlement of their future retirement benefits. We record an accounting settlement charge, consisting of the recognition of certain deferred costs of the pension plan, associated with these lump sum payments only if, in the aggregate, they exceed the sum of the annual service and interest costs for the plan’s net periodic pension benefit cost, which represents the settlement accounting threshold. As of December 31, 2020,2021, lump sum pension settlement payments exceeded the settlement threshold was not reached. Inthreshold. As a result, for the eventyear ended December 31, 2021 we recognized a non-cash settlement charge of workforce reductions$383 million to accelerate the recognition of a portion of the previously unrecognized actuarial losses in the qualified pension plan, which has been allocated and reflected in other expense, net in our consolidated statement of operations for the year ended December 31, 2021. The amount of any future non-cash settlement charges after 2021 will be dependent on several factors, including the annualtotal amount of our future lump sum payments may trigger settlement accounting.benefit payments.

Connect America Fund & Rural Digital Opportunity Fund
56


On October 19, 2021, we, as sponsor of the Combined Pension Plan, along with the Plan’s independent fiduciary, entered into an agreement committing the Plan to use a portion of its plan assets to purchase an annuity from an insurance company (the "Insurer") to transfer $1.4 billion of the Plan’s pension liabilities. This agreement irrevocably transferred to the Insurer future Plan benefit obligations for approximately 22,600 U.S. Lumen participants ("Transferred Participants") effective on December 31, 2021. This annuity transaction was funded entirely by existing Plan assets and is intended to provide equivalent benefits to the Transferred Participants. The Insurer is committed to assume responsibility for administrative and customer service support, including distribution of payments to the Transferred Participants.

As of January 1, 2022, a new pension plan (the "Lumen Pension Plan") was spun off from the Combined Pension Plan in anticipation of the pending sale of the ILEC business, as described further in Note 2—Planned Divestiture of the Latin American and ILEC Businesses to our consolidated financial statements in Item 8 of Part II of this report. See additional information on this subsequent event in Note 11—Employee Benefits to our consolidated financial statements in Item 8 of Part II of this report for more information.

Future Contractual Obligations

Our estimated future obligations as of December 31, 2021 include both current and long term obligations. These amounts include liabilities that have been reclassified as liabilities held for sale on our consolidated balance sheet. We have a current obligation of $1.6 billion and a long-term obligation of $29.0 billion of long-term debt (excluding unamortized premiums, net and unamortized debt issuance costs). Under our operating leases, we have a current obligation of $464 million and a long-term obligation of $1.5 billion. We have current obligations related to right-of-way agreements and purchase commitments of $660 million and a long-term obligation of $2.0 billion. Additionally, we have a current obligation for asset retirement obligation of $22 million and a long-term obligation of $172 million. Finally, our pension and post-retirement benefit plans have an unfunded benefit obligation, of which $216 million is classified as current and $3.8 billion is classified as long-term.

Federal Broadband Support Programs

Since 2015, we have been receiving overapproximately $500 million annually through Phase II of the CAF, a program that will end this year.ended on December 31, 2021. In connection with the CAF funding, we mustwere required to meet certain specified infrastructure buildout requirements in 33 states by the end of 2021, which requiresrequired substantial capital expenditures. While we are on track to meet the requirements this year, we cannot provide any assurances that we will be able to timely meet our mandated buildout requirements. In accordance with the FCC’s January 2020 order, we elected to receive an additional year of CAF Phase II funding in 2021.

In early 2020, the FCC created the RDOF, which is a new federal support program designed to replace the CAF Phase II program. On December 7, 2020, the FCC allocated in its RDOF Phase I auction $9.2 billion in support payments over 10 years to deploy high speed broadband to over 5.2 million unserved locations. We won bids for RDOF Phase I support payments of $26 million, annually. TheseWe expect our support payments under the RDOF Phase I supportprogram will begin soon after our anticipated receipt of the FCC's approval of our pending application. Assuming we timely complete our pending divestiture of the ILEC business assets on the terms described herein, we expect a portion of these payments are expectedwill accrue to begin January 1, 2022.the purchaser of that business. See Note 2—Planned Divestiture of the Latin American and ILEC Businesses to our consolidated financial statements in Item 8 of Part II of this report.

For additional information on these programs, see (i) "Business—Regulation"Regulation of Our Business" in Item 1 of Part I of this report and see(ii) "Risk Factors—Financial Risks" in Item 1A of Part I of this report.

Historical InformationFederal officials have proposed changes to current programs and laws that could impact us, including proposals designed to increase broadband access, increase competition among broadband providers, lower broadband costs and re-adopt "net neutrality" rules similar to those adopted under the Obama Administration. In November 2021, the U.S. Congress enacted legislation that appropriated $65 billion to improve broadband affordability and access, primarily through federally funded state grants. As of the date of this report, the U.S. Department of Commerce is still developing guidance regarding these grants, so it is premature to speculate on the potential impact of this legislation on us.

57


Cash Flow Activities

The following tables summarize our consolidated cash flow activities:activities for the year ended December 31, 2021 and 2020. For information regarding cash flow activities for the year ended December 31, 2019, see "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations" in Item 7 of Part II of our Annual Report Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2020.
Years Ended December 31,Increase /
(Decrease)
Years Ended December 31,Increase /
(Decrease)
20202019 20212020
(Dollars in millions) (Dollars in millions)
Net cash provided by operating activitiesNet cash provided by operating activities$6,524 6,680 (156)Net cash provided by operating activities$6,501 6,524 (23)
Net cash used in investing activitiesNet cash used in investing activities(3,564)(3,570)(6)Net cash used in investing activities(2,712)(3,564)(852)
Net cash used in financing activitiesNet cash used in financing activities(4,250)(1,911)2,339 Net cash used in financing activities(3,807)(4,250)(443)
55


 Years Ended December 31,Increase /
(Decrease)
 20192018
 (Dollars in millions)
Net cash provided by operating activities$6,680 7,032 (352)
Net cash used in investing activities(3,570)(3,078)492 
Net cash used in financing activities(1,911)(4,023)(2,112)
Operating Activities

Net cash provided by operating activities decreased by $156$23 million for the year ended December 31, 20202021 as compared to the year ended December 31, 20192020 primarily due to increaseddecreased collections on accounts receivable, partially offset by decreased payments on accounts payable and other current liabilities, increases in cash payments for retirement benefits and increases in payments for prepaid assets, partially offset by increased collections on accounts receivable.payable. Cash provided by operating activities is subject to variability period over period as a result of timing differences, including with respect to the collection of receivables and payments of interest expense, accounts payable and bonuses.

Net cash provided by operating activities decreased by $352 million for the year ended December 31, 2019 as compared to the year ended December 31, 2018 primarily due to an increase in net loss after adjusting for non-cash items, increases in payments on accounts payable and other noncurrent liabilities and increases in payments for prepaid assets, primarily offset by a decrease in retirement benefit contributions.

For additional information about our operating results, see "Results of Operations" above.

Investing Activities

Net cash used in investing activities decreased by $6$852 million for the year ended December 31, 20202021 as compared to the year ended December 31, 20192020 primarily due to an increase in proceeds from the sale of property, plant and equipment and other assets, partially offset by an increasea decrease in capital expenditures.

Net cash used in investing activities increased by $492 million for the year ended December 31, 2019 as compared to the year ended December 31, 2018. The change in investing activities is primarily due to increased capital expenditures on property, plant and equipment and decreased proceeds from the sale of property, plant and equipment and other assets.

Financing Activities

Net cash used in financing activities increaseddecreased by $2.3 billion$443 million for the year ended December 31, 20202021 as compared to the year ended December 31, 20192020 primarily due to an increase inlower payments of long-term debt and proceeds from our revolving line of credit, partially offset by increases inlower net proceeds from issuance of long-term debt and net proceeds from our revolving linerepurchases of credit.

Net cash used in financing activities decreased by $2.1 billion for the year ended December 31, 2019 as compared to the year ended December 31, 2018 primarily due to net proceeds from the issuance of long-term debt and the decrease in dividends paid, partially offset by higher levels of payments on our long-term debt and revolving line of credit.common stock.

See Note 6—7—Long-Term Debt and Credit Facilities to our consolidated financial statements in Item 8 of Part II of this report for additional information on our outstanding debt securities.

56


Other Matters

We have cash management and loan arrangements with a majority of our income-generating subsidiaries, in which a substantial portion of the aggregate cash of those subsidiaries' is periodically advanced or loaned to us or our service company affiliate. Although we periodically repay these advances to fund the subsidiaries' cash requirements throughout the year, at any given point in time we may owe a substantial sum to our subsidiaries under these arrangements. In accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, these arrangements are reflected in the balance sheets of our subsidiaries, but are eliminated in consolidation and therefore not recognized on our consolidated balance sheets.

We also are involved in various legal proceedings that could substantially impact our financial position. See Note 17—18—Commitments, Contingencies and Other Items to our consolidated financial statements in Item 8 of Part II of this report for additional information.

58


Market Risk

As of December 31, 2020,2021, we are exposed to market risk from changes in interest rates on our variable rate long-term debt obligations and fluctuations in certain foreign currencies. We seek to maintain a favorable mix of fixed and variable rate debt in an effort to limit interest costs and cash flow volatility resulting from changes in rates.

Management periodically reviews our exposure to interest rate fluctuations and periodically implements strategies to manage the exposure. From time to time, we have used derivative instruments to (i) swap our exposure to changing variable interest rates for fixed interest rates or (ii) to swap obligations to pay fixed interest rates for variable interest rates. We have established policies and procedures for risk assessment and the approval, reporting and monitoring of derivative instrument activities. As of December 31, 2020,2021, we did not hold or issue derivative financial instruments for trading or speculative purposes.

In 2019, we executed swap transactions that reduced our exposure to floating rates with respect to $4.0 billion principal amount of floating rate debt.debt, maturing on March 31, 2022 and June 30, 2022. See Note 14—15—Derivative Financial Instruments to our consolidated financial statements in Item 1 of Part I of this report for additional disclosure regarding our hedging arrangements.

As of December 31, 2020,2021, we had approximately $9.9$9.8 billion floating rate debt potentially subject to LIBOR, $4.0 billion of which was subject to the above-described hedging arrangements. A hypothetical increase of 100 basis points in LIBOR relating to our $5.9$5.8 billion of unhedged floating rate debt would, among other things, decrease our annual pre-tax earnings by approximately $59$58 million. Additionally, our credit agreements contain language about a possible change from LIBOR to an alternative index.

We conduct a portion of our business in currencies other than the U.S. dollar, the currency in which our consolidated financial statements are reported. Our European subsidiaries and certain Latin American subsidiaries use the local currency as their functional currency, as the majority of their revenue and purchases are transacted in their local currencies. Certain Latin American countries previously designated as highly inflationary economies use the U.S. dollar as their functional currency. Although we continue to evaluate strategies to mitigate risks related to the effect of fluctuations in currency exchange rates, we will likely recognize gains or losses from international transactions. Accordingly, changes in foreign currency rates relative to the U.S. dollar could adversely impact our operating results.

Certain shortcomings are inherent in the method of analysis presented in the computation of exposures to market risks. Actual values may differ materially from those disclosed by us from time to time if market conditions vary from the assumptions used in the analyses performed. These analyses only incorporate the risk exposures that existed at December 31, 2020.2021.

ITEM 7A. QUANTITATIVE AND QUALITATIVE DISCLOSURES ABOUT MARKET RISK

The information in "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Market Risk" in Item 7 of Part II of this report is incorporated herein by reference.

5759


ITEM 8. CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND SUPPLEMENTARY DATA

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

To the Stockholders and Board of Directors
Lumen Technologies, Inc.:

Opinion on the Consolidated Financial Statements
We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of Lumen Technologies, Inc. and subsidiaries (the Company) as of December 31, 2020 and 2019, the related consolidated statements of operations, comprehensive loss, cash flows, and stockholders’ equity for each of the years in the three-year period ended December 31, 2020, and the related notes (collectively, the consolidated financial statements). In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of the Company as of December 31, 2020 and 2019, and the results of its operations and its cash flows for each of the years in the three-year period ended December 31, 2020, in conformity with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles.

We also have audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States) (PCAOB), the Company’s internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2020, based on criteria established in Internal Control – Integrated Framework (2013) issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission, and our report dated February 25, 2021 expressed an unqualified opinion on the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting.

Changes in Accounting Principle
As discussed in Note 1 to the consolidated financial statements, the Company has changed its method of accounting for the presentation of taxes assessed by a governmental authority as of January 1, 2020.

As discussed in Note 1 to the consolidated financial statements, the Company has changed its method of accounting for leases as of January 1, 2019 due to the adoption of Accounting Standards Codification Topic 842, Leases.

Basis for Opinion
These consolidated financial statements are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these consolidated financial statements based on our audits. We are a public accounting firm registered with the PCAOB and are required to be independent with respect to the Company in accordance with the U.S. federal securities laws and the applicable rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission and the PCAOB.

We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the PCAOB. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the consolidated financial statements are free of material misstatement, whether due to error or fraud. Our audits included performing procedures to assess the risks of material misstatement of the consolidated financial statements, whether due to error or fraud, and performing procedures that respond to those risks. Such procedures included examining, on a test basis, evidence regarding the amounts and disclosures in the consolidated financial statements. Our audits also included evaluating the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall presentation of the consolidated financial statements. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

Critical Audit Matters
The critical audit matters communicated below are matters arising from the current period audit of the consolidated financial statements that were communicated or required to be communicated to the audit committee and that: (1) relate to accounts or disclosures that are material to the consolidated financial statements and (2) involved our especially challenging, subjective, or complex judgments. The communication of critical audit matters does not alter in any way our opinion on the consolidated financial statements, taken as a whole, and we are not, by communicating the critical audit matters below, providing separate opinions on the critical audit matters or on the accounts or disclosures to which they relate.

58


Testing of revenue
As discussed in Note 3 to the consolidated financial statements, the Company recorded $20.7 billion of operating revenues for the year ended December 31, 2020. The processing and recording of revenue are reliant upon multiple information technology (IT) systems.

We identified the evaluation of the sufficiency of audit evidence over revenue as a critical audit matter. Complex auditor judgment was required in evaluating the sufficiency of audit evidence over revenue due to the large volume of data and the number and complexity of the revenue accounting systems. Specialized skills and knowledge were needed to test the IT systems used for the processing and recording of revenue.

The following are the primary procedures we performed to address this critical audit matter. We applied auditor judgment to determine the nature and extent of procedures to be performed over the processing and recording of revenue, including the IT systems tested. We evaluated the design and tested the operating effectiveness of certain internal controls related to the processing and recording of revenue. This included manual and automated controls over the IT systems used for the processing and recording of revenue. For a selection of transactions, we compared the amount of revenue recorded to a combination of Company internal data, executed contracts, and other relevant third-party data. In addition, we involved IT professionals with specialized skills and knowledge who assisted in the design and performance of audit procedures related to certain IT systems used by the Company for the processing and recording of revenue. We evaluated the sufficiency of audit evidence obtained by assessing the results of procedures performed, including the relevance and reliability of evidence obtained.

Assessment of the Company’s impairment testing related to the carrying value of goodwill
As discussed in Note 2 to the consolidated financial statements, the goodwill balance at December 31, 2020 was $18.9 billion. The Company assesses goodwill for impairment annually and when events or circumstances indicate the fair value of a reporting unit may be below its carrying value. On the annual goodwill impairment assessment date, the Company estimated the fair value of its reporting units by considering both a discounted cash flow method and a market approach. The impairment test determined the carrying values of the consumer, wholesale, small and medium business, and EMEA reporting units exceeded their estimated fair values. As a result, the Company recorded a non-cash impairment charge of $2.6 billion to reduce the carrying value of goodwill for the consumer, wholesale, small and medium business, and EMEA reporting units.

We identified the assessment of the Company’s impairment testing related to the carrying value of goodwill as a critical audit matter. Subjective auditor judgment was required in evaluating certain assumptions used to estimate the fair value of the reporting units. Those assumptions included: projected cash flows, terminal growth rates, discount rates, and market multiples for revenue and EBITDA. The evaluation of these assumptions was challenging due to the subjective nature of the assumptions. Additionally, differences in judgment used to determine these assumptions could have a significant effect on each reporting unit’s estimated fair value. Specialized skills and knowledge were required in the assessment of the terminal growth rates, discount rates, and market multiples for revenue and EBITDA.

The following are the primary procedures we performed to address this critical audit matter. We evaluated the design and tested the operating effectiveness of certain internal controls related to the impairment testing of goodwill. This included controls related to the Company’s development of projected cash flows, and the determination of terminal growth rates, discount rates, and market multiples for revenue and EBITDA. We performed sensitivity analyses over the projected cash flows assumptions to assess the impact on the Company’s estimate of the fair value of each reporting unit. We assessed the Company’s ability to accurately project cash flows by comparing the Company’s historical cash flow projections to actual results. We also evaluated the Company’s projected cash flows by comparing them to the Company’s underlying business strategies, historic trends, and publicly available industry and analyst reports. We involved a valuation professional with specialized skills and knowledge, who assisted in:

comparing the selected revenue and EBITDA market multiples to peer companies’ results
comparing the selected terminal growth rate for each reporting unit to the Company’s historic trends and growth expectations developed using publicly available industry and analyst reports
evaluating the discount rates by comparing them to discount rate ranges that were independently developed using publicly available market data for comparable entities.

59


Assessment of the estimate of the fair value of private fund interests valued using net asset value
As discussed in Note 10 to the consolidated financial statements, the fair value of pension plan assets at December 31, 2020 was $10.5 billion. Of this amount, $3.4 billion represents the fair value of private fund interests estimated by the Company using net asset value (NAV). Valuation inputs for these private fund interests are generally based on assumptions and other information not observable in the market.

We identified the assessment of the estimate of the fair value of private fund interests estimated using NAV as a critical audit matter. Auditor judgment was required in the application and performance of procedures to assess the fair value because the determination of NAV of private fund interests involves the use of unobservable inputs.

The following are the primary procedures we performed to address this critical audit matter. We evaluated the design and tested the operating effectiveness of certain internal controls related to the estimate of the fair value of private fund interests estimated using NAV. This included controls related to the Company's process to monitor and record the estimated fair value of the pension plan assets. For a sample of private fund interests, we compared:

the Company’s previous estimates of fair value of NAV to the NAVs subsequently audited by third parties
the rates of return of the private fund interests to relevant, publicly available market indices
the estimated fair values of NAV to external confirmations received from the third-party investment managers.

We involved valuation professionals with specialized skills and knowledge, who assisted in our risk assessment and the design of procedures performed for private fund interests. With respect to private fund interest selections tested, the valuation professionals assessed the sufficiency of audit evidence obtained by assessing the result of procedures performed.

/s/ KPMG LLP
We have served as the Company’s auditor since 1977.
Denver, Colorado
February 25, 2021
60



Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

To the Stockholders and the Board of Directors
Lumen Technologies, Inc.:

Opinion on the Consolidated Financial Statements
We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of Lumen Technologies, Inc. and subsidiaries (the Company) as of December 31, 2021 and 2020, the related consolidated statements of operations, comprehensive income (loss), cash flows, and stockholders’ equity for each of the years in the three-year period ended December 31, 2021, and the related notes (collectively, the consolidated financial statements). In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of the Company as of December 31, 2021 and 2020, and the results of its operations and its cash flows for each of the years in the three-year period ended December 31, 2021, in conformity with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles.

We also have audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States) (PCAOB), the Company’s internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2021, based on criteria established in Internal Control – Integrated Framework (2013) issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission, and our report dated February 24, 2022 expressed an unqualified opinion on the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting.

Basis for Opinion
These consolidated financial statements are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these consolidated financial statements based on our audits. We are a public accounting firm registered with the PCAOB and are required to be independent with respect to the Company in accordance with the U.S. federal securities laws and the applicable rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission and the PCAOB.

We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the PCAOB. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the consolidated financial statements are free of material misstatement, whether due to error or fraud. Our audits included performing procedures to assess the risks of material misstatement of the consolidated financial statements, whether due to error or fraud, and performing procedures that respond to those risks. Such procedures included examining, on a test basis, evidence regarding the amounts and disclosures in the consolidated financial statements. Our audits also included evaluating the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall presentation of the consolidated financial statements. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

Critical Audit Matter
The critical audit matter communicated below is a matter arising from the current period audit of the consolidated financial statements that was communicated or required to be communicated to the audit committee and that: (1) relates to accounts or disclosures that are material to the consolidated financial statements and (2) involved our especially challenging, subjective, or complex judgments. The communication of a critical audit matter does not alter in any way our opinion on the consolidated financial statements, taken as a whole, and we are not, by communicating the critical audit matter below, providing a separate opinion on the critical audit matter or on the accounts or disclosures to which it relates.

Testing of revenue
As discussed in Note 4 to the consolidated financial statements, the Company recorded $19.7 billion of operating revenues for the year ended December 31, 2021. The processing and recording of revenue are reliant upon multiple information technology (IT) systems.

We identified the evaluation of the sufficiency of audit evidence over revenue as a critical audit matter. Complex auditor judgment was required in evaluating the sufficiency of audit evidence over revenue due to the large volume of data and the number and complexity of the revenue accounting systems. Specialized skills and knowledge were needed to test the IT systems used for the processing and recording of revenue.

60


The following are the primary procedures we performed to address this critical audit matter. We applied auditor judgment to determine the nature and extent of procedures to be performed over the processing and recording of revenue, including the IT systems tested. We evaluated the design and tested the operating effectiveness of certain internal controls related to the processing and recording of revenue. This included manual and automated controls over the IT systems used for the processing and recording of revenue. For a selection of transactions, we compared the amount of revenue recorded to a combination of Company internal data, executed contracts, and other relevant third-party data. In addition, we involved IT professionals with specialized skills and knowledge who assisted in the design and performance of audit procedures related to certain IT systems used by the Company for the processing and recording of revenue. We evaluated the sufficiency of audit evidence obtained by assessing the results of procedures performed, including the relevance and reliability of evidence obtained.

/s/ KPMG LLP
We have served as the Company’s auditor since 1977.
Denver, Colorado
February 24, 2022
61



Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

To the Stockholders and the Board of Directors Lumen Technologies, Inc.:

Opinion on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting
We have audited Lumen Technologies, Inc. and subsidiaries' (the Company) internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2020,2021, based on criteria established in Internal Control – Integrated Framework (2013) issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission. In our opinion, the Company maintained, in all material respects, effective internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2020,2021, based on criteria established in Internal Control – Integrated Framework (2013) issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission.

We also have audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States) (PCAOB), the consolidated balance sheets of the Company as of December 31, 20202021 and 2019,2020, the related consolidated statements of operations, comprehensive loss,income (loss), cash flows, and stockholders’ equity for each of the years in the three-year period ended December 31, 2020,2021, and the related notes (collectively, the consolidated financial statements), and our report dated February 25, 202124, 2022 expressed an unqualified opinion on those consolidated financial statements.

Basis for Opinion
The Company’s management is responsible for maintaining effective internal control over financial reporting and for its assessment of the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting, included in the accompanying Management’s Report on Internal Control over Financial Reporting. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the Company’s internal control over financial reporting based on our audit. We are a public accounting firm registered with the PCAOB and are required to be independent with respect to the Company in accordance with the U.S. federal securities laws and the applicable rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission and the PCAOB.

We conducted our audit in accordance with the standards of the PCAOB. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether effective internal control over financial reporting was maintained in all material respects. Our audit of internal control over financial reporting included obtaining an understanding of internal control over financial reporting, assessing the risk that a material weakness exists, and testing and evaluating the design and operating effectiveness of internal control based on the assessed risk. Our audit also included performing such other procedures as we considered necessary in the circumstances. We believe that our audit provides a reasonable basis for our opinion.

Definition and Limitations of Internal Control Over Financial Reporting
A company’s internal control over financial reporting is a process designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles. A company’s internal control over financial reporting includes those policies and procedures that (1) pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of the assets of the company; (2) provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, and that receipts and expenditures of the company are being made only in accordance with authorizations of management and directors of the company; and (3) provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use, or disposition of the company’s assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements.

Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. Also, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.
61



/s/ KPMG LLP

Denver, Colorado
February 25, 2021


24, 2022
62


LUMEN TECHNOLOGIES, INC.
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS
Years Ended December 31, Years Ended December 31,
202020192018 202120202019
(Dollars in millions, except per share
amounts, and shares in thousands)
(Dollars in millions, except per share
amounts, and shares in thousands)
OPERATING REVENUEOPERATING REVENUE$20,712 21,458 22,580 OPERATING REVENUE$19,687 20,712 21,458 
OPERATING EXPENSESOPERATING EXPENSES  OPERATING EXPENSES  
Cost of services and products (exclusive of depreciation and amortization)Cost of services and products (exclusive of depreciation and amortization)8,934 9,134 9,999 Cost of services and products (exclusive of depreciation and amortization)8,488 8,934 9,134 
Selling, general and administrativeSelling, general and administrative3,464 3,715 4,165 Selling, general and administrative2,895 3,464 3,715 
Depreciation and amortizationDepreciation and amortization4,710 4,829 5,120 Depreciation and amortization4,019 4,710 4,829 
Goodwill impairmentGoodwill impairment2,642 6,506 2,726 Goodwill impairment— 2,642 6,506 
Total operating expensesTotal operating expenses19,750 24,184 22,010 Total operating expenses15,402 19,750 24,184 
OPERATING INCOME (LOSS)OPERATING INCOME (LOSS)962 (2,726)570 OPERATING INCOME (LOSS)4,285 962 (2,726)
OTHER (EXPENSE) INCOME   
OTHER EXPENSEOTHER EXPENSE   
Interest expenseInterest expense(1,668)(2,021)(2,177)Interest expense(1,522)(1,668)(2,021)
Other (expense) income, net(76)(19)44 
Other expense, netOther expense, net(62)(76)(19)
Total other expense, netTotal other expense, net(1,744)(2,040)(2,133)Total other expense, net(1,584)(1,744)(2,040)
LOSS BEFORE INCOME TAX EXPENSE(782)(4,766)(1,563)
INCOME (LOSS) BEFORE INCOME TAXESINCOME (LOSS) BEFORE INCOME TAXES2,701 (782)(4,766)
Income tax expenseIncome tax expense450 503 170 Income tax expense668 450 503 
NET LOSS$(1,232)(5,269)(1,733)
BASIC AND DILUTED LOSS PER COMMON SHARE   
NET INCOME (LOSS)NET INCOME (LOSS)$2,033 (1,232)(5,269)
BASIC AND DILUTED EARNINGS (LOSS) PER COMMON SHAREBASIC AND DILUTED EARNINGS (LOSS) PER COMMON SHARE   
BASICBASIC$(1.14)(4.92)(1.63)BASIC$1.92 (1.14)(4.92)
DILUTEDDILUTED$(1.14)(4.92)(1.63)DILUTED$1.91 (1.14)(4.92)
WEIGHTED AVERAGE COMMON SHARES OUTSTANDINGWEIGHTED AVERAGE COMMON SHARES OUTSTANDING  WEIGHTED AVERAGE COMMON SHARES OUTSTANDING  
BASICBASIC1,079,130 1,071,441 1,065,866 BASIC1,059,541 1,079,130 1,071,441 
DILUTEDDILUTED1,079,130 1,071,441 1,065,866 DILUTED1,066,778 1,079,130 1,071,441 
See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.
63


LUMEN TECHNOLOGIES, INC.
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF COMPREHENSIVE LOSSINCOME (LOSS)
 Years Ended December 31,
 202020192018
 (Dollars in millions)
NET LOSS$(1,232)(5,269)(1,733)
OTHER COMPREHENSIVE LOSS:   
Items related to employee benefit plans:   
Change in net actuarial (loss) gain, net of, $26, $60, and $(45) tax(92)(195)133 
Change in net prior service cost, net of $(12), $(4), and $(3) tax33 13 
Curtailment loss, net of $(1), $0, and $0 tax
Reclassification of realized loss on interest rate swaps to net income, net of $(16), $0, and $0 tax46 
Unrealized holding loss on interest rate swaps, net of $29, $12, and $0 tax(86)(41)
Foreign currency translation adjustment, net of $(43), $(6), and $50 tax(37)(201)
Other comprehensive loss(133)(219)(59)
COMPREHENSIVE LOSS$(1,365)(5,488)(1,792)
 Years Ended December 31,
 202120202019
 (Dollars in millions)
NET INCOME (LOSS)$2,033 (1,232)(5,269)
OTHER COMPREHENSIVE INCOME (LOSS):   
Items related to employee benefit plans:   
Change in net actuarial loss, net of $(134), $26, and $60 tax424 (92)(195)
Settlement charges recognized in net income (loss), net of $(93), $— and $— tax290 — — 
Change in net prior service cost, net of $(5), $(12), and $(4) tax14 33 13 
Curtailment loss, net of $—, $(1), and $— tax— — 
Reclassification of realized loss on interest rate swaps to net income (loss), net of $(20), $(16), and $— tax63 46 
Unrealized holding loss on interest rate swaps, net of $—, $29, and $12 tax(1)(86)(41)
Foreign currency translation adjustment, net of $30, $(43), and $(6) tax(135)(37)
Other comprehensive income (loss)655 (133)(219)
COMPREHENSIVE INCOME (LOSS)$2,688 (1,365)(5,488)
See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.
64


LUMEN TECHNOLOGIES, INC.
CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS
 As of December 31,
 20202019
 (Dollars in millions
and shares in thousands)
ASSETS  
CURRENT ASSETS  
Cash and cash equivalents$406 1,690 
Accounts receivable, less allowance of $191 and $1061,962 2,259 
Other808 819 
Total current assets3,176 4,768 
Property, plant and equipment, net of accumulated depreciation of $31,596 and $29,34626,338 26,079 
GOODWILL AND OTHER ASSETS  
Goodwill18,870 21,534 
Other intangible assets, net8,219 9,567 
Other, net2,791 2,794 
Total goodwill and other assets29,880 33,895 
TOTAL ASSETS$59,394 64,742 
LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY  
CURRENT LIABILITIES  
Current maturities of long-term debt$2,427 2,300 
Accounts payable1,134 1,724 
Accrued expenses and other liabilities  
Salaries and benefits1,008 1,037 
Income and other taxes314 311 
Current operating lease liabilities379 416 
Interest291 280 
Other328 386 
Current portion of deferred revenue753 804 
Total current liabilities6,634 7,258 
LONG-TERM DEBT29,410 32,394 
DEFERRED CREDITS AND OTHER LIABILITIES  
Deferred income taxes, net3,342 2,918 
Benefit plan obligations, net4,556 4,594 
Other4,290 4,108 
Total deferred credits and other liabilities12,188 11,620 
COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES (Note 17)00
STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY  
Preferred stock — non-redeemable, $25.00 par value, authorized 2,000 and 2,000 shares, issued and outstanding 7 and 7 shares
Common stock, $1.00 par value, authorized 2,200,000 and 2,200,000 shares, issued and outstanding 1,096,921 and 1,090,058 shares1,097 1,090 
Additional paid-in capital20,909 21,874 
Accumulated other comprehensive loss(2,813)(2,680)
Accumulated deficit(8,031)(6,814)
Total stockholders' equity11,162 13,470 
TOTAL LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY$59,394 64,742 
 As of December 31,
 20212020
 (Dollars in millions
and shares in thousands)
ASSETS  
CURRENT ASSETS  
Cash and cash equivalents$354 406 
Accounts receivable, less allowance of $114 and $1911,544 1,962 
Assets held for sale8,809 — 
Other829 808 
Total current assets11,536 3,176 
Property, plant and equipment, net of accumulated depreciation of $19,271 and $31,59620,895 26,338 
GOODWILL AND OTHER ASSETS  
Goodwill15,986 18,870 
Other intangible assets, net6,970 8,219 
Other, net2,606 2,791 
Total goodwill and other assets25,562 29,880 
TOTAL ASSETS$57,993 59,394 
LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY  
CURRENT LIABILITIES  
Current maturities of long-term debt$1,554 2,427 
Accounts payable758 1,134 
Accrued expenses and other liabilities  
Salaries and benefits860 1,008 
Income and other taxes228 314 
Current operating lease liabilities385 379 
Interest278 291 
Other232 328 
Liabilities held for sale2,257 — 
Current portion of deferred revenue617 753 
Total current liabilities7,169 6,634 
LONG-TERM DEBT27,428 29,410 
DEFERRED CREDITS AND OTHER LIABILITIES  
Deferred income taxes, net4,049 3,342 
Benefit plan obligations, net3,710 4,556 
Other3,797 4,290 
Total deferred credits and other liabilities11,556 12,188 
COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES (Note 18)00
STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY  
Preferred stock — non-redeemable, $25.00 par value, authorized 2,000 and 2,000 shares, issued and outstanding 7 and 7 shares— — 
Common stock, $1.00 par value, authorized 2,200,000 and 2,200,000 shares, issued and outstanding 1,023,512 and 1,096,921 shares1,024 1,097 
Additional paid-in capital18,972 20,909 
Accumulated other comprehensive loss(2,158)(2,813)
Accumulated deficit(5,998)(8,031)
Total stockholders' equity11,840 11,162 
TOTAL LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY$57,993 59,394 
See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.
65


LUMEN TECHNOLOGIES, INC.
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
 Years Ended December 31,
 202120202019
 (Dollars in millions)
OPERATING ACTIVITIES   
Net income (loss)$2,033 (1,232)(5,269)
Adjustments to reconcile net income (loss) to net cash provided by operating activities:   
Depreciation and amortization4,019 4,710 4,829 
Goodwill impairment— 2,642 6,506 
Deferred income taxes598 366 440 
Provision for uncollectible accounts105 189 145 
Net (gain) loss on early retirement and modification of debt(8)105 (72)
Stock-based compensation120 175 162 
Changes in current assets and liabilities:   
Accounts receivable(8)115 (5)
Accounts payable(261)(543)(261)
Accrued income and other taxes(69)27 20 
Other current assets and liabilities, net(353)(262)(32)
Retirement benefits163 (111)(12)
Changes in other noncurrent assets and liabilities, net283 246 245 
Other, net(121)97 (16)
Net cash provided by operating activities6,501 6,524 6,680 
INVESTING ACTIVITIES   
Capital expenditures(2,900)(3,729)(3,628)
Proceeds from sale of property, plant and equipment and other assets135 153 93 
Other, net53 12 (35)
Net cash used in investing activities(2,712)(3,564)(3,570)
FINANCING ACTIVITIES   
Net proceeds from issuance of long-term debt1,881 4,361 3,707 
Payments of long-term debt(3,598)(7,315)(4,157)
Net proceeds from (payments on) revolving line of credit50 (100)(300)
Dividends paid(1,087)(1,109)(1,100)
Repurchases of common stock(1,000)— — 
Other, net(53)(87)(61)
Net cash used in financing activities(3,807)(4,250)(1,911)
Net (decrease) increase in cash, cash equivalents and restricted cash(18)(1,290)1,199 
Cash, cash equivalents and restricted cash at beginning of period427 1,717 518 
Cash, cash equivalents and restricted cash at end of period$409 427 1,717 
 Years Ended December 31,
 202020192018
 (Dollars in millions)
OPERATING ACTIVITIES   
Net loss$(1,232)(5,269)(1,733)
Adjustments to reconcile net loss to net cash provided by operating activities:   
Depreciation and amortization4,710 4,829 5,120 
Goodwill impairment2,642 6,506 2,746 
Deferred income taxes366 440 522 
Provision for uncollectible accounts189 145 153 
Net loss (gain) on early retirement and modification of debt105 (72)
Share-based compensation175 162 186 
Changes in current assets and liabilities:   
Accounts receivable115 (5)25 
Accounts payable(543)(261)124 
Accrued income and other taxes27 20 75 
Other current assets and liabilities, net(262)(32)127 
Retirement benefits(111)(12)(667)
Changes in other noncurrent assets and liabilities, net246 245 329 
Other, net97 (16)18 
Net cash provided by operating activities6,524 6,680 7,032 
INVESTING ACTIVITIES   
Capitalized expenditures(3,729)(3,628)(3,175)
Proceeds from sale of property, plant and equipment and other assets153 93 158 
Other, net12 (35)(61)
Net cash used in investing activities(3,564)(3,570)(3,078)
FINANCING ACTIVITIES   
Net proceeds from issuance of long-term debt4,361 3,707 130 
Payments of long-term debt(7,315)(4,157)(1,936)
Net (payments) proceeds on credit facility and revolving line of credit(100)(300)145 
Dividends paid(1,109)(1,100)(2,312)
Other, net(87)(61)(50)
Net cash used in financing activities(4,250)(1,911)(4,023)
Net (decrease) increase in cash, cash equivalents and restricted cash(1,290)1,199 (69)
Cash, cash equivalents and restricted cash at beginning of period1,717 518 587 
Cash, cash equivalents and restricted cash at end of period$427 1,717 518 
66


Supplemental cash flow information:Supplemental cash flow information:   Supplemental cash flow information:   
Income taxes received, net$28 34 674 
Interest paid (net of capitalized interest of $75, $72 and $53)$(1,627)(2,028)(2,138)
Income taxes (paid) refunded, netIncome taxes (paid) refunded, net$(112)28 34 
Interest paid (net of capitalized interest of $53, $75 and $72)Interest paid (net of capitalized interest of $53, $75 and $72)$(1,487)(1,627)(2,028)
Supplemental non-cash information regarding investing activities:Supplemental non-cash information regarding investing activities:
Sale of property, plant and equipment in exchange for note receivableSale of property, plant and equipment in exchange for note receivable56 — — 
Supplemental non-cash information regarding financing activities:Supplemental non-cash information regarding financing activities:
Purchase of software subscription in exchange for installment debtPurchase of software subscription in exchange for installment debt77 — — 
Cash, cash equivalents and restricted cash:Cash, cash equivalents and restricted cash:Cash, cash equivalents and restricted cash:
Cash and cash equivalentsCash and cash equivalents$406 1,690 488 Cash and cash equivalents$354 406 1,690 
Restricted cash - current
Restricted cash - noncurrent18 24 26 
Cash and cash equivalents included in Assets held for saleCash and cash equivalents included in Assets held for sale40 — — 
Restricted cash included in Other current assetsRestricted cash included in Other current assets
Restricted cash included in Other, net noncurrent assetsRestricted cash included in Other, net noncurrent assets13 18 24 
TotalTotal$427 1,717 518 Total$409 427 1,717 
See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.
6667


LUMEN TECHNOLOGIES, INC.
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY
Years Ended December 31, Years Ended December 31,
202020192018 202120202019
(Dollars in millions except per share amounts) (Dollars in millions except per share amounts)
COMMON STOCKCOMMON STOCK   COMMON STOCK   
Balance at beginning of periodBalance at beginning of period$1,090 1,080 1,069 Balance at beginning of period$1,097 1,090 1,080 
Issuance of common stock through dividend reinvestment, incentive and benefit plansIssuance of common stock through dividend reinvestment, incentive and benefit plans10 11 Issuance of common stock through dividend reinvestment, incentive and benefit plans10 
Repurchases of common stockRepurchases of common stock(81)— — 
Balance at end of periodBalance at end of period1,097 1,090 1,080 Balance at end of period1,024 1,097 1,090 
ADDITIONAL PAID-IN CAPITALADDITIONAL PAID-IN CAPITAL   ADDITIONAL PAID-IN CAPITAL   
Balance at beginning of periodBalance at beginning of period21,874 22,852 23,314 Balance at beginning of period20,909 21,874 22,852 
Issuance of common stock to acquire Level 3, including replacement of Level 3's share-based compensation awards(2)
Repurchases of common stockRepurchases of common stock(919)— — 
Shares withheld to satisfy tax withholdingsShares withheld to satisfy tax withholdings(40)(37)(56)Shares withheld to satisfy tax withholdings(45)(40)(37)
Share-based compensation and other, net187 163 187 
Stock-based compensation and other, netStock-based compensation and other, net122 187 163 
Dividends declaredDividends declared(1,112)(1,104)(586)Dividends declared(1,095)(1,112)(1,104)
Acquisition of additional minority interest in a subsidiary(5)
Balance at end of periodBalance at end of period20,909 21,874 22,852 Balance at end of period18,972 20,909 21,874 
ACCUMULATED OTHER COMPREHENSIVE LOSSACCUMULATED OTHER COMPREHENSIVE LOSS   ACCUMULATED OTHER COMPREHENSIVE LOSS   
Balance at beginning of periodBalance at beginning of period(2,680)(2,461)(1,995)Balance at beginning of period(2,813)(2,680)(2,461)
Cumulative effect of adoption of ASU 2018-02, Reclassification of Certain Tax Effects from Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income
— — (407)
Other comprehensive loss(133)(219)(59)
Other comprehensive income (loss)Other comprehensive income (loss)655 (133)(219)
Balance at end of periodBalance at end of period(2,813)(2,680)(2,461)Balance at end of period(2,158)(2,813)(2,680)
RETAINED EARNINGS (ACCUMULATED DEFICIT)   
ACCUMULATED DEFICITACCUMULATED DEFICIT   
Balance at beginning of periodBalance at beginning of period(6,814)(1,643)1,103 Balance at beginning of period(8,031)(6,814)(1,643)
Cumulative effect of adoption of ASU 2016-13, Measurement of Credit Losses, net of $(2) tax— — 
Cumulative effect of adoption of ASU 2016-02, Leases, net of $(37) tax— 96 — 
Cumulative net effect of adoption of ASU 2014-09, Revenue from Contracts with Customers, net of $(119) tax— — 338 
Cumulative effect of adoption of ASU 2018-02, Reclassification of Certain Tax Effects from Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income
— — 407 
Net loss(1,232)(5,269)(1,733)
Dividends declared and other(1,758)
Net income (loss)Net income (loss)2,033 (1,232)(5,269)
Cumulative effect of adoption of ASU 2016-13, Measurement of Credit Losses, net of $(2) tax
Cumulative effect of adoption of ASU 2016-13, Measurement of Credit Losses, net of $(2) tax
— — 
Cumulative effect of adoption of ASU 2016-02, Leases, net of $(37) tax
Cumulative effect of adoption of ASU 2016-02, Leases, net of $(37) tax
— — 96 
OtherOther— 
Balance at end of periodBalance at end of period(8,031)(6,814)(1,643)Balance at end of period(5,998)(8,031)(6,814)
TOTAL STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITYTOTAL STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY$11,162 13,470 19,828 TOTAL STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY$11,840 11,162 13,470 
DIVIDENDS DECLARED PER COMMON SHAREDIVIDENDS DECLARED PER COMMON SHARE$1.00 1.00 2.16 DIVIDENDS DECLARED PER COMMON SHARE$1.00 1.00 1.00 
See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.    
6768


LUMEN TECHNOLOGIES, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

References in the Notes to "Lumen Technologies, Inc.", "Lumen Technologies" or "Lumen," "we," "us","us," the "Company","Company," and "our" refer to Lumen Technologies, Inc. and its consolidated subsidiaries, unless the contentcontext otherwise requires. References in the Notes to "Level 3" refer to Level 3 Parent, LLC and its predecessor, Level 3 Communications, Inc., which we acquired on November 1, 2017.

(1)    Background and Summary of Significant Accounting Policies

General

We are an international facilities-based technology and communications company engaged primarily in providing a broad array of integrated products and services to our business and residentialmass markets customers. Our specific products and services are detailed in Note 4—Revenue Recognition.

Basis of Presentation

The accompanying consolidated financial statements include our accounts and the accounts of our subsidiaries in which we have a controlling interest. Intercompany amounts and transactions with our consolidated subsidiaries have been eliminated. In connection with our acquisition of Level 3 in 2017, we acquired its deconsolidated Venezuela subsidiary and due to exchange restrictions and other conditions have assigned no value to this subsidiary's assets. Additionally, we have excluded this subsidiary from our consolidated financial statements.

To simplify the overall presentation of our consolidated financial statements, we report immaterial amounts attributable to noncontrolling interests in certain of our subsidiaries as follows: (i) income attributable to noncontrolling interests in other income,expense, net, (ii) equity attributable to noncontrolling interests in additional paid-in capital and (iii) cash flows attributable to noncontrolling interests in other, net financing activities.

We reclassified certain prior period amounts to conform to the current period presentation, including the categorization of our revenue and expenses in our segment reporting for 2021, 2020 2019 and 2018.2019. See Note 16—17—Segment Information for additional information. These changes had no impact on total operating revenue, total operating expenses or net lossincome (loss) for any period.

Operating Expenses

Our current definitions of operating expenses are as follows:

Cost of services and products (exclusive of depreciation and amortization) are expenses incurred in providing products and services to our customers. These expenses include: employee-related expenses directly attributable to operating and maintaining our network (such as salaries, wages, benefits and professional fees); facilities expenses (which include third-party telecommunications expenses we incur for using other carriers' networks to provide services to our customers); rents and utilities expenses; equipment sales expenses (such as data integration and modem expenses); and other expenses directly related to our operations; and

Selling, general and administrative expenses are corporate overhead and other operating expenses. These expenses include: employee-related expenses (such as salaries, wages, internal commissions, benefits and professional fees) directly attributable to selling products or services and employee-related expenses for administrative functions; marketing and advertising; property and other operating taxes and fees; external commissions; litigation expenses associated with general matters; bad debt expense; and other selling, general and administrative expenses.

These expense classifications may not be comparable to those of other companies.

6869


Summary of Significant Accounting Policies

Use of Estimates

Our consolidated financial statements are prepared in accordance with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles. These accounting principles require us to make certain estimates, judgments and assumptions. We believe that the estimates, judgments and assumptions we make when accounting for specific items and matters are reasonable, based on information available at the time they are made. These estimates, judgments and assumptions can materially affect the reported amounts of assets, liabilities and components of stockholders' equity as of the dates of the consolidated balance sheets, as well as the reported amounts of revenue, expenses and components of cash flows during the periods presented in our other consolidated financial statements. We also make estimates in our assessments of potential losses in relation to threatened or pending tax and legal matters. See Note 15—16—Income Taxes and Note 17—18—Commitments, Contingencies and Other Items for additional information.

For matters not related to income taxes, if a loss contingency is considered probable and the amount can be reasonably estimated, we recognize an expense for the estimated loss. If we have the potential to recover a portion of the estimated loss from a third party, we make a separate assessment of recoverability and reduce the estimated loss if recovery is also deemed probable.

For matters related to income taxes, if we determine that the impact of an uncertain tax position is more likely than not to be sustained upon audit by the relevant taxing authority, then we recognize a benefit for the largest amount that is more likely than not to be sustained. No portion of an uncertain tax position will be recognized if the position has less than a 50% likelihood of being sustained. Interest is recognized on the amount of unrecognized benefit from uncertain tax positions.

For all of these and other matters, actual results could differ materially from our estimates.

Assets Held for Sale

We classify assets and related liabilities as held for sale when: (i) management has committed to a plan to sell the assets, (ii) the net assets are available for immediate sale, (iii) there is an active program to locate a buyer and (iv) the sale and transfer of the net assets is probable within one year. Assets and liabilities held for sale are presented separately on our consolidated balance sheets with a valuation allowance, if necessary, to recognize the net carrying amount at the lower of cost or fair value, less costs to sell. Depreciation of property, plant and equipment and amortization of finite-lived intangible assets and right-of-use assets are not recorded while these assets are classified as held for sale. For each period that assets are classified as being held for sale, they are tested for recoverability. Unless otherwise specified, the amounts and information presented in the notes do not include assets and liabilities that have been reclassified as held for sale as of December 31, 2021. See Note 2—Planned Divestiture of the Latin American and ILEC Businesses for additional information.

Revenue Recognition

We earn most of our consolidated revenue from contracts with customers, primarily through the provision of communications and other services. Revenue from contracts with customers is accounted for under Accounting Standards Codification ("ASC") 606. We also earn revenue from leasing arrangements (primarily fiber capacity and colocation agreements) and governmental subsidy payments, neither of which are not accounted for under ASC 606.

Revenue is recognized when control of the promised goods or services is transferred to our customers, in an amount that reflects the consideration we expect to be entitled to receive in exchange for those goods or services. Revenue is recognized based on the following five-step model:

Identification of the contract with a customer;

Identification of the performance obligations in the contract;

Determination of the transaction price;

Allocation of the transaction price to the performance obligations in the contract; and
70



Recognition of revenue when, or as, we satisfy a performance obligation.

We provide an array of communications services to business and residential customers, including local voice, VPN, Ethernet, data, broadband, private line (including special access), network access, transport, voice, information technology, video and other ancillary services. We provide these services to a wide range of businesses, including global, enterprise, wholesale, government, and small and medium business customers. Certain contracts also include the sale of equipment, which is not significant to our business.

69


We recognize revenue for services when we provide the applicable service or when control of a product is transferred. Recognition of certain payments received in advance of services being provided is deferred. These advance payments may include certain activation and certain installation charges. If the activation and installation charges are not separate performance obligations, we recognize them as revenue over the actual or expected contract term using historical experience, which ranges from one year to five years depending on the service. In most cases, termination fees or other fees on existing contracts that are negotiated in conjunction with new contracts are deferred and recognized over the new contract term.

For access services, we generally bill fixed monthly charges one month in advance to customers and recognize revenue as service is provided over the contract term in alignment with the customer's receipt of service. For usage and other ancillary services, we generally bill in arrears and recognize revenue as usage or delivery occurs. In most cases, the amount invoiced for our service offerings constitutes the price that would be billed on a standalone basis.

In certain cases, customers may be permitted to modify their contracts. We evaluate the change in scope or price to identify whether the modification should be treated as a separate contract, whether the modification is a termination of the existing contract and creation of a new contract, or if it is a change to the existing contract.

Customer contracts are evaluated to determine whether the performance obligations are separable. If the performance obligations are deemed separable and separate earnings processes exist, the total transaction price that we expect to receive with the customer is allocated to each performance obligation based on its relative standalone selling price. The revenue associated with each performance obligation is then recognized as earned.

We periodically sell optical capacity on our network. These transactions are generally structured as indefeasible rights of use, commonly referred to as IRUs, which are the exclusive right to use a specified amount of capacity or fiber for a specified term, typically 10 to 20 years. In most cases, we account for the cash consideration received on transfers of optical capacity as ASC 606 revenue which is adjusted for the time value of money and is recognized ratably over the term of the agreement. Cash consideration received on transfers of dark fiber is accounted for as non-ASC 606 lease revenue, which we also recognize ratably over the term of the agreement. We do not recognize revenue on any contemporaneous exchanges of our optical capacity assets for other non-owned optical capacity assets.

In connection with offering products and services provided to the end user by third-party vendors, we review the relationship between us, the vendor and the end user to assess whether revenue should be reported on a gross or net basis. In assessing whether revenue should be reported on a gross or net basis, we consider whether we act as a principal in the transaction and control the goods and services used to fulfill the performance obligations associated with the transaction.

We have service level commitments pursuant to contracts with certain of our customers. To the extent that we determine that such service levels arewere not achieved or are otherwise disputed due to performance or service issues or other service interruptions or conditions,may not have been achieved, we will estimate the amount of credits to be issued and record a corresponding reduction to revenue in the period that the service level commitment was not met.

Customer payments are made based on billing schedules included in our customer contracts, which is typically on a monthly basis.

71


We defer (or capitalize) incremental contract acquisition and fulfillment costs and recognize (or amortize) such costs over the average contract life. Our deferred contract costs for our customers have average amortization periods of approximately 30 months for consumermass markets customers and 29 months for business customers. These deferred costs are periodically monitored every period to reflect any significant change in assumptions.

See Note 3—4—Revenue Recognition for additional information.

Advertising Costs

Costs related to advertising are expensed as incurred and included in selling, general and administrative expenses in our consolidated statements of operations. Our advertising expense was $56 million, $62$56 million and $98$62 million for the years ended December 31, 2021, 2020 2019 and 2018,2019, respectively.

70


Legal Costs

In the normal course of our business, we incur costs to hire and retain external legal counsel to advise us on regulatory, litigation and other matters. WeSubject to certain exceptions, we expense these costs as the related services are received.

Income Taxes

We file a consolidated federal income tax return with our eligible subsidiaries. The provision for income taxes consists of an amount forreflects taxes currently payable, an amount for tax consequences deferred to future periods and adjustments to our liabilities for uncertain tax positions. We record deferred income tax assets and liabilities reflecting future tax consequences attributable to tax net operating loss carryforwards ("NOLs"), tax credit carryforwards and differences between the financial statement carrying value of assets and liabilities and the tax basis of those assets and liabilities. Deferred taxes are computed using enacted tax rates expected to apply in the year in which the differences are expected to affect taxable income. The effect on deferred income tax assets and liabilities of a change in tax rate is recognized in earnings in the period that includes the enactment date.

We establish valuation allowances when necessary to reduce deferred income tax assets to the amounts that we believe are more likely than not to be recovered. Each quarter we evaluate the need to retain all or a portion of theadjust each valuation allowance on our deferred tax assets. See Note 15—16—Income Taxes for additional information.

Cash and Cash Equivalents

Cash and cash equivalents include highly liquid investments that are readily convertible into cash and are not subject to significant risk from fluctuations in interest rates. As a result, the value at which cash and cash equivalents are reported in our consolidated financial statements approximates their fair value. In evaluating investments for classification as cash equivalents, we require that individual securities have original maturities of ninety days or less and that individual investment funds have dollar-weighted average maturities of ninety days or less. To preserve capital and maintain liquidity, we invest with financial institutions we deem to be of sound financial condition and in high quality and relatively risk-free investment products. Our cash investment policy limits the concentration of investments with specific financial institutions or among certain products and includes criteria related to credit worthiness of any particular financial institution.

Book overdrafts occur when we have issued checks but they have not yet been presented to our controlled disbursement bank accounts for payment. Disbursement bank accounts allow us to delay funding of issued checks until the checks are presented for payment. Until the issued checks are presented for payment, the book overdrafts are included in accounts payable on our consolidated balance sheet.sheets. This activity is included in the operating activities section in our consolidated statements of cash flows. There were 0no book overdrafts included in accounts payable at December 31, 2021 or 2020. Included in accounts payable at December 31, 2019 was $106 million representing book overdrafts.

72


Restricted Cash

Restricted cash consists primarily of cash and investments that serve to collateralize our outstanding letters of credit and certain performance and operating obligations. Restricted cash and securities are recorded as current or non-current assets in the consolidated balance sheets depending on the duration of the restriction and the purpose for which the restriction exists. Restricted securities are stated at cost which approximatesapproximated their fair value as of December 31, 20202021 and 2019.2020.

Accounts Receivable and Allowance for Credit Losses

Accounts receivable are recognized based upon the amount due from customers for the services provided or at cost for purchased and other receivables, less an allowance for credit losses. PriorWe use a loss rate method to the adoption of ASU 2016-13, theestimate our allowance for credit losses. For more information on our methodology for estimating our allowance for credit losses, receivable reflected our best estimate of probable losses inherent in our receivable portfolio determined on the basis of historical experience, specific allowances for known troubled accounts and other currently available evidence. We implemented the new standard effective January 1, 2020, as discussed in the Recently Adopted Accounting Pronouncements - "Measurement of Credit Losses on Financial Instruments", below. For more information, see Note 5—6—Credit Losses on Financial Instruments.

71


We generally consider our accounts past due if they are outstanding over 30 days. Our past due accounts are written off against our allowance for credit losses when collection is considered to be not probable. Any recoveries of accounts previously written off are generally recognized as a reduction in bad debt expense in the period received. The carrying value of accounts receivable net of the allowance for credit losses approximates fair value. Accounts receivable balances acquired in a business combination are recorded at fair value for all balances receivable at the acquisition date and at the invoiced amount for those amounts invoiced after the acquisition date.

Property, Plant and Equipment

We record property, plant and equipment acquired in connection with our acquisitions based on its estimated fair value as of its acquisition date plus the estimated value of any associated legally or contractually required retirement obligations. We record purchased and constructed property, plant and equipment at cost, plus the estimated value of any associated legally or contractually required retirement obligations. We depreciate the majority of our property, plant and equipment using the straight-line group method over the estimated useful lives of groups of assets, but depreciate certain of our assets using the straight-line method over theirthe estimated useful lives of the specific asset. Under the straight-line group method, assets dedicated to providing telecommunications services (which comprise the majority of our property, plant and equipment) that have similar physical characteristics, use and expected useful lives are pooled for purposes of depreciation and tracking. The equal life group procedure is used to establish each pool's average remaining useful life. Generally, under the straight-line group method, when an asset is sold or retired in the course of normal business activities, the cost is deducted from property, plant and equipment and charged to accumulated depreciation without recognition of a gain or loss. A gain or loss is recognized in our consolidated statements of operations only if a disposal is unusual. Leasehold improvements are amortized over the shorter of the useful lives of the assets or the expected lease term. Expenditures for maintenance and repairs are expensed as incurred. Interest is capitalized during the construction phase of network and other internal-use capital projects. Employee-related costs for construction of network and other internal use assets are also capitalized during the construction phase. Property, plant and equipment supplies used internally are carried at average cost, except for significant individual items which are carried at actual cost.

We perform annual internal reviews to evaluate the reasonableness of the depreciable lives for our property, plant and equipment. Our reviews utilize models that take into account actual usage, physical wear and tear, replacement history, assumptions about technology evolution and, in certain instances, actuarially determined probabilities to estimate the remaining useful life of our asset base. Our remaining useful life assessments evaluate the possible loss in service value of assets that may precede the physical retirement. Assets shared among many customers may lose service value as those customers reduce their use of the asset. However, the asset is not retired until all customers no longer utilize the asset and we determine there is no alternative use for the asset.

We have asset retirement obligations associated with the legally or contractually required removal of a limited group of property, plant and equipment assets from leased properties and the disposal of certain hazardous materials present in our owned properties. When an asset retirement obligation is identified, usually in association with the acquisition of the asset, we record the fair value of the obligation as a liability. The fair value of the obligation is also capitalized as property, plant and equipment and then amortized over the estimated remaining useful life of the associated asset. Where the removal obligation is not legally binding, the net cost to remove assets is expensed in the period in which the costs are actually incurred.

73


We review long-lived tangible assets for impairment whenever facts and circumstances indicate that the carrying amounts of the assets may not be recoverable. For assessment purposes, long-lived assets are grouped with other assets and liabilities at the lowest identifiable level for which identifiablewe generate cash flows are largely independentindependently of the cash flowsother groups of other assets and liabilities, absent a material change in operations. An impairment loss is recognized only if the carrying amount of the asset group is not recoverable and exceeds its estimated fair value. Recoverability of the asset group to be held and used is assessed by comparing the carrying amount of the asset group to the estimated undiscounted future net cash flows expected to be generated by the asset group. If the asset group's carrying value is not recoverable, we recognize an impairment charge for the amount by which the carrying amount of the asset group exceeds its estimated fair value.
72



Goodwill, Customer Relationships and Other Intangible Assets

Intangible assets arising from business combinations, such as goodwill, customer relationships, capitalized software, trademarks and trade names, are initially recorded at estimated fair value. We amortize customer relationships primarily over an estimated life of 7 to 1514 years, using either the sum-of-years-digits or the straight-line methods,method, depending on the type of customer. Certain customer relationship intangible assets became fully amortized at the end of the first quarter 2021 using the sum-of-years-digits method, which is no longer used. We amortize capitalized software using the straight-line method primarily over estimated lives ranging up to 7 years. We amortize our other intangible assets using the sum-of-years-digits or straight-line method over an estimated life of 4 to 20 years. Other intangible assets not arising from business combinations are initially recorded at cost. Where there are no legal, regulatory, contractual or other factors that would reasonably limit the useful life of an intangible asset, we classify the intangible asset as indefinite-lived and such intangible assets are not amortized.

Internally used software, whether purchased or developed by us, is capitalized and amortized using the straight-line method over its estimated useful life. We have capitalized certain costs associated with software such as costs of employees devoted to software development and external direct costs for materials and services. Costs associated with software to be used for internal purposes are expensed until the point at which the project has reached the development stage. Subsequent additions, modifications or upgrades to internal-use software are capitalized only to the extent that they allow the software to perform a task it previously did not perform. Software maintenance, data conversion and training costs are expensed in the period in which they are incurred. We review the remaining economic lives of our capitalized software annually. Capitalized software is included in other intangible assets, net, in our consolidated balance sheets.

Our long-lived intangible assets, other than goodwill, with indefinite lives are assessed for impairment annually, or, under certain circumstances, more frequently, such as when events or changes in circumstances indicate there may be an impairment. These assets are carried at the estimated fair value at the time of acquisition and assets not acquired in acquisitions are recorded at historical cost. However, if their estimated fair value is less than the carrying amount, we recognize an impairment charge for the amount by which the carrying amount of these assets exceeds their estimated fair value.

We are required to assess goodwill for impairment at least annually, or more frequently, if an event occurs or circumstances change that indicates it is more likely than not that the fair values of any of our reporting units were less than their carrying values. We are required to write-down the value of goodwill in periods in which the recorded carrying value of equity exceeds the fair value of equity. Our reporting units are not discrete legal entities with discrete full financial statements. Therefore, the equity carrying value and future cash flows are assessed each time a goodwill impairment assessment is performed on a reporting unit. To do so, we assign our assets, liabilities and cash flows to reporting units using reasonable and consistent allocation methodologies, which entail various estimates, judgments and assumptions.

We are required to reassign goodwill to reporting units whenever reorganizations of our internal reporting structure changes the composition of our reporting units. Goodwill is reassigned to the reporting units using a relative fair value approach. When the fair value of a reporting unit is available, we allocate goodwill based on the relative fair value of the reporting units. When fair value is not available, we utilize an alternative allocation methodology that represents a reasonable proxy forapproximation of the fair value of the operations being reorganized.

For more information, see Note 2—3—Goodwill, Customer Relationships and Other Intangible Assets.

74


Derivatives and Hedging

From time to time we have used derivative instruments to hedge exposure to interest rate risks arising from fluctuation in interest rates. We account for derivative instruments in accordance with ASC 815, Derivatives and Hedging, which establishes accounting and reporting standards for derivative instruments. We do not use derivative financial instruments for speculative purposes.
Derivatives are recognized in the consolidated balance sheets at their fair values. When we become a party to a derivative instrument and intend to apply hedge accounting, we formally document the hedge relationship and the risk management objective for undertaking the hedge which includes designating the instrument for financial reporting purposes as a fair value hedge, a cash flow hedge, or a net investment hedge.
73


We entered into 11evaluate the effectiveness of our variable-to-fixed interest rate swap agreements during 2019, which we designateddescribed in Note 15—Derivative Financial Instruments (designated as cash-flow hedges. We evaluate the effectiveness of these hedgeshedges) qualitatively on a quarterly basis. The change in the fair value of the interest rate swaps is reflected in Accumulated Other Comprehensive Loss (“AOCI”) and is subsequently reclassified into earnings in the period the hedged transaction affects earnings, by virtue of qualifying as effective cash flow hedges. For more information see Note 14—15—Derivative Financial Instruments.

Pension and Post-Retirement Benefits

We recognize the funded status of our defined benefit and post-retirement plans as an asset or a liability on our consolidated balance sheet.sheets. Each year's actuarial gains or losses are a component of our other comprehensive loss, which is then included in our accumulated other comprehensive loss. Pension and post-retirement benefit expenses are recognized over the period in which the employee renders service and becomes eligible to receive benefits. We make significant assumptions (including the discount rate, expected rate of return on plan assets, mortality and health care trend rates) in computing the pension and post-retirement benefits expense and obligations. See Note 10—11—Employee Benefits for additional information.

Foreign Currency

Local currencies of our foreign subsidiaries are the functional currencies for financial reporting purposes except for certain foreign subsidiaries, primarily in Latin America. For operations outside the United States that have functional currencies other than the U.S. dollar, assets and liabilities are translated to U.S. dollars at period-end exchange rates, and revenue, expenses and cash flows are translated using average monthly exchange rates. A significant portion of our non-United States subsidiaries use either the British pound, the Euro or the Brazilian Real as their functional currency, each of which experienced significant fluctuations against the U.S. dollar during the years ended December 31, 2021, 2020 2019 and 2018.2019. We recognize foreign currency translation gains and losses as a component of accumulated other comprehensive loss in stockholders' equity and in our consolidated statements of comprehensive lossincome (loss) in accordance with accounting guidance for foreign currency translation. We considerPrior to the announcement of our divestitures as discussed in Note 2—Planned Divestiture of the Latin American and ILEC Businesses, we considered the majority of our investments in our foreign subsidiaries to be long-term in nature. Our foreign currency transaction gains (losses), including where transactions with our non-United States subsidiaries are not considered to be long-term in nature, are included within other income,expense, net on our consolidated statements of operations. See the description of our Assets Held for Sale policy above for more information on assets in foreign subsidiaries to be divested.

Common Stock

AtAs of December 31, 2020,2021, we had 4936 million shares authorized for future issuance under our equity incentive plans.

Preferred Stock

Holders of outstanding Lumen Technologies preferred stock are entitled to receive cumulative dividends, receive preferential distributions equal to $25 per share plus unpaid dividends upon Lumen's liquidation and vote as a single class with the holders of common stock.

75


Section 382 Rights Plan

We maintain a Section 382 Rights Plan to protect our U.S. federal net operating loss carryforwards from certain Internal Revenue Code Section 382 limitations. Under the plan, 1 preferred stock purchase right was distributed for each share of our outstanding common stock as of the close of business on February 25, 2019, and those rights currently trade in tandem with the common stock until they expire or detach under the plan. This plan was designed to deter trading that would result in a change of control (as defined in Code Section 382), and therefore protect our ability to use our historical federal net operating losses in the future.

Dividends

The declaration and payment of dividends is at the discretion of our Board of Directors.

74


Change in Accounting Policy

During the first quarter of 2020, we elected to change the presentation for taxes assessed by a governmental authority that are both imposed on and concurrent with a specific revenue-producing transaction, including federal and certain state Universal Service Fund (USF) regulatory fees, to present all such taxes on a net basis in our consolidated statements of operations. Prior to the first quarter of 2020, we assessed whether we were the primary obligor or principal taxpayer for the taxes assessed in each jurisdiction where we do business. The previous policy resulted in presenting such USF fees on a gross basis within operating revenue and cost of services and products, and all other significant taxes on a net basis. We applied this change in accounting policy retrospectively during the first quarter of 2020. As a result, we have decreased both operating revenue and cost of services and products by $911 million, $943 million and $863 million for the years ended December 31, 2020, 2019 and 2018, respectively. The change has no impact on operating income (loss), net loss, or loss per share in our consolidated statements of operations. Refer to our Form 8-K filing dated April 30, 2020 for further information.

We changed our policy to present such taxes on the net basis and believe the new policy is preferable because of the historical and potential future regulatory rate changes outside of our control resulting in significant variability in tax and fee revenue that are not indicative of our operating performance. We believe the net presentation provides the most useful and transparent financial information and improves comparability and consistency of financial results.

Recently Adopted Accounting Pronouncements

During 2020,2021, we adopted Accounting Standards Update ("ASU") 2016-13, 2020-09, "Debt (Topic 470) Amendments to SEC Paragraphs Pursuant to SEC Release No. 33-10762"Measurement of Credit Losses on Financial Instruments. ("ASU 2020-09"), ASU 2020-01, " During 2019, we adopted ASU 2016-02, Investments - Equity Securities (Topic 321), Investments - Equity Method and Joint Ventures (Topic 323), and Derivatives and Hedging (Topic 815) - Clarifying the Interactions between Topic 321, Topic 323, and Topic 815)"Leases (ASC 842) ("ASU 2020-01"), and ASU 2019-12, "Simplifying the Accounting for Income Taxes (Topic 740)" ("ASU 2019-12"). During 2018,2020, we adopted ASU 2018-14, "Compensation-Retirement Benefits-Defined Benefit Plans-General:Disclosure Framework-Changes to the Disclosure Requirements for Defined Benefit Plans", ASU 2014-09, “Revenue from Contracts with Customers” and ASU 2018-02, “Income Statement-Reporting Comprehensive Income: Reclassification of Certain Tax Effects from Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income”.

Each of these is described further below.

Measurement of Credit Losses on Financial Instruments

We adopted ASU 2016-13, "Measurement of Credit Losses on Financial Instruments" ("ASU 2016-13"). During 2019, we adopted ASU 2016-02, "Leases (ASC 842)" ("ASU 2016-02").

Each of these is described further below.

Debt

On January 1, 2021, we adopted ASU 2020-09. This ASU amends and supersedes various SEC guidance to reflect SEC Release No. 33-10762, which includes amendments to the financial disclosure requirements applicable to registered debt offerings that include credit enhancements, such as subsidiary guarantees. The adoption of ASU 2020-09 did not have a material impact to our consolidated financial statements.

Investments

On January 1, 2021, we adopted ASU 2020-01. This ASU, among other things, clarifies that a company should consider observable transactions that require a company to either apply or discontinue the equity method of accounting under Topic 323, Investments - Equity Method and Joint Ventures, for the purposes of applying the measurement alternative in accordance with Topic 321 immediately before applying or upon discontinuing the equity method. As of December 31, 2021, we determined there was no application or discontinuation of the equity method during the reporting periods covered in this report. The adoption of ASU 2020-01 did not have a material impact to our consolidated financial statements.

Income Taxes

On January 1, 2021, we adopted ASU 2019-12. This ASU removes certain exceptions for investments, intra-period allocations and interim calculations, and adds guidance to reduce complexity in accounting for income taxes. The adoption of ASU 2019-12 did not have a material impact to our consolidated financial statements.

Measurement of Credit Losses on Financial Instruments

We adopted ASU 2016-13 on January 1, 2020, and recognized a cumulative adjustment to our accumulated deficit as of the date of adoption of $9 million, net of tax effect of $2 million. Please refer to Note 5—6—Credit Losses on Financial Instruments for more information.
76



Leases

We adopted ASU 2016-02 "Leases (ASC 842)", as of on January 1, 2019, using the non-comparative transition option pursuant to ASU 2018-11. Therefore, we have not restated comparative period financial information for the effects of ASC 842,2018-11 and we have not made the new required lease disclosures for comparative periods beginning before January 1, 2019. Instead, we recognized ASC 842's cumulative effect transition adjustment (discussed below) as of January 1, 2019. In addition, we elected to apply the package of practical expedients permitted under the transition guidance within the new standard, which among other things (i) allowed us to carry forward the historical lease classification; (ii) did not require us to reassess whether any expired or existing contracts are or contain leases under the new definition of a lease; and (iii) did not require us to reassess whether previously capitalized initial direct costs for any existing leases would qualify for capitalization under ASC 842. We also elected to apply the practical expedient related to land easements, allowing us to carry forward our accounting treatment for land easements on existing agreements. We did not elect to apply the hindsight practical expedient regarding the likelihood of exercising a lessee purchase option or assessing any impairment of right-of-use assets for existing leases.
75


On March 5, 2019, the Financial Accounting Standards Board ("FASB") issued ASU 2019-01, "Leases (ASC 842): Codification Improvements", ("ASU 2019-01") effective for public companies for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2019. The new ASU aligns the guidance in ASC 842 for determining fair value of the underlying asset by lessors that are not manufacturers or dealers, with that of existing guidance. As a result, the fair value of the underlying asset at lease commencement is its cost, reflecting any volume or trade discounts that may apply. However, if there has been a significant lapse of time between when the underlying asset is acquired and when the lease commences, the definition of fair value (in ASC 820, "Fair Value Measurement") should be applied. More importantly, the ASU also exempts both lessees and lessors from having to provide certain interim disclosures in the fiscal year in which a company adopts the new leases standard. Early adoption permits public companies to adopt concurrent with the transition to ASC 842 on leases. We adopted ASU 2019-01 as of January 1, 2019.
Adoption of the new standards resulted in the recording of operating lease assets and operating lease liabilities of approximately $2.1 billion and $2.2 billion, respectively, as of January 1, 2019. The difference is driven principally by the netting of our existing real estate restructure reserve against the corresponding operating lease right of use asset. In addition, we
We recorded a $96 million cumulative adjustment (net of tax of $37 million) to accumulated deficit as of January 1, 2019, for the impact of the new accounting standards. Our financial position for reporting periods beginning on or after January 1, 2019 is presented under the new guidance, as discussed above, while prior period amounts are not adjusted and continue to be reported in accordance with previous guidance.

Retirement Benefits

In August 2018, the FASB issued ASU 2018-14, "Compensation-Retirement Benefits-Defined Benefit Plans-General:Disclosure Framework-Changes to the Disclosure Requirements for Defined Benefit Plans" (“ASU 2018-14“). ASU 2018-14 eliminates requirements for certain disclosures that are not considered cost beneficial, clarifies certain required disclosures and adds additional disclosures under defined benefit pension plans and other postretirement plans. We adopted this guidance during the fourth quarter 2018. The adoption of ASU 2018-14 did not have a material impact to our consolidated financial statements.

Revenue Recognition

In May 2014, the FASB issued ASU 2014-09, "Revenue from Contracts with Customers" ("ASU 2014-09") which replaces virtually all existing generally accepted accounting principles on revenue recognition with a principles-based approach for determining revenue recognition using a new five step model. The core principle of ASU 2014-09 is that an entity should recognize revenue to depict the transfer of promised goods or services to customers in an amount that reflects the consideration to which the entity expects to be entitled in exchange for those goods or services. ASU 2014-09 also includes new accounting principles related to the deferral and amortization of contract acquisition and fulfillment costs.

We adopted the new revenue recognition standard under the modified retrospective transition method. During the year ended December 31, 2018, we recorded a cumulative catch-up adjustment that increased our retained earnings by $338 million, net of $119 million of income taxes.

See Note 3—Revenue Recognition for additional information.

Comprehensive Loss

In February 2018, the FASB issued ASU 2018-02, "Income Statement-Reporting Comprehensive Income: Reclassification of Certain Tax Effects from Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income" ("ASU 2018-02") which provides an option to reclassify stranded tax effects within accumulated other comprehensive loss to retained earnings in each period in which the effect of the change in the U.S. federal corporate income tax rate in the Tax Cuts and Jobs Act (the "Act") (or portion thereof) is recorded. If an entity elects to reclassify the income tax effects of the Act, the amount of that reclassification shall include the effect of the change in the U.S. federal corporate income tax rate on the gross deferred tax amounts and related valuation allowances, if any, at the date of enactment of the Act related to items remaining in accumulated other comprehensive loss. The effect of the change in the U.S. federal corporate income tax rate on gross valuation allowances that were originally charged to income from continuing operations shall not be included. ASU 2018-02 is effective January 1, 2019, but early adoption is permitted and should be applied either in the period of adoption or retrospectively to each period (or periods) in which the effect of the change in the U.S. federal corporate income tax rate in the Act is recognized. We early adopted and applied ASU 2018-02 in the first quarter of 2018. The adoption of ASU 2018-02 resulted in a $407
76


million increase to retained earnings and in accumulated other comprehensive loss. See Note 20—Accumulated Other Comprehensive Loss for additional information.

Recently Issued Accounting Pronouncements

In October 2020,November 2021, the FASB issued ASU 2020-09, "2021-10, “DebtGovernment Assistance (Topic 470) Amendments to SEC Paragraphs Pursuant to SEC Release No. 33-10762832): Disclosures by Business Entities about Government Assistance” (“ASU 2020-09”2021-10”). ThisThese amendments are expected to increase transparency in financial reporting by requiring business entities to disclose information about certain types of government assistance they receive. ASU amends2021-10 will become effective for us in the first quarter of fiscal 2022 and supersedes various SEC paragraphs to reflect SEC Release No. 33-10762, which includes amendments toearly adoption is permitted. As of December 31, 2021, we do not expect the financial disclosure requirements applicable to registered debt offerings that include credit enhancements, such as subsidiary guarantees. The cumulative effect of initially applying ASU 2020-092021-10 in the first quarter of fiscal 2022 will have a material impact to our consolidated financial statements.

In October 2021, the FASB issued ASU 2021-08, “Business Combinations (Topic 805): Accounting for Contract Assets and Contract Liabilities from Contracts with Customers” (“ASU 2021-08”), which requires entities to apply Topic 606 to recognize and measure contract assets and contract liabilities in a business combination. ASU 2021-08 will become effective for us in the first quarter of fiscal 2023 and early adoption is permitted. As of December 31, 2021, we do not expect the cumulative effect of initially applying ASU 2021-08 on January 4,1, 2023 will have a material impact to our consolidated financial statements.

In July 2021, the FASB issued ASU 2021-05, “Leases (Topic 842): Lessors—Certain Leases with Variable Lease Payments” (“ASU 2021-05”), which amends the lease classification requirements for lessors to align them with practice under ASC Topic 840. Under this ASU, lessors should classify and account for a lease with variable lease payments that do not depend on a reference index or a rate as an operating lease if certain criteria are met; and when a lease is classified as operating, the lessor does not recognize a net investment in the lease, does not derecognize the underlying asset, and, therefore, does not recognize a selling profit or loss. ASU 2021-05 will become effective for us in the first quarter of fiscal 2022 and early adoption is permitted. As of December 31, 2021, we do not expect the cumulative effect of initially applying ASU 2021-05 on January 1, 2022 will have a material impact to our consolidated financial statements.

77


In January 2021, the FASB issued ASU 2021-01, "Reference Rate Reform (Topic 848): Scope" ("ASU 2021-01"), which clarifies that certain optional expedients and exceptions in Topic 848 for contract modifications and hedge accounting apply to derivatives that are affected by the discounting transition. ASU 2021-01 also amends the expedients and exceptions in Topic 848 to capture the incremental consequences of the scope clarification and to tailor the existing guidance to derivative instruments affected by the discounting transition. These amendments are effective immediately and may be applied prospectively to contract modifications made and hedging relationships entered into or evaluated on or before December 31, 2022. ASU 2021-01 provides option guidance for a limited time to ease the potential burden in accounting for reference rate reform. Based on our review of our key material contracts through December 31, 2021, we do not expect ASU 2021-01 will have a material impact to our consolidated financial statements.

In August 2020, the FASB issued ASU 2020-06, “Debt with Conversion and Other Options (Subtopic 470-20) and Derivatives and Hedging— Contracts in Entity’s Own Equity (Subtopic 815-40): Accounting for Convertible Instruments and Contracts in an Entity’s Own Equity”, which simplifies accounting for convertible instruments by removing major separation models required under the current ASC. Consequently, more convertible debt instruments will be reported as a single liability instrument and more convertible preferred stock as a single equity instrument with no separate accounting for embedded conversion features. ASU 2020-06 will become effective for us in the first quarter of fiscal 2022 and early adoption is permitted. As of December 31, 2021, we do not expect the cumulative effect of initially applying ASU 2020-06 on January 1, 2022 will have a material impact to our consolidated financial statements.

In March 2020, the FASB issued ASU 2020-04, "Reference Rate Reform (Topic 848): Facilitation of the Effects of Reference Rate Reform on Financial Reporting" ("ASU 2020-04" or "Reference Rate Reform"), designed to ease the burden of accounting for contract modifications related to the global market-wide reference rate transition period. Subject to certain criteria, ASU 2020-04 provides qualifying entities the option to apply expedients and exceptions to contract modifications and hedging accounting relationships made until December 31, 2022. In January 2021, the FASB issued ASU 2021-01, “Reference Rate Reform (Topic 848): Scope” (“ASU 2021-01”). This ASU clarifies that certain optional expedientsThese amendments are effective immediately and exceptions in Topic 848 formay be applied prospectively to contract modifications made and hedge accounting apply to derivative that are affected by the discounting transition. The ASU also amends the expedients and expectations in Topic 848 to capture the incremental consequences of the scope clarification and to tailor the existing guidance to derivatives instruments affected by the discounting transition. As ofhedging relationships entered into or evaluated on or before December 31, 2020, we are evaluating2022. ASU 2020-04 provides optional guidance for a limited time to ease the impact on our consolidated financial statements.

In January 2020, the FASB issued ASU 2020-01, "Investments—Equity Securities (Topic 321), Investments—Equity Method and Joint Ventures (Topic 323), and Derivatives and Hedging (Topic 815)—Clarifying the Interactions between Topic 321, Topic 323, and Topic 815)" (“ASU 2020-01”). This ASU among other things clarifies that a company should consider observable transactions that require a company to either apply or discontinue the equity method of accounting under Topic 323, Investments—Equity Method and Joint Ventures, for the purposes of applying the measurement alternative in accordance with Topic 321 immediately before applying or upon discontinuing the equity method. As of December 31, 2020, we determined there was no application or discontinuation of the equity method during the reporting periods. The cumulative effect of initially applying ASU 2020-01 on January 1, 2021 will not have a material impact to our consolidated financial statements.

In December 2019, the FASB issued ASU 2019-12, "Simplifying the Accounting for Income Taxes (Topic 740)" ("ASU 2019-12"). ASU 2019-12 removes certain exceptions for investments, intra-period allocations and interim calculations, and adds guidance to reduce complexitypotential burden in accounting for income taxes.reference rate reform. Based on our review of our key material contracts through December 31, 2021, we do not expect ASU 2019-122020-04 will become effective for us in the first quarter of fiscal 2021 and early adoption is permitted. The cumulative effect of initially applying ASU 2019-12 on January 1, 2021 will not have a material impact to our consolidated financial statements.

(2) Planned Divestiture of the Latin American and ILEC Businesses

On July 25, 2021, affiliates of Level 3 Parent, LLC, an indirect wholly-owned subsidiary of Lumen Technologies, Inc., entered into a definitive agreement to divest Lumen’s Latin American business to an affiliate of a fund advised by Stonepeak Partners LP in exchange for $2.7 billion cash, subject to certain working capital, other purchase price adjustments and related transaction expenses (estimated to be approximately $50 million). Level 3 Parent, LLC anticipates closing the transaction mid-year 2022, upon receipt of all requisite regulatory approvals in the U.S. and certain countries where the Latin American business operates, as well as the satisfaction of other customary conditions.

On August 3, 2021, we and certain of our affiliates entered into a definitive agreement to divest our incumbent local exchange ("ILEC") business conducted within 20 Midwestern and Southern states to an affiliate of funds advised by Apollo Global Management, Inc. In exchange, we would receive $7.5 billion, subject to offsets for (i) assumed indebtedness (expected to be approximately $1.4 billion) and (ii) certain purchaser’s transaction expenses along with working capital, tax, other customary purchase price adjustments and related transaction expenses (estimated to be approximately $1.7 billion). We anticipate closing the transaction mid-year 2022 upon receipt of all regulatory approvals and the satisfaction of other customary closing conditions.

The actual amount of our net after-tax proceeds from these divestitures could vary substantially from the amounts we currently estimate, particularly if we experience delays in completing the transactions or if any of our other assumptions prove to be incorrect.

78


We do not believe these divestiture transactions represent a strategic shift for Lumen. Therefore, neither divested business meets the criteria to be classified as a discontinued operation. As a result, we will continue to report our operating results for the Latin American and ILEC businesses (the "disposal groups") in our consolidated operating results until the transactions are closed. The pre-tax net income of the disposal groups is estimated to be and reported as follows in the tables below:

 Years Ended December 31,
 202120202019
(Dollars in millions)
Latin American business pre-tax net income$214 160 30 
ILEC business pre-tax net income851 649 655 
Total disposal groups pre-tax net income$1,065 809 685 

As of December 31, 2021 in the accompanying consolidated balance sheet, the assets and liabilities of our Latin American and ILEC businesses are classified as held for sale and are measured at the lower of (i) the carrying value when we classified the disposal groups as held for sale and (ii) the fair value of the disposal groups, less costs to sell. Effective with the designation of both disposal groups as held for sale on July 25, 2021 and August 3, 2021, respectively, we suspended recording depreciation of property, plant and equipment and amortization of finite-lived intangible assets and right-of-use assets while these assets are classified as held for sale. We estimate that we would have recorded an additional $272 million of depreciation, intangible amortization, and amortization of right-of-use assets for the year ended December 31, 2021 if the Latin American and ILEC businesses did not meet the held for sale criteria.

As a result of our evaluation of the recoverability of the carrying value of the assets and liabilities held for sale relative to the agreed upon sales price, adjusted for costs to sell, we did not record any estimated loss on disposal during the year ended December 31, 2021. The recoverability of each disposal group will be re-evaluated each reporting period until the closing of each transaction.

79


The principal components of the held for sale assets and liabilities are as follows:


December 31, 2021
Latin American BusinessILEC BusinessTotal
(Dollars in millions)
Assets held for sale
Cash and cash equivalents$39 40 
Accounts receivable, less allowance of $3, $21 and $2483 227 310 
Other current assets81 45 126 
Property, plant and equipment, net accumulated depreciation of $434, $8,303 and $8,7371,591 3,491 5,082 
Goodwill (1)
239 2,615 2,854 
Other intangible assets, net126 158 284 
Other non-current assets75 38 113 
Total assets held for sale$2,234 6,575 8,809 
Liabilities held for sale
Accounts payable$101 64 165 
Salaries and benefits23 25 48 
Income and other taxes27 24 51 
Interest— 10 10 
Current portion of deferred revenue26 90 116 
Other current liabilities35 42 
Long-term debt, net of discounts (2)
— 1,377 1,377 
Deferred income taxes, net129 — 129 
Pension and other post-retirement benefits (3)
56 58 
Other non-current liabilities120 141 261 
Total liabilities held for sale$435 1,822 2,257 
______________________________________________________________________ 
(1)The assignment of goodwill was based on the relative fair values of the applicable reporting units prior to being reclassified as held for sale.
(2)Long-term debt, net of discounts, includes $1.4 billion of Embarq Senior notes, $117 million of related unamortized discounts and $57 million of long-term finance lease obligations.
(3)Excludes pension obligation of approximately $2.5 billion for the ILEC business as of December 31, 2021, which will be transferred to the purchaser of the ILEC business upon closing. As of December 31, 2021, approximately $2.2 billion, or 88%, of this pension obligation is expected to be funded through the transfer of Lumen pension plan assets to the purchaser. The remaining portion of the obligation is expected to be separately funded with cash paid by Lumen at the time of closing. See Note 11—Employee Benefits for additional information.

80


(3)    Goodwill, Customer Relationships and Other Intangible Assets

Goodwill, customer relationships and other intangible assets consisted of the following:
As of December 31,
20202019
 (Dollars in millions)
Goodwill$18,870 21,534 
Indefinite-life intangible assets$278 269 
Other intangible assets subject to amortization: 
Customer relationships, less accumulated amortization of $11,060 and $9,8096,344 7,596 
Capitalized software, less accumulated amortization of $3,279 and $2,9571,520 1,599 
Trade names, less accumulated amortization of $120 and $9177 103 
Total other intangible assets, net$8,219 9,567 
As of December 31,
20212020
 (Dollars in millions)
Goodwill$15,986 18,870 
Indefinite-lived intangible assets$278 
Other intangible assets subject to amortization: 
Customer relationships, less accumulated amortization of $11,740 and $11,0605,365 6,344 
Capitalized software, less accumulated amortization of $3,624 and $3,2791,459 1,520 
Trade names, patents and other, less accumulated amortization of $160 and $120137 77 
Total other intangible assets, net$6,970 8,219 

77As of December 31, 2021, the gross carrying amount of goodwill, customer relationships, indefinite-lived and other intangible assets was $38.5 billion.


When we acquired Embarq Corporation ("Embarq") in 2009, we acquired certain right-of-way assets and, because there were no legal, regulatory, contractual or other factors that would reasonably limit the useful life of these assets, we classified them as indefinite-lived and, as such, initially did not amortize these assets. Our recent digital transformation efforts and continued focus on our fiber-based infrastructure assets have prompted management to reassess and ultimately change the accounting treatment of these indefinite-lived assets to align with our focus on growth products versus our declining copper-based products. As a result, during the first quarter of 2021, we reclassified an indefinite-lived intangible asset to finite-lived intangible asset. As of January 1, 2021 we began amortizing the $268 million asset over its estimated nine-year remaining life. On August 3, 2021, upon entering into a definitive agreement to divest our ILEC business, we reclassified $169 million of the $268 million asset as held for sale. At this time, we discontinued recording amortization on the portion of the finite-lived intangible assets that had been reclassified as held for sale (see Note 2—Planned Divestiture of the Latin American and ILEC Businesses for more information). The above-described change in the estimated remaining economic life of these assets, as modified by the subsequent reclassification of a portion thereof, resulted in an increase in amortization expense of approximately $22 million for the year ending December 31, 2021. The increase in amortization expense, net of tax, reduced consolidated net income (loss) by approximately $17 million, or $0.02 per basic and diluted common share, for the year ended December 31, 2021.

Our goodwill was derived from numerous acquisitions where the purchase price exceeded the fair value of the net assets acquired.

We assess our goodwill and other indefinite-lived intangible assets for impairment annually, or, under certain circumstances, more frequently, such as when events or changes in circumstances indicate there may be impairment. Our annual impairment assessment date for indefinite-lived intangible assets other than goodwill is December 31. We completed our qualitative assessment of our indefinite-lived intangible assets other than goodwill as of December 31, 2021 and 2020 and concluded it is more likely than not that our indefinite-lived intangible assets are not impaired; thus, no impairment charge for these assets was recorded in 2021 or 2020. We are required to write down the value of goodwill only when our assessment determines the carrying value of equity of any of our reporting units exceeds its fair value. Our annual impairment assessment date for goodwill is October 31, at which date we assess our reporting units. At October 31, 2020 and 2019,

Since our international and global accounts segment was comprised of ourinternal reorganization described in Note 17—Segment Information we have used 5 reporting units for goodwill impairment testing, which are (i) Mass Markets, (ii) North America global accounts ("NA GAM"NA"), Business (iii) Europe, Middle East and Africa region ("EMEA"), Latin America region ("LATAM") and(iv) Asia Pacific region ("APAC") reporting units.and (v) Latin America region ("LATAM"). At October 31, 2020 and 2019, ourwe used 8 reporting units for goodwill impairment testing, which were consumer, small and medium business, enterprise, wholesale, North American global accounts ("NA GAM,GAM"), EMEA, LATAM and APAC. Our annual impairment assessment date for indefinite-lived intangible assets other than goodwill is December 31.

81


Our reporting units are not discrete legal entities with discrete full financial statements. Our assets and liabilities are employed in and relate to the operations of multiple reporting units. For each reporting unit, we compare its estimated fair value of equity to its carrying value of equity that we assign to the reporting unit. If the estimated fair value of the reporting unit is greater than the carrying value, we conclude that no impairment exists. If the estimated fair value of the reporting unit is less than the carrying value, we record ana non-cash impairment equal to the excess amount. Depending on the facts and circumstances, we typically estimate the fair value of our reporting units by considering either or both of (i) a discounted cash flow method, which is based on the present value of projected cash flows over a discrete projection period and a terminal value, which representsis based on the value of expected normalized cash flows of the reporting units following the discrete projection period, and (ii) a market approach, which includes the use of market multiples of publicly-traded companies whose services are comparable to ours.

At October 31, 2021, we estimated the fair value of our 5 above-mentioned reporting units by considering both a market approach and a discounted cash flow method. As of October 31, 2021, we determined that the estimated fair value of equity exceeded the carrying value of equity for our Mass Markets, NA Business, EMEA, LATAM and APAC reporting units by 277%, 8%, 57%, 100% and 125%, respectively. Based on our assessments performed, we concluded it was more likely than not that the fair value of each of our reporting units exceeded the carrying value of equity of those reporting units at October 31, 2021. Therefore, we concluded no impairment existed as of our assessment date.

Our reclassification of held for sale assets, as described in Note 2—Planned Divestiture of the Latin American and ILEC Businesses, was considered an event or change in circumstance which required an assessment of our goodwill for impairment as of July 31, 2021. We performed a pre-reclassification goodwill impairment test to determine whether there was an impairment prior to the reclassification of these assets and to determine the July 31, 2021 fair values to be utilized for goodwill allocation regarding the Latin American and ILEC businesses to be reclassified as assets held for sale. We concluded it was more likely than not that the fair value of each of our reporting units exceeded the carrying value of equity of those reporting units at July 31, 2021. We also performed a post-reclassification goodwill impairment test using our estimated post-divestiture cash flows and carrying value of equity to evaluate whether the fair value of our reporting units that will remain following the divestitures exceeds the carrying value of the equity of such reporting units after reclassification of assets held for sale. At July 31, 2021, we estimated the fair value of our 5 above-mentioned reporting units by considering both a market approach and a discounted cash flow method. As of July 31, 2021, we determined that the estimated fair value of equity exceeded the carrying value of equity for our Mass Markets, NA Business, EMEA, LATAM and APAC reporting units by 150%, 24%, 58%,100% and 134%, respectively. Based on our assessments performed, we concluded it was more likely than not that the fair value of each of our reporting units exceeded the carrying value of equity of our reporting units at July 31, 2021. Therefore, we concluded no impairment existed as of our assessment date.

Our January 2021 reorganization was considered an event or change in circumstance which required an assessment of our goodwill for impairment. We performed a qualitative impairment assessment in the first quarter of 2021 and concluded it is more likely than not that the fair value of each of our reporting units exceeded the carrying value of equity of those reporting units at January 31, 2021. Therefore, we concluded no impairment existed as of our assessment date.

82


At October 31, 2020, we estimated the fair value of our 8 above-mentioned reporting units (prior to the January 2021 reorganization) by considering both a market approach and a discounted cash flow method. We discounted the projected cash flows for our consumer, enterprise, wholesale, small and medium business and NA GAM segmentsreporting units using a rate that represents ourrepresented their weighted average cost of capital, which we determined to be approximately 7.6% as of the assessment date (which comprised an after-tax cost of debt of 2.5% and a cost of equity of 10.7%). We discounted the projected cash flows of our EMEA, LATAM and APAC reporting units using a rate that represents their estimated weighted average cost of capital, which we determined to be approximately 8.0%, 14.3% and 10.1%, respectively, as of the measurement date (which was comprised of an after-tax cost of debt of 2.9%, 6.9% and 3.9% and a cost of equity of 11.2%, 18.8% and 14.0%, respectively). We utilized company comparisons and analyst reports within the telecommunications industry which have historically supported a range of fair values derived from annualized revenue and earnings before interest, taxes, depreciation and amortization ("EBITDA") multiples between 2.0x and 5.5x and 4.8x and 12.5x, respectively. We selected a revenue and EBITDA multiple for each of our reporting units, resulting in an overall company revenue and EBITDA multiple of 2.3x and 5.7x, respectively. We also reconciled the estimated fair values of the reporting units to our market capitalization as of October 31, 2020 and concluded that the indicated implied control premium of approximately 33.0%33% was reasonable based on recent market transactions. Due to the decline in our stock price at October 31, 2020 and our assessment performed with respect to the reporting units described above, we concluded that the estimated fair value of certain of our consumer, wholesale, small and medium business and EMEA reporting units was less than our carrying value of equity for our consumer, wholesale, small and medium business and EMEAthose reporting units. As a result, these reporting units were impaired, resulting in a non-cash, non-tax-deductible goodwill impairment charge of $2.6 billion. See the table below for the impairment charges by segment. As of October 31, 2020, the estimated fair value of equity exceeded the carrying value of equity for our enterprise, NA GAM, LATAM and APAC reporting units by 2%, 46%, 74% and 23%, respectively. Based on our assessments performed, we concluded that the goodwill assigned to our enterprise, NA GAM, LATAM and APAC reporting units was not impaired at October 31, 2020.

78


At October 31, 2019, we estimated the fair value of our 8 above-mentioned reporting units (prior to the January 2021 reorganization) by considering both a market approach and a discounted cash flow method. We discounted the projected cash flows for our consumer, enterprise, wholesale, small and medium business and NA GAM reporting units using a rate that represents our weighted average cost of capital, which we determined to be approximately 6.3% as of the assessment date (which was comprised of an after-tax cost of debt of 4.4% and a cost of equity of 7.6%). We discounted the projected cash flows of our EMEA, LATAM and APAC reporting units using a rate that represents their estimated weighted average cost of capital, which we determined to be approximately 6.8%, 10.0% and 9.0%, respectively, as of the measurement date (which was comprised of an after-tax cost of debt of 4.8%, 6.1% and 7.1% and a cost of equity of 8.1%, 12.5% and 10.2%, respectively). We utilized company comparisons within the telecommunications industry and analyst reports which have historically supported a range of fair values derived from annualized revenue and EBITDA multiples between 2.3x and 5.4x and 5.6x and 12.2x, respectively. We selected a revenue and EBITDA multiple for each of our reporting units resulting in an overall company revenue and EBITDA multiple of 2.3x and 5.7x, respectively. We reconciled the estimated fair values of the reporting units to our market capitalization as of October 31, 2019 and concluded that the indicated control premium of approximately 44.7% was reasonable based on recent market transactions. As of October 31, 2019, based on our assessment performed with respect to our 8 reporting units, the estimated fair value of equity exceeded the carrying value of equity for our consumer, small and medium business, enterprise, wholesale, NA GAM, EMEA, LATAM, and APAC reporting units by 44%, 41%, 53%, 46%, 55%, 5%, 63% and 38%, respectively. Based on our assessments performed, we concluded that the goodwill for our 8 reporting units was not impaired as of October 31, 2019.

Both our January 2019 internal reorganization and the decline in our stock price indicated the carrying values of our reporting units were more likely than not in excess of their fair values, requiring an impairment test in the first quarter of 2019. Because our low stock price was a key trigger for impairment testing during the first quarter of 2019, we estimated the fair value of our operations in such quarter using only the market approach. Applying this approach, we utilized company comparisons and analyst reports within the telecommunications industry which have historically supported a range of fair values derived from annualized revenue and EBITDA (earnings before interest, taxes, depreciation and amortization) multiples between 2.1x and 4.9x and 4.9x and 9.8x, respectively. We selected a revenue and EBITDA multiple for each of our reporting units within this range. We reconciled the estimated fair values of the reporting units to our market capitalization as of the date of each of our impairment tests during the first quarter of 2019 and concluded that the indicated control premium of approximately 4.5% and 4.1% was reasonable based on recent market transactions. In the quarter ended March 31, 2019, based on our assessments performed with respect to the reporting units as described above, we concluded that the estimated fair value of certain of our reporting units was less than our carrying value of equity as of the date of both of our impairment tests during the first quarter. As a result, we recorded non-cash, non-tax-deductible goodwill impairment charges aggregating to $6.5 billion in the quarter ended March 31, 2019. See the table below for the impairment charges by segment.

At October 31, 2018, we estimated the fair value of our then 5 reporting units which were consumer, medium and small business, enterprise, international and global accounts, and wholesale and indirect by considering both a market approach and a discounted cash flow method. We reconciled the estimated fair values of the reporting units to our market capitalization as of October 31, 2018 and concluded that the indicated control premium of approximately 0.1% was reasonable based on recent market transactions. As of October 31, 2018, based on our assessment performed with respect to these reporting units as described above, we concluded that the estimated fair value of our consumer reporting unit was less than our carrying value of equity by approximately $2.7 billion. As a result, we recorded a non-cash, non-tax-deductible goodwill impairment charge of $2.7 billion for goodwill assigned to our consumer reporting unit during the fourth quarter of 2018. In addition, based on our assessments performed, we concluded that the goodwill for our 4 remaining reporting units was not impaired as of October 31, 2018.

We completed our qualitative assessment of our indefinite-lived intangible assets other than goodwill as of December 31, 2020 and 2019 and concluded it is more likely than not that our indefinite-lived intangible assets are not impaired; thus, 0 impairment charge for these assets was recorded in 2020 or 2019.

7983


The following tables showtable shows the rollforward of goodwill assigned to our reportable segments (including the January 2021 reorganization discussed above) from December 31, 20182019 through December 31, 2020.
BusinessConsumerTotal
(Dollars in millions)
As of December 31, 2018(1)
$20,447 7,584 28,031 

(1)Goodwill is net of accumulated impairment losses of $3.8 billion.
2021.

 International and Global AccountsEnterpriseSmall and Medium BusinessWholesaleConsumerTotal
 (Dollars in millions)
As of January 1, 2019$3,595 5,222 5,193 6,437 7,584 28,031 
  January 2019 reorganization987 (1,038)395 (344)
Effect of foreign currency exchange rate change and other
Impairment(934)(1,471)(896)(3,019)(186)(6,506)
As of December 31, 2019(1)
2,670 4,738 3,259 3,813 7,054 21,534 
Effect of foreign currency exchange rate change and other(15)(7)(22)
Impairment(100)(444)(699)(1,399)(2,642)
As of December 31, 2020(1)
$2,555 4,738 2,808 3,114 5,655 18,870 

 International and Global AccountsEnterpriseSmall and Medium BusinessWholesaleConsumerBusinessMass MarketsTotal
 (Dollars in millions)
As of December 31, 2019(1)
$2,670 4,738 3,259 3,813 7,054 — — 21,534 
Effect of foreign currency exchange rate change and other(15)— (7)— — — — (22)
Impairment(100)— (444)(699)(1,399)— — (2,642)
As of December 31, 2020(1)
2,555 4,738 2,808 3,114 5,655 — — 18,870 
January 2021 reorganization(2,555)(4,738)(2,808)(3,114)(5,655)12,173 6,697 — 
Reclassified as held for sale(2)
— — — — — (913)(1,946)(2,859)
Effect of foreign currency exchange rate change and other— — — — — (25)— (25)
As of December 31, 2021(1)
$— — — — — 11,235 4,751 15,986 

(1)Goodwill at December 31, 2021, December 31, 2020 and December 31, 2019 is net of accumulated impairment losses of $7.7 billion, $12.9 billion and $10.3 billion, respectively. The change in accumulated impairment losses at December 31, 2021 is a result of amounts reclassified as held for sale related to our planned divestitures.
(2)Includes $2.9 billion of goodwill, net of accumulated impairment loss reclassified as held for sale related to our pending divestitures. See Note 2—Planned Divestiture of the Latin American and ILEC Businesses.
Goodwill at December 31, 2020 and December 31, 2019 is net of accumulated impairment losses of $12.9 billion and $10.3 billion, respectively.

For additional information on our segments, see Note 16—17—Segment Information.

As of December 31, 2020,2021, the weighted average remaining useful lives of our finite-lived intangible assets were approximately 87 years in total, approximately 98 years for customer relationships, 34 years for capitalized software and 2 years1 year for trade names.

Total amortization expense for finite-lived intangible assets for the years ended December 31, 2021, 2020 and 2019 and 2018 was $1.7$1.3 billion, $1.7 billion and $1.8$1.7 billion, respectively. As of December 31, 2020, the gross carrying amount of goodwill, customer relationships, indefinite-life and other intangible assets was $41.5 billion.

We estimate that total amortization expense for finite-lived intangible assets for the years ending December 31, 20212022 through 20252026 will be as follows:
 (Dollars in millions)
2021$1,282 
20221,065 
2023920 
2024853 
2025761 
provided in the table below. As a result of reclassifying our Latin American and ILEC businesses as being held for sale on our December 31, 2021 consolidated balance sheet, the amounts presented below do not include future amortization expense for intangible assets of the businesses to be divested. See Note 2—Planned Divestiture of the Latin American and ILEC Businesses for more information.

 (Dollars in millions)
2022$1,034 
2023940 
2024849 
2025798 
2026721 
(3)
84


(4)    Revenue Recognition

Product and Service Categories

Since the first quarter of 2021, we have categorized our products and services revenue among the following categories for the Business segment:

Compute and Application Services, which include our Edge Cloud services, IT solutions, Unified Communications and Collaboration ("UC&C"), data center, content delivery network ("CDN") and Managed Security services;

IP and Data Services, which include Ethernet, IP, and VPN data networks, including software-defined wide area networks ("SD WAN") based services, Dynamic Connections and Hyper WAN;

Fiber Infrastructure Services, which include dark fiber, optical services and equipment; and

Voice and Other, which include Time Division Multiplexing ("TDM") voice, private line and other legacy services.

Since the first quarter of 2021, we have categorized our products and services revenue among the following categories for the Mass Markets segment:

Consumer Broadband, which includes high speed fiber-based and lower speed DSL-based broadband services to residential customers;

Small Business Group ("SBG") Broadband, which includes high speed fiber-based and lower speed DSL-based broadband services to small businesses;

Voice and Other, which include primarily local and long-distance services, professional services and other ancillary services; and

Connect America Fund ("CAF") II, which consists of CAF Phase II payments through the end of 2021 to support voice and broadband in FCC-designated high-cost areas.

Reconciliation of Total Revenue to Revenue from Contracts with Customers

80


The following tables provide disaggregation oftotal revenue from contracts with customers based on reporting segmentsby segment, sales channel and service offerings for the years ended December 31, 2020, 2019 and 2018. Itproduct category. They also showsprovide the amount of revenue that is not subject to ASC 606, "Revenue from Contracts with Customers" ("ASC 606"), but is instead governed by other accounting standards.
Year Ended December 31, 2020
Total Revenue
Adjustments for Non-ASC 606 Revenue(9)
Total Revenue from Contracts with Customers
 (Dollars in millions)
International and Global Accounts
IP and Data Services (1)
$1,556 1,556 
Transport and Infrastructure (2)
1,265 (373)892 
Voice and Collaboration (3)
368 368 
IT and Managed Services (4)
216 216 
Total International and Global Accounts Segment Revenue3,405 (373)3,032 
Enterprise
IP and Data Services (1)
2,474 (2)2,472 
Transport and Infrastructure (2)
1,608 (135)1,473 
Voice and Collaboration (3)
1,424 (1)1,423 
IT and Managed Services (4)
216 216 
Total Enterprise Segment Revenue5,722 (138)5,584 
Small and Medium Business
IP and Data Services (1)
1,062 (3)1,059 
Transport and Infrastructure (2)
352 (34)318 
Voice and Collaboration (3)
1,098 (3)1,095 
IT and Managed Services (4)
45 45 
Total Small and Medium Business Segment Revenue2,557 (40)2,517 
Wholesale
IP and Data Services (1)
1,280 1,280 
Transport and Infrastructure (2)
1,764 (517)1,247 
Voice and Collaboration (3)
731 731 
IT and Managed Services (4)
Total Wholesale Business Segment Revenue3,777 (517)3,260 
Consumer
Broadband (5)
2,909 (217)2,692 
Voice (6)
1,622 1,622 
Regulatory (7)
615 (615)
Other (8)
105 (15)90 
Total Consumer Segment Revenue5,251 (847)4,404 
Total revenue$20,712 (1,915)18,797 
Timing of revenue
Goods and services transferred at a point in time$250 
Services performed over time18,547 
Total revenue from contracts with customers$18,797 
standards:
8185


Year Ended December 31, 2019
Total Revenue
Adjustments for Non-ASC 606 Revenue(9)
Total Revenue from Contracts with Customers
 (Dollars in millions)
International and Global Accounts
IP and Data Services (1)
$1,627 1,627 
Transport and Infrastructure (2)
1,268 (365)903 
Voice and Collaboration (3)
354 354 
IT and Managed Services (4)
227 227 
Total International and Global Accounts Segment Revenue3,476 (365)3,111 
Enterprise
IP and Data Services (1)
2,538 2,538 
Transport and Infrastructure (2)
1,479 (134)1,345 
Voice and Collaboration (3)
1,423 1,423 
IT and Managed Services (4)
256 256 
Total Enterprise Segment Revenue5,696 (134)5,562 
Small and Medium Business
IP and Data Services (1)
1,091 1,091 
Transport and Infrastructure (2)
365 (36)329 
Voice and Collaboration (3)
1,226 1,226 
IT and Managed Services (4)
45 45 
Total Small and Medium Business Segment Revenue2,727 (36)2,691 
Wholesale
IP and Data Services (1)
1,365 1,365 
Transport and Infrastructure (2)
1,907 (545)1,362 
Voice and Collaboration (3)
763 763 
IT and Managed Services (4)
Total Wholesale Business Segment Revenue4,042 (545)3,497 
Consumer
Broadband (5)
2,876 (215)2,661 
Voice (6)
1,837 1,837 
Regulatory (7)
632 (632)
Other (8)
172 (26)146 
Total Consumer Segment Revenue5,517 (873)4,644 
Total revenue$21,458 (1,953)19,505 
Timing of revenue
Goods and services transferred at a point in time$221 
Services performed over time19,284 
Total revenue from contracts with customers$19,505 
Year Ended December 31, 2021
Total Revenue
Adjustments for Non-ASC 606 Revenue (1)
Total Revenue from Contracts with Customers
 (Dollars in millions)
Business Segment by Sales Channel and Product Category
International and Global Accounts ("IGAM")
Compute and Application Services$715 (280)435 
IP and Data Services1,708 — 1,708 
Fiber Infrastructure886 (129)757 
Voice and Other744 — 744 
Total IGAM Revenue4,053 (409)3,644 
Large Enterprise
Compute and Application Services698 (63)635 
IP and Data Services1,554 — 1,554 
Fiber Infrastructure521 (50)471 
Voice and Other949 — 949 
Total Large Enterprise Revenue3,722 (113)3,609 
Mid-Market Enterprise
Compute and Application Services139 (31)108 
IP and Data Services1,754 (5)1,749 
Fiber Infrastructure218 (8)210 
Voice and Other618 — 618 
Total Mid-Market Enterprise Revenue2,729 (44)2,685 
Wholesale
Compute and Application Services189 (159)30 
IP and Data Services1,196 — 1,196 
Fiber Infrastructure623 (118)505 
Voice and Other1,607 (252)1,355 
Total Wholesale Revenue3,615 (529)3,086 
Business Segment by Product Category
Compute and Application Services1,741 (533)1,208 
IP and Data Services6,212 (5)6,207 
Fiber Infrastructure2,248 (305)1,943 
Voice and Other3,918 (252)3,666 
Total Business Segment Revenue14,119 (1,095)13,024 
Mass Markets Segment by Product Category
Consumer Broadband2,875 (211)2,664 
SBG Broadband156 (16)140 
Voice and Other2,047 (80)1,967 
CAF II490 (490)— 
Total Mass Markets Revenue5,568 (797)4,771 
Total Revenue$19,687 (1,892)17,795 
Timing of revenue
Goods and services transferred at a point in time$138 
Services performed over time17,657 
Total revenue from contracts with customers$17,795 
8286


Year Ended December 31, 2018
Total Revenue
Adjustments for Non-ASC 606 Revenue(9)
Total Revenue from Contracts with Customers
 (Dollars in millions)
International and Global Accounts
IP and Data Services (1)
$1,682 1,682 
Transport and Infrastructure (2)
1,230 (83)1,147 
Voice and Collaboration (3)
365 365 
IT and Managed Services (4)
266 266 
Total International and Global Accounts Segment Revenue3,543 (83)3,460 
Enterprise
IP and Data Services (1)
2,485 2,485 
Transport and Infrastructure (2)
1,484 (43)1,441 
Voice and Collaboration (3)
1,495 1,495 
IT and Managed Services (4)
301 301 
Total Enterprise Segment Revenue5,765 (43)5,722 
Small and Medium Business
IP and Data Services (1)
1,078 1,078 
Transport and Infrastructure (2)
424 (40)384 
Voice and Collaboration (3)
1,366 1,366 
IT and Managed Services (4)
50 50 
Total Small and Medium Business Segment Revenue2,918 (40)2,878 
Wholesale
IP and Data Services (1)
1,369 1,369 
Transport and Infrastructure (2)
2,118 (397)1,721 
Voice and Collaboration (3)
865 865 
IT and Managed Services (4)
Total Wholesale Business Segment Revenue4,360 (397)3,963 
Consumer
Broadband (5)
2,824 (213)2,611 
Voice (6)
2,127 2,127 
Regulatory (7)
727 (727)
Other (8)
316 (35)281 
Total Consumer Segment Revenue5,994 (975)5,019 
Total revenue$22,580 (1,538)21,042 
Timing of revenue
Goods and services transferred at a point in time$230 
Services performed over time20,812 
Total revenue from contracts with customers$21,042 
Year Ended December 31, 2020
Total Revenue
Adjustments for Non-ASC 606 Revenue (1)
Total Revenue from Contracts with Customers
 (Dollars in millions)
Business Segment by Sales Channel and Product Category
International and Global Accounts ("IGAM")
Compute and Application Services$772 (265)507 
IP and Data Services1,731 — 1,731 
Fiber Infrastructure822 (110)712 
Voice and Other793 — 793 
Total IGAM Revenue4,118 (375)3,743 
Large Enterprise
Compute and Application Services663 (82)581 
IP and Data Services1,588 (2)1,586 
Fiber Infrastructure590 (46)544 
Voice and Other1,074 (2)1,072 
Total Large Enterprise Revenue3,915 (132)3,783 
Mid-Market Enterprise
Compute and Application Services137 (16)121 
IP and Data Services1,845 (6)1,839 
Fiber Infrastructure218 (9)209 
Voice and Other769 — 769 
Total Mid-Market Enterprise Revenue2,969 (31)2,938 
Wholesale
Compute and Application Services183 (161)22 
IP and Data Services1,249 — 1,249 
Fiber Infrastructure618 (121)497 
Voice and Other1,765 (258)1,507 
Total Wholesale Revenue3,815 (540)3,275 
Business Segment by Product Category
Compute and Application Services1,755 (524)1,231 
IP and Data Services6,413 (8)6,405 
Fiber Infrastructure2,248 (286)1,962 
Voice and Other4,401 (260)4,141 
Total Business Segment Revenue14,817 (1,078)13,739 
Mass Markets Segment by Product Category
Consumer Broadband2,909 (221)2,688 
SBG Broadband153 (15)138 
Voice and Other2,341 (109)2,232 
CAF II492 (492)— 
Total Mass Markets Revenue5,895 (837)5,058 
Total Revenue$20,712 (1,915)18,797 
Timing of revenue
Goods and services transferred at a point in time$250 
Services performed over time18,547 
Total revenue from contracts with customers$18,797 

8387


(1)Includes primarily VPN data network, Ethernet, IP, content delivery and other ancillary services.
(2)Includes wavelengths, private line, dark fiber services, colocation and data center services, including cloud, hosting and application management solutions, professional services and other ancillary services.
(3)Includes local, long-distance voice, including wholesale voice, and other ancillary services, as well as VoIP services.
(4)Includes information technology services and managed services, which may be purchased in conjunction with our other network services.
(5)Includes high speed, fiber-based and lower speed DSL broadband services.
(6)Includes local and long-distance services.
(7)Includes (i) CAF and other support payments designed to reimburse us for various costs related to certain telecommunications services and (ii) other operating
Year Ended December 31, 2019
Total Revenue
Adjustments for Non-ASC 606 Revenue (1)
Total Revenue from Contracts with Customers
 (Dollars in millions)
Business Segment by Sales Channel and Product Category
International and Global Accounts ("IGAM")
Compute and Application Services$790 (265)525 
IP and Data Services1,764 — 1,764 
Fiber Infrastructure785 (99)686 
Voice and Other833 — 833 
Total IGAM Revenue4,172 (364)3,808 
Large Enterprise
Compute and Application Services610 (89)521 
IP and Data Services1,589 — 1,589 
Fiber Infrastructure524 (44)480 
Voice and Other1,113 (1)1,112 
Total Large Enterprise Revenue3,836 (134)3,702 
Mid-Market Enterprise
Compute and Application Services147 (11)136 
IP and Data Services1,894 — 1,894 
Fiber Infrastructure219 (20)199 
Voice and Other892 (1)891 
Total Mid-Market Enterprise Revenue3,152 (32)3,120 
Wholesale
Compute and Application Services188 (168)20 
IP and Data Services1,319 — 1,319 
Fiber Infrastructure629 (122)507 
Voice and Other1,943 (279)1,664 
Total Wholesale Revenue4,079 (569)3,510 
Business Segment by Product Category
Compute and Application Services1,735 (533)1,202 
IP and Data Services6,566 — 6,566 
Fiber Infrastructure2,157 (285)1,872 
Voice and Other4,781 (281)4,500 
Total Business Segment Revenue15,239 (1,099)14,140 
Mass Markets Segment by Product Category
Consumer Broadband2,876 (215)2,661 
SBG Broadband163 (4)159 
Voice and Other2,688 (143)2,545 
CAF II492 (492)— 
Total Mass Markets Revenue6,219 (854)5,365 
Total Revenue$21,458 (1,953)19,505 
Timing of revenue
Goods and services transferred at a point in time$221 
Services performed over time19,284 
Total revenue from contracts with customers$19,505 
88


(1)Includes regulatory revenue and lease revenue from the leasing and subleasing of space.
(8)Includes retail video services (including our linear TV services), professional services and other ancillary services.
(9)Includes regulatory revenue, revenue from leasing arrangements and failed-sale-leaseback income in 2018, which are not within the scope of ASC 606.

Customer Receivables and Contract Balances

The following table provides balances of customer receivables, contract assets and contract liabilities, net of amounts reclassified as held for sale, as of December 31, 20202021 and December 31, 2019:2020:
December 31, 2020December 31, 2019December 31, 2021December 31, 2020
(Dollars in millions) (Dollars in millions)
Customer receivables(1)(2)
Customer receivables(1)(2)
$1,889 2,194 
Customer receivables(1)(2)
$1,493 1,889 
Contract assets(3)Contract assets(3)108 130 Contract assets(3)73 108 
Contract liabilities(4)Contract liabilities(4)950 1,028 Contract liabilities(4)680 950 

(1)Reflects gross customer receivables of $2.1$1.6 billion and $2.3$2.1 billion, net of allowance for credit losses of $174$102 million and $94$174 million, at December 31, 20202021 and December 31, 2019,2020, respectively.
(2)As of December 31, 2021, amount excludes customer receivables, net reclassified as held for sale of $288 million.
(3)As of December 31, 2021, amount excludes contract assets reclassified as held for sale of $9 million.
(4)As of December 31, 2021, amount excludes contract liabilities reclassified as held for sale of $161 million.

Contract liabilities are consideration we have received from our customers or billed in advance of providing goods or services promised in the future. We defer recognizing this consideration as revenue until we have satisfied the related performance obligation to the customer. Contract liabilities include recurring services billed one month in advance and installation and maintenance charges that are deferred and recognized over the actual or expected contract term, which typically ranges from one to five years depending on the service. Contract liabilities are included within deferred revenue in our consolidated balance sheet.sheets. During the years ended December 31, 20202021 and December 31, 2019,2020, we recognized $672$605 million and $630$672 million, respectively, of revenue that was included in contract liabilities of $950 million and $1.0 billion as of January 1, 20202021 and January 1, 2019,2020, respectively.

Performance Obligations

As of December 31, 2020,2021, our estimated revenue expected to be recognized in the future related to performance obligations associated with existing customer contracts that are partially or wholly unsatisfied is approximately $5.5$6.2 billion. We expect to recognize approximately 91%77% of this revenue through 2023,2024, with the balance recognized thereafter.

These amounts exclude (i) the value of unsatisfied performance obligations for contracts for which we recognize revenue at the amount to which we have the right to invoice for services performed (for example, uncommitted usage or non-recurring charges associated with professional or technical services to be completed), and (ii) contracts that are classified as leasing arrangements that are not subject to ASC 606.606 and (iii) the value of unsatisfied performance obligations for contracts which relate to our planned divestiture.

8489


Contract Costs

The following table providestables provide changes in our contract acquisition costs and fulfillment costs:
December 31, 2020December 31, 2021
Acquisition CostsFulfillment CostsAcquisition CostsFulfillment Costs
(Dollars in millions) (Dollars in millions)
Beginning of period balanceBeginning of period balance$326 221 Beginning of period balance$289 216 
Costs incurredCosts incurred181 141 Costs incurred176 151 
AmortizationAmortization(218)(146)Amortization(209)(149)
Reclassified as held for sale(1)
Reclassified as held for sale(1)
(34)(32)
End of period balanceEnd of period balance$289 216 End of period balance$222 186 

December 31, 2019December 31, 2020
Acquisition CostsFulfillment CostsAcquisition CostsFulfillment Costs
(Dollars in millions) (Dollars in millions)
Beginning of period balanceBeginning of period balance$322 187 Beginning of period balance$326 221 
Costs incurredCosts incurred208 158 Costs incurred181 141 
AmortizationAmortization(204)(124)Amortization(218)(146)
End of period balanceEnd of period balance$326 221 End of period balance$289 216 

(1)Represents the amounts reclassified as held for sale as of December 31, 2021 related to our planned divestitures. See Note 2—Planned Divestiture of the Latin American and ILEC Businesses.

Acquisition costs include commission fees paid to employees as a result of obtaining contracts. Fulfillment costs include third party and internal costs associated with the provision, installation and activation of telecommunications services to customers, including labor and materials consumed for these activities.

Deferred acquisition and fulfillment costs are amortized based on the transfer of services on a straight-line basis over the average customercontract life of approximately 30 months for consumermass markets customers and 29 months for business customers. Amortized fulfillment costs are included in cost of services and products and amortized acquisition costs are included in selling, general and administrative expenses in our consolidated statements of operations. The amount of these deferred costs that are anticipated to be amortized in the next 12 months are included in other current assets on our consolidated balance sheets. The amount of deferred costs expected to be amortized beyond the next twelve months is included in other non-current assets on our consolidated balance sheets. Deferred acquisition and fulfillment costs are assessed for impairment on an annual basis.

(4)(5)    Leases
Our financial position for reporting periods beginning on or after January 1, 2019 is presented under the new accounting guidance, while prior period amounts are not adjusted and continue to be reported in accordance with previous guidance, as discussed in Note 1— Background and Summary of Significant Accounting Policies.

We primarily lease to or from third parties various office facilities and colocation facilities, equipment and dark fiber. Leases with an initial term of 12 months or less are not recorded on theour consolidated balance sheet;sheets; we recognize lease expense for these leases on a straight-line basis over the lease term.

90


We determine if an arrangement is a lease at inception and whether that lease meets the classification criteria of a finance or operating lease. Lease-related assets, or right-of-use assets, are recognized at the lease commencement date at amounts equal to the respective lease liabilities. Lease-related liabilities are recognized at the present value of the remaining contractual fixed lease payments, discounted using our incremental borrowing rates. As part of the present value calculation for the lease liabilities, we use an incremental borrowing rate as the rates implicit in the leases are not readily determinable. The incremental borrowing rates used for lease accounting are based on our unsecured rates, adjusted to approximate the rates at which we could borrow on a collateralized basis over a term similar to the recognized lease term. We apply the incremental borrowing rates to lease components using a portfolio approach based upon the length of the lease term and the reporting entity in which the
85


lease resides. Operating lease expense is recognized on a straight-line basis over the lease term, while variable lease payments are expensed as incurred. Operating lease assets are included in other, net under goodwill and other assets on our consolidated balance sheets. Noncurrent operating lease liabilities are included in other under deferred credits and other liabilities on our consolidated balance sheets.

Some of our lease arrangements contain lease components, non-lease components (including common-area maintenance costs) and executory costs (including real estate taxes and insurance costs). We generally account for each component separately based on the estimated standalone price of each component. For colocation leases, we account for the lease and non-lease components as a single lease component.

Many of our lease agreements contain renewal options; however, we do not recognize right-of-use assets or lease liabilities for renewal periods unless it is determinedwe determine that we are reasonably certain of renewing the lease at inception or when a triggering event occurs.lease. Certain leases also include options to purchase the leased property. The depreciable life of assets and leasehold improvements are limited by the expected lease term, unless there is a transfer of title or purchase option reasonably certain to be exercised. Our lease agreements do not contain any material residual value guarantees or material restrictive covenants.

Lease expense consisted of the following:
Years Ended December 31,Years Ended December 31,
2020201920212020
(Dollars in millions)(Dollars in millions)
Operating and short-term lease costOperating and short-term lease cost$729 677 Operating and short-term lease cost$535 729 
Finance lease cost:Finance lease cost:Finance lease cost:
Amortization of right-of-use assets Amortization of right-of-use assets36 44 Amortization of right-of-use assets37 36 
Interest on lease liability Interest on lease liability12 12 Interest on lease liability16 12 
Total finance lease costTotal finance lease cost48 56 Total finance lease cost53 48 
Total lease costTotal lease cost$777 733 Total lease cost$588 777 
Lumen Technologies leases
We primarily lease various equipment, office facilities, retail outlets, switching facilities and other network sites. These leases, with few exceptions, provide for renewal options and escalations that are either fixed or based on the consumer price index. Any rent abatements, along with rent escalations, are included in the computation of rent expense calculated on a straight-line basis over the lease term. The lease term for most leases includes the initial non-cancelable term plus any term under renewal options that we believe are reasonably assured.

During the years ended December 31, 2021 and 2020, we rationalized our lease footprint and ceased using 23 and 16 underutilized leased property locations, respectively. We determined that we no longer needed the leased space and, due to the limited remaining term on the contracts, concluded that we had neither the intent nor ability to sublease the properties. For the years ended December 31, 2021 and 2020, 2019we incurred accelerated lease costs of approximately $35 million and 2018,$41 million, respectively. In conjunction with our plans to continue to reduce costs, we expect to continue our real estate rationalization efforts and may incur additional accelerated lease costs in future periods.

For the years ended December 31, 2021, 2020 and 2019, our gross rental expense, including the accelerated lease costs discussed above, was $588 million, $777 million $733 million and $875$733 million, respectively. We also received sublease rental income for the years ended December 31, 2021, 2020 2019 and 20182019 of $25 million, $24$25 million and $21$24 million, respectively.

8691



Supplemental consolidated balance sheet information and other information related to leases:leases is included below:
As of December 31,As of December 31,
Leases (Dollars in millions)Leases (Dollars in millions)Classification on the Balance Sheet20202019Leases (Dollars in millions)Classification on the Balance Sheet20212020
AssetsAssetsAssets
Operating lease assetsOperating lease assetsOther, net$1,699 1,686 Operating lease assetsOther, net$1,451 1,699 
Finance lease assetsFinance lease assetsProperty, plant and equipment, net of accumulated depreciation329 252 Finance lease assetsProperty, plant and equipment, net of accumulated depreciation314 329 
Total leased assetsTotal leased assets$2,028 1,938 Total leased assets$1,765 2,028 
LiabilitiesLiabilitiesLiabilities
CurrentCurrentCurrent
Operating OperatingCurrent operating lease liabilities$379 416 OperatingCurrent operating lease liabilities$385 379 
Finance FinanceCurrent maturities of long-term debt26 35 FinanceCurrent maturities of long-term debt19 26 
NoncurrentNoncurrentNoncurrent
Operating OperatingOther1,405 1,342 OperatingOther1,171 1,405 
Finance FinanceLong-term debt267 185 FinanceLong-term debt251 267 
Total lease liabilitiesTotal lease liabilities$2,077 1,978 Total lease liabilities$1,826 2,077 
Weighted-average remaining lease term (years)Weighted-average remaining lease term (years)Weighted-average remaining lease term (years)
Operating leases Operating leases6.77.2Operating leases6.86.7
Finance leases Finance leases12.111.3Finance leases13.112.1
Weighted-average discount rateWeighted-average discount rateWeighted-average discount rate
Operating leases Operating leases6.01 %6.46 %Operating leases5.54 %6.01 %
Finance leases Finance leases4.94 %5.47 %Finance leases4.89 %4.94 %

At December 31, 2021, we classified certain operating and finance lease assets and liabilities as held for sale and discontinued recording amortization on the related right-of-use assets on the Latin American and ILEC businesses. See Note 2—Planned Divestiture of the Latin American and ILEC Businesses for more information.

Supplemental consolidated cash flow statement information related to leases:leases is included below:
Years Ended December 31,Years Ended December 31,
2020201920212020
(Dollars in millions)(Dollars in millions)
Cash paid for amounts included in the measurement of lease liabilities:Cash paid for amounts included in the measurement of lease liabilities:Cash paid for amounts included in the measurement of lease liabilities:
Operating cash flows for operating leases Operating cash flows for operating leases$566 665 Operating cash flows for operating leases$525 566 
Operating cash flows for finance leases Operating cash flows for finance leases14 14 Operating cash flows for finance leases15 14 
Financing cash flows for finance leases Financing cash flows for finance leases40 32 Financing cash flows for finance leases52 40 
Supplemental lease cash flow disclosures
Supplemental lease cash flow disclosures:Supplemental lease cash flow disclosures:
Operating lease right-of-use assets obtained in exchange for new operating lease liabilitiesOperating lease right-of-use assets obtained in exchange for new operating lease liabilities$375 358 Operating lease right-of-use assets obtained in exchange for new operating lease liabilities$165 375 
Right-of-use assets obtained in exchange for new finance lease liabilities Right-of-use assets obtained in exchange for new finance lease liabilities124 14 Right-of-use assets obtained in exchange for new finance lease liabilities94 124 
8792



As of December 31, 2020,2021, maturities of lease liabilities were as follows:
Operating LeasesFinance Leases Operating LeasesFinance Leases
(Dollars in millions) (Dollars in millions)
2021$469 40 
20222022411 32 2022$457 33 
20232023331 29 2023355 28 
20242024232 28 2024253 28 
20252025177 29 2025198 28 
20262026149 28 
ThereafterThereafter592 240 Thereafter490 223 
Total lease paymentsTotal lease payments2,212 398 Total lease payments1,902 368 
Less: interest Less: interest(428)(105)Less: interest(346)(98)
TotalTotal1,784 293 Total1,556 270 
Less: current portionLess: current portion(379)(26)Less: current portion(385)(19)
Long-term portionLong-term portion$1,405 267 Long-term portion$1,171 251 

As of December 31, 2020,2021, we had 0 material operating orentered into a $15 million finance leases that had not yet commenced.lease with a deferred commencement date.

Operating Lease Income

Lumen Technologies leases various dark fiber, office facilities, colocation facilities, switching facilities, other network sites and service equipment to third parties under operating leases. Lease and sublease income are included in operating revenue in the consolidated statements of operations.

For the years ended December 31, 2021, 2020 2019 and 2018,2019, our gross rental income was $1.2 billion, $1.3 billion and $1.4 billion, and $882 million, respectively, which represents 6%, 7%6% and 4%7% respectively, of our operating revenue for the years ended December 31, 2021, 2020 2019 and 2018.2019.

(5)(6)    Credit Losses on Financial Instruments

In accordance with ASC 326, "Financial Instruments - Credit Losses", we aggregate financial assets with similar risk characteristics to align our expected credit losses with the credit quality or deterioration over the life of such assets. We periodically monitor certain risk characteristics within our aggregated financial assets and revise their composition accordingly, to the extent internal and external risk factors change each reporting period.change. Financial assets that do not share risk characteristics with other financial assets are evaluated separately. Our financial assets measured at amortized cost primarily consist of accounts receivable.

In developing our accounts receivable portfolio, we pooled certain assets with similar credit risk characteristics based on the nature of our customers, their industry, policies used to grant credit terms and their historical and expected credit loss patterns. We grouped assets from our International and Global Accounts, Enterprise, Small and Medium Business and Wholesale segments into the Business portfolio in the below table.

Prior to the adoption of the new credit loss standard, the allowance for doubtful accounts receivable reflected our best estimate of probable losses inherent in our receivable portfolio determined based on historical experience, specific allowances for known troubled accounts, and other currently available evidence.

We implemented the new standard effective January 1, 2020, usinguse a loss rate method to estimate our allowance for credit losses. Our determination of the current expected credit loss rate begins with our usereview of historical loss experience as a percentage of accounts receivable. We measure our historical loss period based on the average days to recognize accounts receivable as credit losses. When asset specific characteristics and current conditions change from those in the historical period, due to changes in our credit and collections strategy, certain classes of aged balances, or credit loss and recovery policies, we perform a qualitative and quantitative assessment to adjust our historical loss rate. We use regression analysis to develop an expected loss rate using historical experience and economic data over a forecast period. We measure our forecast period based on the average days
88


to collect payment on billed accounts receivable. To determine our current allowance for credit losses, we combine the historical and expected credit loss rates and apply them to our period end accounts receivable.

If there is aan unexpected deterioration of a customer's financial condition or if future default ratesan unexpected change in general differ from currently anticipated default rateseconomic conditions (including changes caused by COVID-19)COVID-19 or other macroeconomic events), we mayassess the need to adjust the allowance for credit losses, whichlosses. Any such resulting adjustments would affect earnings in the period that adjustments are made.

93


The assessment of the correlation between historical observed default rates, current conditions and forecasted economic conditions requires judgment. Alternative interpretations of these factors could have resulted in different conclusions regarding the allowance for credit losses. The amount of credit loss is sensitive to changes in circumstances and forecasted economic conditions. Our historical credit loss experience, current conditions and forecast of economic conditions may also not be representative of the customers' actual default experience in the future.future, and we may use methodologies that differ from those used by other companies.

In conjunction with our January 2021 internal reorganization, as referenced in Note 17—Segment Information, we pooled certain assets with similar credit risk characteristics based on the nature of our customers, their industry, policies used to grant credit terms and their historical and expected credit loss patterns. Additionally, we reassessed our historical loss period for the segment portfolio reorganization.

The following table presentstables present the activity of our allowance for credit losses by accounts receivable portfolio:portfolio for the years ended December 31, 2021 and December 31, 2020:

BusinessConsumerTotal
(Dollars in millions)
Beginning balance at January 1, 2020 (1)
$58 37 95 
Provision for expected losses115 74 189 
Write-offs charged against the allowance(74)(59)(133)
Recoveries collected24 18 42 
Foreign currency exchange rate changes adjustment(2)(2)
Ending balance at December 31, 2020$121 70 191 
______________________________________________________________________ 
BusinessMass MarketsTotal
(Dollars in millions)
Beginning balance at January 1, 2021(1)
$109 82 191 
Provision for expected losses50 55 105 
Write-offs charged against the allowance(76)(101)(177)
Recoveries collected13 19 
Reclassified as held for sale(2)
(8)(16)(24)
Ending balance at December 31, 2021$88 26 114 

BusinessConsumerTotal
(Dollars in millions)
Beginning balance at January 1, 2020(3)
$58 37 95 
Provision for expected losses115 74 189 
Write-offs charged against the allowance(74)(59)(133)
Recoveries collected24 18 42 
Foreign currency exchange rate changes adjustment(2)— (2)
Balance at December 31, 2020$121 70 191 

(1)As described in Note 17—Segment Information, we completed an internal reorganization in January 2021. As a result of this change, allowance for credit losses previously included in the Consumer and Business portfolio of $70 million related to consumer and $12 million related to our small business group, respectively, were reclassified to the Mass Markets allowance for credit losses on January 1, 2021.
(2)Represents the amounts reclassified as held for sale related to our pending divestitures. See Note 2—Planned Divestiture of the Latin American and ILEC Businesses.
(3)The beginning balance for the year ended December 31, 2020 includes the cumulative effect of $11 million for the adoption of the new credit loss standard.

For the year ended December 31, 2021, we decreased our allowance for credit losses for our business and mass markets accounts receivable portfolios primarily due to higher write-off activity during 2021, along with the easing of prior delays due to COVID-19 related restrictions from 2020 and lower receivable balances.

For the year ended December 31, 2020, we increased our allowance for credit losses for our business and consumer accounts receivable portfolios due to an increase during the period in historical and expected loss experience in certain classes of aged balances, which we believe were predominantly attributable to the COVID-19 induced economic slowdown. We believe that decreasedDecreased write-offs (net of recoveries) were driven by COVID-19 regulations and programs, havewhich further contributed to anthe increase in our allowance for credit losses.

losses for the year ended December 31, 2020.
8994


(6)(7)    Long-Term Debt and Credit Facilities

The following chart reflects the consolidated long-term debt of Lumen Technologies, Inc. and its subsidiaries as of the dates indicated below, including unamortized discounts and premiums and unamortized debt issuance costs, but excluding intercompany debt:
  As of December 31,   As of December 31,
Interest Rates(1)
Maturities(1)
20202019
Interest Rates(1)
Maturities(1)
20212020
  (Dollars in millions)   (Dollars in millions)
Senior Secured Debt: (2)
Senior Secured Debt: (2)
Senior Secured Debt: (2)
Lumen Technologies    
Lumen Technologies, Inc.Lumen Technologies, Inc.    
Revolving Credit Facility (3)
Revolving Credit Facility (3)
LIBOR + 2.00%2025$150 250 
Revolving Credit Facility (3)
LIBOR + 2.00%2025$200 150 
Term Loan A (4)(3)
Term Loan A (4)(3)
LIBOR + 2.00%20251,108 1,536 
Term Loan A (4)(3)
LIBOR + 2.00%20251,050 1,108 
Term Loan A-1 (4)(3)
Term Loan A-1 (4)(3)
LIBOR + 2.00%2025316 333 
Term Loan A-1 (4)(3)
LIBOR + 2.00%2025300 316 
Term Loan B (5)(4)
Term Loan B (5)(4)
LIBOR + 2.25%20274,950 5,880 
Term Loan B (5)(4)
LIBOR + 2.25%20274,900 4,950 
Senior notesSenior notes4.000%20271,250 Senior notes4.000%20271,250 1,250 
Subsidiaries:Subsidiaries:Subsidiaries:
Level 3 Financing, Inc.Level 3 Financing, Inc.Level 3 Financing, Inc.
Tranche B 2027 Term Loan (6)(5)
Tranche B 2027 Term Loan (6)(5)
LIBOR + 1.75%20273,111 3,111 
Tranche B 2027 Term Loan (6)(5)
LIBOR + 1.75%20273,111 3,111 
Senior notesSenior notes3.400% - 3.875%2027 - 20291,500 1,500 Senior notes3.400% - 3.875%2027 - 20291,500 1,500 
Embarq Corporation subsidiariesEmbarq Corporation subsidiariesEmbarq Corporation subsidiaries
First mortgage bondsFirst mortgage bonds7.125% - 8.375%2023 - 2025138 138 First mortgage bonds7.125% - 8.375%2023 - 2025138 138 
Senior Notes and Other Debt:Senior Notes and Other Debt:Senior Notes and Other Debt:
Lumen Technologies
Lumen Technologies, Inc.Lumen Technologies, Inc.
Senior notesSenior notes4.500% - 7.650%2021 - 20428,645 8,696 Senior notes4.500% - 7.650%2022 - 20428,414 8,645 
Subsidiaries:Subsidiaries:    Subsidiaries:   
Level 3 Financing, Inc.Level 3 Financing, Inc.Level 3 Financing, Inc.
Senior notesSenior notes3.625% - 5.375%2024 - 20295,515 5,515 Senior notes3.625% - 5.375%2025 - 20295,515 5,515 
Qwest CorporationQwest CorporationQwest Corporation
Senior notesSenior notes6.500% - 7.750%2021 - 20573,170 5,956 Senior notes6.500% - 7.750%2025 - 20571,986 3,170 
Term loan (7)(6)
Term loan (7)(6)
LIBOR + 2.00%2027215 100 
Term loan (7)(6)
LIBOR + 2.00%2027215 215 
Qwest Capital Funding, Inc.Qwest Capital Funding, Inc.Qwest Capital Funding, Inc.
Senior notesSenior notes6.875% - 7.750%2021 - 2031352 352 Senior notes6.875% - 7.750%2028 - 2031255 352 
Embarq Corporation and subsidiaryEmbarq Corporation and subsidiaryEmbarq Corporation and subsidiary
Senior note7.995%20361,437 1,450 
Senior notes(7)
Senior notes(7)
7.995%2036— 1,437 
Finance lease and other obligationsFinance lease and other obligationsVariousVarious295 222 Finance lease and other obligationsVariousVarious347 295 
Unamortized discounts, net  (78)(52)
Unamortized premiums (discounts), netUnamortized premiums (discounts), net  21 (78)
Unamortized debt issuance costsUnamortized debt issuance costs(237)(293)Unamortized debt issuance costs(220)(237)
Total long-term debtTotal long-term debt  31,837 34,694 Total long-term debt  28,982 31,837 
Less current maturitiesLess current maturities  (2,427)(2,300)Less current maturities  (1,554)(2,427)
Long-term debt, excluding current maturitiesLong-term debt, excluding current maturities  $29,410 32,394 Long-term debt, excluding current maturities  $27,428 29,410 

(1)As of December 31, 2020.2021.
(2)See the remainder of this Note for a description of certain parent or subsidiary guarantees and liens securing this debt.
(3)Lumen's credit agreement was amended as noted below, extending the maturity date of its (a) Term Loan A, Term Loan A-1 and Revolving Credit Facilities from 2022 to 2025 and (b) Term Loan B from 2025 to 2027.
(4)Term Loans A and A-1 had interest rates of 2.147%2.104% and 4.459%2.147% as of December 31, 20202021 and December 31, 2019,2020, respectively.
90


(5)(4)Term Loan B had interest rates of 2.397%2.354% and 4.549%2.397% as of December 31, 20202021 and December 31, 2019,2020, respectively.
(6)(5)The Level 3 Tranche B 2027 Term Loan had interest rates of 1.897%1.854% and 3.549%1.897% as of December 31, 20202021 and December 31, 2019,2020, respectively.
95

(7)
(6)The Qwest Corporation'sCorporation Term Loan had interest rates of 2.150%2.110% and 3.800%2.150% as of December 31, 20202021 and December 31, 2019,2020, respectively.
(7)As of December 31, 2021, the Embarq Senior notes have been reclassified as held for sale. See Note 2—Planned Divestiture of the Latin American and ILEC Businesses for more information.

Long-Term Debt Maturities

Set forth below is the aggregate principal amount of our long-term debt as of December 31, 20202021 (excluding unamortized discounts,premiums (discounts), net, and unamortized debt issuance costs)costs and intercompany debt) maturing during the following years:years. As a result of reclassifying our Latin American and ILEC businesses as being held for sale on our December 31, 2021 consolidated balance sheet, the amounts presented below do not include maturities of the debt obligations of those businesses. See Note 2—Planned Divestiture of the Latin American and ILEC Businesses for more information.
(Dollars in millions)
(Dollars in millions)(1)
2021$2,427 
202220221,544 2022$1,554 
20232023966 2023977 
202420242,043 20241,158 
202520253,057 20253,127 
2026 and thereafter22,115 
202620262,062 
2027 and thereafter2027 and thereafter20,303 
Total long-term debtTotal long-term debt$32,152 Total long-term debt$29,181 
______________________________________________________________________ 
(1)As of December 31, 2021, these amounts exclude $1.5 billion of debt and finance lease obligations that have been reclassified as held for sale. See Note 2—Planned Divestiture of the Latin American and ILEC Businesses for more information.

Debt of Lumen Technologies, Inc. and its Subsidiaries

At December 31, 2020,2021, most of our outstanding consolidated debt had been incurred by Lumen Technologies, Inc. or one of the following four other primary borrowers or “borrowing groups,” each of which has borrowed funds either on a standalone basis or as part of a separate restricted group with certain of its subsidiaries:

Level 3 Financing, Inc., including its parent guarantor Level 3 Parent, LLC, and one or more subsidiary guarantors;

Qwest Corporation;

Qwest Capital Funding, Inc., including its parent guarantor, Qwest Communications International Inc.; and

Embarq Corporation; and

Level 3 Financing, Inc., including its parent guarantor Level 3 Parent, LLC, and one or more subsidiary guarantors.Corporation.

Each of these borrowers or borrowing groups has entered into one or more credit agreements with certain financial institutions or other institutional lenders, or issued senior notes. Certain of these debt instruments are described further below.

96


Amended and Restated Credit Agreement

On January 31, 2020, we amended and restated our credit agreement dated June 19, 2017 (as so amended and restated, the "Amended Credit Agreement"). At December 31, 2020,2021, the Amended Credit Agreement consisted of the following facilities:

a $2.2 billion senior secured revolving credit facility (“the Revolving Credit Facility”);

a $1.108$1.05 billion senior secured Term Loan A credit facility;

a $316$300 million senior secured Term Loan A-1 credit facility with CoBank, ACB; and

a $4.95$4.9 billion senior secured Term Loan “B” credit facility (the term loan facilities and the Revolving Credit Facility being referred to collectively as the "Amended Secured Credit Facilities").

91


Loans under the Term Loan A and A-1 facilities and the Revolving Credit Facility bear interest at a rate equal to, at our option, the Eurodollar rate or the alternative base rate (each as defined in the Amended Credit Agreement) plus an applicable margin between 1.50% to 2.25% per annum for Eurodollar loans and 0.50% to 1.25% per annum for alternative base rate loans, depending on our then current total leverage ratio. Loans under the Term Loan B facility bear interest at the Eurodollar rate plus 2.25% per annum or the alternative base rate plus 1.25% per annum. Loans under each of the term loan facilities require certain specified quarterly amortization payments and certain specified mandatory prepayments in connection with certain asset sales and debt issuances and out of excess cash flow, among other things, subject in each case to certain significant exceptions.

Borrowings under the Revolving Credit Facility and the Term Loan A and A-1 facilities mature on January 31, 2025. Borrowings under the Term Loan B facility mature on March 15, 2027.

All of Lumen's obligations under the Amended Secured Credit Facilities are guaranteed by certain of its subsidiaries. The guarantees by certain of those guarantors are secured by a first priority security interest in substantially all assets (including certain subsidiaries stock) directly owned by them, subject to certain exceptions and limitations.

A portion of the Revolving Credit Facility in an amount not to exceed $250 million is available for swingline loans, and a portion in an amount not to exceed $800 million is available for the issuance of letters of credit.

Lumen Technologies is permitted under the Amended Credit Agreement to request certain incremental borrowings subject to the satisfaction of various conditions and to certain other limitations. Any incremental borrowings would be subject to the same terms and conditions under the Amended Credit Agreement.

The above described January 2020 amendments and related refinancing transactions discussed under "—Repayments" below resulted in an aggregate net loss of $67 million from modification and extinguishment of the debt.

Term Loans and Certain Other Debt of Subsidiaries

Qwest Corporation

On October 23, 2020, Qwest Corporation borrowed $215 million under a variable-rate term loan with CoBank ACB and used the resulting net proceeds to pay off its previous $100 million term loan with CoBank ACB. Additionally, on October 26, 2020, Qwest Corporation used the remaining net proceeds to partially facilitate the redemption of the remaining $160 million aggregate principal amount of its outstanding 6.625% Notes due 2055. The outstanding unpaid principal amount of this new term loan plus any accrued and unpaid interest is due on October 23, 2027. Interest is paid at least quarterly based upon either the London Interbank Offered Rate ("LIBOR") or the base rate (as defined in the credit agreement) plus an applicable margin between 1.50% to 2.25%2.50% per annum for LIBOR loans and 0.50% to 1.25%1.50% per annum for base rate loans depending on Qwest Corporation's then current senior unsecured long-term debt rating. At December 31, 2020 and 2019, the outstanding principal balance owed under the new term loan and its predecessor was $215 million and $100 million, respectively.

97


Level 3 Financing, Inc.

At December 31, 2020,2021, Level 3 Financing, Inc. owed $3.111 billion under a senior secured Tranche B 2027 Term Loan, which matures on March 1, 2027. The Tranche B 2027 Term Loan carries an interest rate, in the case of base rate borrowings, equal to (i) the greater of the Prime Rate, the Federal Funds Effective Rate plus 50 basis points, or LIBOR plus 100 basis points (with all such terms and calculations as defined or further specified in the credit agreement) plus (ii) 0.75% per annum. Any Eurodollar borrowings under the Tranche B 2027 Term Loan bear interest at LIBOR plus 1.75% per annum.

The Tranche B 2027 Term Loan requires certain specified mandatory prepayments in connection with certain asset sales and other transactions, subject to certain significant exceptions. The obligations of Level 3 Financing, Inc. under the Tranche B 2027 Term Loan are, subject to certain exceptions, secured by certain assets of Level 3 Parent, LLC and certain of its material domestic telecommunication subsidiaries. Also, Level 3 Parent, LLC and certain of its subsidiaries have guaranteed the obligations of Level 3 Financing, Inc. under the Tranche B 2027 Term Loan.

92


The net proceeds from the Tranche B 2027 Term Loan, together with the net proceeds from a concurrent offering of senior secured notes of Level 3 Financing, Inc., were used to pre-pay in full Level 3 Financing's predecessor Tranche B 2024 Term Loan.

Embarq Subsidiaries

At December 31, 20202021 and 2019,2020, one of our Embarq subsidiaries had outstanding first mortgage bonds. These first mortgage bonds are secured by substantially all of the property, plant and equipment of the issuing subsidiary.

Revolving Letters of Credit

We use various financial instruments in the normal course of business. These instruments include letters of credit, which are conditional commitments issued on our behalf in accordance with specified terms and conditions. Lumen Technologies maintains an uncommitted $225 million revolving letter of credit facility separate from the letter of credit facility included in the AmendedRevolving Credit Facility noted above. Letters of credit issued under this uncommitted facility are backed by credit enhancements in the form of secured guarantees issued by certain of our subsidiaries. As of December 31, 20202021 and 2019,2020, our outstanding letters of credit under this credit facility totaled $88 million and $97 million, respectively, and $82 million, respectively.we had no letters of credit outstanding under our Revolving Credit Facility.

As of December 31, 2021, Level 3 Parent, LLC had outstanding letters of credit or other similar obligations of approximately $9 million, of which $5 million was collateralized by cash that is reflected on the consolidated balance sheet as restricted cash. As of December 31, 2020, Level 3 Parent, LLC had outstanding letters of credit or other similar obligations of approximately $18 million of which $11 million was collateralized by cash that is reflected on the consolidated balance sheetssheet as restricted cash. AsNone of December 31, 2019, Level 3 Parent, LLC hadour conditional commitments under our outstanding letters of credit or other similar obligations of approximately $23 million of which $18 million was collateralized by cash that isare reflected as debt on the consolidatedour balance sheets as restricted cash.sheets.
98


Senior Notes

Lumen's consolidated indebtedness at December 31, 20202021 included (i) senior secured notes issued by Lumen Technologies, Inc. and Level 3 Financing, Inc. and (ii) senior unsecured notes issued by Lumen Technologies, Inc., Level 3 Financing, Inc., Qwest Corporation, Qwest Capital Funding, Inc. and Embarq Corporation. All of these notes carry fixed interest rates and all principal is due on the notes’ respective maturity dates, which rates and maturity dates are summarized in the table above. The Lumen Technologies, Inc. secured senior notes are guaranteed by the same domestic subsidiaries that guarantee the Amended Credit Agreement. The senior notes issued by Level 3 Financing, Inc. are guaranteed by its parent, Level 3 Parent, LLC and one or more of its affiliates. The senior notes issued by Qwest Capital Funding, Inc. are guaranteed by its parent, Qwest Communications International Inc. Except for a limited number of senior notes issued by Qwest Corporation, the issuer generally can redeem the notes, at its option, in whole or in part, (i) pursuant to a fixed schedule of pre-established redemption prices, (ii) pursuant to a “make whole” redemption price or (iii) under certain other specified limited conditions. Under certain circumstances in connection with a “change of control” of Lumen Technologies, it will be required to make an offer to repurchase each series of these senior notes (other than two of its older series of notes) at a price of 101% of the principal amount redeemed, plus accrued and unpaid interest. Also, under certain circumstances in connection with a "change of control" of Level 3 Parent, LLC or Level 3 Financing, Inc., Level 3 Financing will be required to make an offer to repurchase each series of its outstanding senior notes at a price of 101% of the principal amount redeemed, plus accrued and unpaid interest.

Repayments

2021

During 2021, Lumen Technologies and its affiliates redeemed approximately $1.1 billion of their respective debt obligations, which primarily included a $900 million redemption of Level 3 Financing, Inc. senior notes and a $235 million redemption of Qwest Corporation senior notes. These transactions resulted in a net gain of $8 million.

Additionally, during 2021, Lumen Technologies (i) repaid at maturity approximately $2.8 billion of its consolidated debt obligations, which primarily included a $1.2 billion repayment at maturity of Lumen senior unsecured notes, a $97 million repayment at maturity of Qwest Capital Funding, Inc. senior notes and a $950 million repayment at maturity of Qwest Corporation senior notes, (ii) made $125 million of scheduled amortization payments under our term loans and (iii) made payments on its Revolving Credit Facility.

2020

During 2020, Lumen Technologies and its affiliates redeemed approximately $6.2 billion of their respective debt obligations, which primarily included $1.3 billion of Lumen Technologies credit agreement debt, $2.8 billion of Qwest Corporation senior notes, $78 million of Lumen Technologies senior notes and $2.0 billion of Level 3 Financing, Inc. senior notes. These transactions resulted in a net loss of $109 million, including the $67 million loss resulting from the modification of the Amended Credit Agreement discussed above.

Additionally, during 2020, Lumen Technologies (i) repaid at maturity $973 million aggregate principal amount of its outstanding senior notes and (ii) made $125 million of scheduled amortization payments under our term loans.

New Issuances

2021

On June 15, 2021, Lumen Technologies, Inc. issued $1.0 billion aggregate principal amount of 5.375% Senior Notes due 2029 (the "2029 Notes"). The net proceeds were used, together with cash on hand, to repay at maturity our outstanding $1.2 billion 6.450% Senior Notes, Series S, due 2021.

On January 13, 2021, Level 3 Financing, Inc. issued $900 million aggregate principal amount of 3.750% Sustainability-Linked Senior Notes due 2029 (the "Sustainability-Linked Notes"). The net proceeds were used, together with cash on hand, to redeem $900 million of our outstanding senior note indebtedness. The Sustainability-Linked Notes are guaranteed by Level 3 Parent, LLC and Level 3 Communications, LLC.

99


2020

On November 27, 2020, Lumen Technologies, Inc. issued $1.0 billion of 4.500% Senior Notes due 2029. The proceeds from this offering were used to redeem outstanding senior notes of Qwest Corporation and reduce borrowings under the Revolving Credit Facility.

On August 12, 2020, Level 3 Financing, Inc., issued $840 million aggregate principal amount of its 3.625% Senior Notes due 2029 (the "2029 Notes"). Level 3 Financing, Inc. used the net proceeds from this offering to redeem certain of its outstanding senior note indebtedness. The 2029 Notes are guaranteed by Level 3 Parent, LLC and Level 3 Communications, LLC.

93


On June 15, 2020, Level 3 Financing, Inc., issued $1.2 billion aggregate principal amount of its 4.250% Senior Notes due 2028 (the "2028 Notes"). Level 3 Financing, Inc. used the net proceeds from this offering to redeem certain of its outstanding senior note indebtedness. The 2028 Notes are guaranteed by Level 3 Parent, LLC and Level 3 Communications, LLC.

On January 24, 2020, Lumen Technologies, Inc. issued $1.25 billion aggregate principal amount of its 4.000% Senior Secured Notes due 2027 (the “2027 Notes”). Lumen Technologies, Inc. used the net proceeds from this offering to repay a portion of the outstanding indebtedness under its Term Loan B facility. The 2027 Notes are guaranteed by each of Lumen’s domestic subsidiaries that guarantees Lumen's Amended Credit Agreement, subject to various exceptions and limitations. While the 2027 Notes are not secured by any of the assets of Lumen Technologies, Inc., certain of the note guarantees are secured by a first priority security interest in substantially all of the assets of such guarantors (including the stock of certain of their respective subsidiaries), which assets also secure obligations under the Amended Credit Agreement on a pari passu basis.

On December 16, 2019, Lumen Technologies issued $1.25 billion of 5.125% Senior Notes due 2026. The proceeds from the offering were primarily used to fully redeem on January 15, 2020 the $1.1 billion of senior notes of Qwest Corporation.

On November 29, 2019, Level 3 Financing, Inc. issued $750 million of 3.400% Senior Secured Notes due 2027 and $750 million of 3.875% Senior Secured Notes due 2029. The proceeds from the offering together with cash on hand were primarily used to redeem a portion of the $4.611 billion Tranche B 2024 Term Loan that was repaid on November 29, 2019. On November 29, 2019, Level 3 Financing, Inc. entered into an amendment to its credit agreement to incur $3.111 billion in aggregate borrowings under the agreement through the Tranche B 2027 Term Loan discussed above.

On September 25, 2019, Level 3 Financing, Inc. issued $1.0 billion of 4.625% Senior Notes due 2027. The proceeds from the offering together with cash on hand were used to redeem $600 million outstanding principal amount of Level 3 Parent, LLC's senior notes and $400 million Level 3 Financing, Inc.'s senior notes.

Repayments

2020

During 2020, Lumen Technologies and its affiliates repurchased approximately $6.2 billion of their respective debt securities, which primarily included $1.3 billion of Lumen Technologies credit agreement debt, $2.8 billion of Qwest Corporation senior notes, $78 million of Lumen Technologies senior notes and $2.0 billion of Level 3 Financing, Inc. senior notes, which resulted in a loss of $109 million, including the $67 million loss resulting from the modification of the Amended Credit Agreement discussed above.

Additionally, during 2020, Lumen Technologies (i) paid at maturity $973 million aggregate principal amount of its outstanding senior notes and (ii) made $125 million of scheduled amortization payments under its term loans.

2019

During 2019, Lumen Technologies and its affiliates repurchased approximately $3.6 billion of their respective debt securities, which primarily included approximately $2.3 billion of Level 3 Financing, Inc. senior notes and term loan, $600 million of Level 3 Parent, LLC senior notes, $345 million of Qwest Capital Funding senior notes and $340 million of Lumen Technologies senior notes, which resulted in an aggregate net gain of $72 million. Additionally during 2019, Lumen paid $398 million of its maturing senior notes and $164 million of amortization payments under its term loans.
94



Interest Expense

Interest expense includes interest on total long-term debt. The following table presents the amount of gross interest expense, net of capitalized interest:
Years Ended December 31, Years Ended December 31,
202020192018 202120202019
(Dollars in millions) (Dollars in millions)
Interest expense:Interest expense:   Interest expense:   
Gross interest expenseGross interest expense$1,743 2,093 2,230 Gross interest expense$1,575 1,743 2,093 
Capitalized interestCapitalized interest(75)(72)(53)Capitalized interest(53)(75)(72)
Total interest expenseTotal interest expense$1,668 2,021 2,177 Total interest expense$1,522 1,668 2,021 

Covenants

Lumen Technologies, Inc.

With respect to the Term Loan A and A-1 facilities and the Revolving Credit Facility, the Amended Credit Agreement requires us to maintain (i) a maximum total leverage ratio of not more than 4.75 to 1.00 and (ii) a minimum consolidated interest coverage ratio of at least 2.00 to 1.00, with such ratios being determined and calculated in the manner described in the Amended Credit Agreement.

The Amended Secured Credit Facilities contain various representations and warranties and extensive affirmative and negative covenants. Such covenants include, among other things and subject to certain significant exceptions, restrictions on our ability to declare or pay dividends, repurchase stock, repay certain other indebtedness, create liens, incur additional indebtedness, make investments, engage in transactions with itsour affiliates, dispose of assets and merge or consolidate with any other person.

100


The senior unsecured notes of Lumen Technologies, Inc. were issued under four separate indentures. These indentures restrict our ability to (i) incur, issue or create liens upon the property of Lumen Technologies, Inc. and (ii) consolidate with or merge into, or transfer or lease all or substantially all of our assets to any other party. TheThese indentures do not contain any provisions that restrict the issuance of new securities in the event of a material adverse change to us. However, asThe senior secured notes of Lumen Technologies, Inc. were issued under a separate indenture that contains a more restrictive set of covenants. As indicated above under "Senior Notes", Lumen Technologies, Inc. will be required to offer to purchase certain of its long-term debt securities issued under its indentures under certain circumstances in connection with a "change of control" of Lumen Technologies.Technologies, Inc.

Level 3 Companies

The term loan, senior secured notes and senior unsecured notes of Level 3 Financing, Inc. contain various representations and extensive affirmative and negative covenants. Such covenants include, among other things and subject to certain significant exceptions, restrictions on their ability to declare or pay dividends, repay certain other indebtedness, create liens, incur additional indebtedness, make investments, engage in transactions with their affiliates, dispose of assets and merge or consolidate with any other person. Also, as indicated above under "Senior Notes", Level 3 Financing, Inc. will be required to offer to repurchase or repay certain of its long-term debt under certain circumstances in connection with a "change of control" of Level 3 Financing or Level 3 Parent, LLC.

Qwest Companies

Under its term loan, Qwest Corporation must maintain a debt to EBITDA (earnings before interest, taxes, depreciation and amortization) ratio of not more than 2.85 to 1.00, as determined and calculated in the manner described in the applicable term loan documentation. The term loan also contains a negative pledge covenant, which generally requires Qwest Corporation to secure equally and ratably any advances under the term loan if it pledges assets or permitpermits liens on its property for the benefit of other debtholders.

95


The senior notes of Qwest Corporation were issued under indentures dated April 15, 1990 and October 15, 1999. These indentures contain restrictions on the incurrence of liens and the consummation of certain transactions substantially similar to the above-described covenants in Lumen's indentures (but contain no mandatory repurchase provisions). The senior notes of Qwest Capital Funding, Inc. were issued under an indenture dated June 29, 1998 containing terms substantially similar to those set forth in Qwest Corporation's indentures.

Embarq

Embarq's senior note wasnotes (which, as indicated above, were classified as held for sale at December 31, 2021) were issued pursuant to an indenture dated as of May 17, 2006. While Embarq is generally prohibited from creating liens on its property unless its senior notes are secured equally and ratably, Embarq can create liens on its property without equally and ratably securing its senior notes so long as the sum of all indebtedness so secured does not exceed 15% of Embarq's consolidated net tangible assets. The indenture also contains restrictions on the consummation of certain transactions substantially similar to Lumen’s above-described covenants (but without mandatory repurchase provision), as well as certain customary covenants to maintain properties and pay all taxes and lawful claims.

Impact of Covenants

The debt covenants applicable to Lumen Technologies, Inc. and its subsidiaries could materially adversely affecthave a material adverse impact on their ability to operate or expand their respective businesses, to pursue strategic transactions, or to otherwise pursue their plans and strategies. The covenants of the Level 3 companies may significantly restrict the ability of Lumen Technologies, Inc. to receive cash from the Level 3 companies, to distribute cash from the Level 3 companies to other of Lumen’s affiliated entities, or to enter into other transactions among Lumen’s wholly-owned entities.

Certain of the debt instruments of Lumen Technologies, Inc. and its subsidiaries contain cross payment default or cross acceleration provisions. When present, these provisions could have a wider impact on liquidity than might otherwise arise from a default or acceleration of a single debt instrument.

101


The ability of Lumen Technologies, Inc. and its subsidiaries to comply with the financial covenants in their respective debt instruments could be adversely impacted by a wide variety of events, including unforeseen contingencies, many of which are beyond their control.

Compliance

AtAs of December 31, 2020,2021, Lumen Technologies, Inc. believes it and its subsidiaries were in compliance with the provisions and financial covenants contained in their respective material debt agreements in all material respects.

Guarantees

Lumen Technologies does not guarantee the debt of any unaffiliated parties, but, as noted above, as of December 31, 20202021 certain of its largest subsidiaries guaranteed (i) its debt and letters of credit outstanding under its Amended Secured Credit Agreement,Facilities, its senior secured notes and its $225 million letter of credit facility and (ii) the outstanding term loans or senior notes issued by certain other subsidiaries. As further noted above, several of the subsidiaries guaranteeing these obligations have pledged substantially all of their assets to secure their respective guarantees.

Subsequent Events

On January 13, 2021, Level 3 Financing, Inc. issued $900 million aggregate principal amount of 3.750% Sustainability-Linked Senior Notes due 2029 (the "Sustainability-Linked Notes"). The net proceeds were used, together with cash on hand, to redeem all $900 million aggregate principal amount of Level 3 Financing, Inc.'s outstanding 5.375% Senior Notes due 2024 (the "5.375% Notes") on February 12, 2021. Following this redemption there were no bonds outstanding for the 5.375% Notes. The Sustainability-Linked Notes are (i) guaranteed by Level 3 Parent, LLC and (ii) expected to be guaranteed by Level 3 Communications, LLC, upon the receipt of all requisite material governmental authorizations.

On February 16, 2021, Qwest Corporation fully redeemed all $235 million aggregate principal amount of its outstanding 7.000% Senior Notes due 2056.

96


(7)(8)    Accounts Receivable

The following table presents details of our accounts receivable balances:
As of December 31, As of December 31,
20202019 20212020
(Dollars in millions) (Dollars in millions)
Trade and purchased receivablesTrade and purchased receivables$1,717 1,971 Trade and purchased receivables$1,281 1,717 
Earned and unbilled receivablesEarned and unbilled receivables345 374 Earned and unbilled receivables315 345 
OtherOther91 20 Other62 91 
Total accounts receivableTotal accounts receivable2,153 2,365 Total accounts receivable1,658 2,153 
Less: allowance for credit lossesLess: allowance for credit losses(191)(106)Less: allowance for credit losses(114)(191)
Accounts receivable, less allowanceAccounts receivable, less allowance$1,962 2,259 Accounts receivable, less allowance$1,544 1,962 

We are exposed to concentrations of credit risk from our customers. We generally do not require collateral to secure our receivable balances. We have agreements with other communications service providers whereby we agree to bill and collect on their behalf for services rendered by those providers to our customers within our local service area. We purchase accounts receivable from other communications service providers primarily on a recourse basis and include these amounts in our accounts receivable balance. We have not experienced any significant loss associated with these purchased receivables.

The following table presents details of our allowance for credit losses accounts:
Beginning
Balance
AdditionsDeductionsEnding
Balance
Beginning
Balance
AdditionsDeductionsEnding
Balance
(Dollars in millions) (Dollars in millions)
20212021$191 105 (182)114 
2020(1)
2020(1)
$106 189 (104)191 
2020(1)
106 189 (104)191 
20192019142 145 (181)106 2019142 145 (181)106 
2018164 153 (175)142 

(1)On January 1, 2020, we adopted ASU 2016-13 "Measurement of Credit Losses on Financial Instruments" and recognized a cumulative adjustment to our accumulated deficit as of the date of adoption of $9 million, net of $2 million tax effect. This adjustment is included within "Deductions". Please refer to"Deductions." See Note 5 - 6—Credit Losses on Financial instrumentsInstruments for more information.

102
(8)


(9)    Property, Plant and Equipment

Net property, plant and equipment is composed of the following:
Depreciable
Lives
As of December 31, Depreciable
Lives
As of December 31,
20202019 20212020
 (Dollars in millions)  (Dollars in millions)
LandLandN/A$848 867 LandN/A$751 848 
Fiber, conduit and other outside plant(1)
Fiber, conduit and other outside plant(1)
15-45 years26,522 24,666 
Fiber, conduit and other outside plant(1)
15-45 years15,366 26,522 
Central office and other network electronics(2)
Central office and other network electronics(2)
3-10 years20,692 19,608 
Central office and other network electronics(2)
3-10 years15,394 20,692 
Support assets(3)
Support assets(3)
3-30 years8,261 7,984 
Support assets(3)
3-30 years7,181 8,261 
Construction in progress(4)
Construction in progress(4)
N/A1,611 2,300 
Construction in progress(4)
N/A1,474 1,611 
Gross property, plant and equipmentGross property, plant and equipment 57,934 55,425 Gross property, plant and equipment 40,166 57,934 
Accumulated depreciationAccumulated depreciation (31,596)(29,346)Accumulated depreciation (19,271)(31,596)
Net property, plant and equipmentNet property, plant and equipment $26,338 26,079 Net property, plant and equipment $20,895 26,338 

97


(1)Fiber, conduit and other outside plant consists of fiber and metallic cable, conduit, poles and other supporting structures. Fiber, conduit and other outside plant decreased as of December 31, 2021 compared to December 31, 2020 due to the retirement of a portion of our copper-based infrastructure being replaced with our Quantum Fiber infrastructure.
(2)Central office and other network electronics consists of circuit and packet switches, routers, transmission electronics and electronics providing service to customers.
(3)Support assets consist of buildings, cable landing stations, data centers, computers and other administrative and support equipment.
(4)Construction in progress includes inventory held for construction and property of the aforementioned categories that has not been placed in service as it is still under construction.

At December 31, 2021, we classified $5.1 billion of certain property, plant and equipment, net as held for sale and discontinued recording depreciation on these disposal groups. See Note 2—Planned Divestiture of the Latin American and ILEC Businesses for more information.

We recorded depreciation expense of $2.7 billion, $3.0 billion $3.1 billion and $3.3$3.1 billion for the years ended December 31, 2021, 2020 2019 and 2018,2019, respectively.

Asset Retirement Obligations

AtAs of December 31, 2021 and 2020, our asset retirement obligations balance was primarily related to estimated future costs of removing equipment from leased properties and estimated future costs of properly disposing of asbestos and other hazardous materials upon remodeling or demolishing buildings. Asset retirement obligations are included in other long-term liabilities on our consolidated balance sheets.

Our fair value estimates were determined using the discounted cash flow method.

103


The following table provides asset retirement obligation activity:
Years Ended December 31, Years Ended December 31,
202020192018 202120202019
(Dollars in millions) (Dollars in millions)
Balance at beginning of yearBalance at beginning of year$197 190 115 Balance at beginning of year$199 197 190 
Accretion expenseAccretion expense10 11 10 Accretion expense10 10 11 
Liabilities assumed in acquisition of Level 3(1)
58 
Liabilities settledLiabilities settled(8)(14)(14)Liabilities settled(13)(8)(14)
Change in estimateChange in estimate10 21 Change in estimate(2)— 10 
Reclassified as held for sale(1)
Reclassified as held for sale(1)
(12)— — 
Balance at end of yearBalance at end of year$199 197 190 Balance at end of year$182 199 197 

(1)The liabilities assumed during 2018 relateRepresents the amounts reclassified as held for sale related to purchase price adjustments duringour planned divestitures. See Note 2—Planned Divestiture of the year.Latin American and ILEC Businesses.

The 2019 and 2018 change2021 changes in estimates arereferred to in the table above were offset against gross property, plant and equipment.

(9)(10) Severance

Periodically, we reduce our workforce and accrue liabilities for the related severance costs. These workforce reductions result primarily from the progression or completion of our post-acquisition integration plans, increased competitive pressures, cost reduction initiatives, process improvements through automation and reduced workload demands due to reduced demand for certain services.

We report severance liabilities within accrued expenses and other liabilities - salaries and benefits in our consolidated balance sheets and report severance expenses in selling, general and administrative expenses in our consolidated statements of operations. As described in Note 16—17—Segment Information, we do not allocate these severance expenses to our segments.

Under prior GAAP, we had previously recognized liabilities to reflect our estimates of the fair values of the existing lease obligations for real estate which we have ceased using, net of estimated sublease rentals. In accordance with transitional guidance under the new lease standard (ASC 842), the existing lease obligation of $110 million as of January 1, 2019 was netted against the operating lease right of use assets at adoption. For additional information, see Note 4—Leases to our consolidated financial statements in Item 8 of Part II of this report.

Changes in our accrued liabilities for severance expenses were as follows:
98


Severance
 (Dollars in millions)
Balance at December 31, 20182019$87 
Accrued to expense89 
Payments, net(87)
Balance at December 31, 201989 
Accrued to expense151 
Payments, net(137)
Balance at December 31, 2020103 
Accrued to expense
Payments, net(70)
Balance at December 31, 2021$10336 

104
(10)


(11) Employee Benefits

Pension, Post-Retirement and Other Post-Employment Benefits

We sponsor various defined benefit pension plans (qualified and non-qualified) which, in the aggregate, cover a substantial portion of our employees including legacy CenturyLink, legacy Level 3, legacy Qwest Communications International Inc. ("Qwest") and legacy Embarq employees. Pension benefits for participants of the Lumen Combined Pension Plan ("Combined Pension Plan") who are represented by a collective bargaining agreement are based on negotiated schedules. All other participants' pension benefits are based on each individual participant's years of service and compensation. We also maintain non-qualified pension plans for certain current and former highly compensated employees. We maintain post-retirement benefit plans that provide health care and life insurance benefits for certain eligible retirees. We also provide other post-employment benefits for certain eligible former employees. We use a December 31 measurement date for all our plans.

Pension Benefits

United States funding laws require a company with a pension shortfall to fund the annual cost of benefits earned in addition to a seven-yearseven-year amortization of the shortfall. Our funding policy for our Combined Pension Plan is to make contributions with the objective of accumulating ample assets to pay all qualified pension benefits when due under the terms of the plan. The accounting unfunded status of the Combined Pension Plan was $1.1 billion and $1.7 billion as of December 31, 2021 and 2020, and 2019.respectively.

We made 0no voluntary cash contributions to the Combined Pension Plan in 2021 and 2020, and 2019respectively, and paid $5 million of benefits directly to participants of our non-qualified pension plans in both2021 and 2020, respectively.

Benefits paid by the Combined Pension Plan are paid through a trust that holds all of the Plan's assets. The amount of required contributions to the Combined Pension Plan in 2022 and 2019.beyond will depend on a variety of factors, most of which are beyond our control, including earnings on plan investments, prevailing interest rates, demographic experience, changes in plan benefits and changes in funding laws and regulations. Based on current laws and circumstances, we do not believe we are required to make any contributions to the Combined Pension Plan in 2021, but the Company could2022. We do not expect to make voluntary contributions to the trust for the Combined Pension Plan in 2021.2022. We estimate that in 20212022 we will pay $5$4 million of benefits directly to participants of our non-qualified pension plans.

We recognize in our consolidated balance sheetsheets the funded status of the legacy Level 3 defined benefit post-retirement plans. The net unfunded status of these plans was $33$17 million and $18$33 million, as of December 31, 20202021 and 2019,2020, respectively. Additionally, as previously mentioned, we sponsor unfunded non-qualified pension plans for certain current and former highly-compensated employees. The net unfunded status of our non-qualified pension plans was $46 million and $51 million for both the years ended December 31, 2021 and 2020, and 2019.respectively. Due to the insignificant impact of these pension plans on our consolidated financial statements, we have predominantly excluded them from the remaining employee benefit disclosures in this Note, unless specifically stated.

Post-Retirement Benefits

Our post-retirement benefit plans provide post-retirement benefits to qualified retirees and allow (i) eligible employees retiring before certain dates to receive benefits at no or reduced cost and (ii) eligible employees retiring after certain dates to receive benefits on a shared cost basis. The post-retirement benefits not paid by the trusts are funded by us and we expect to continue funding these post-retirement obligations as benefits are paid. The accounting unfunded status of our qualified post-retirement benefit plan was $2.8 billion and $3.0 billion as of December 31, 2021 and 2020, and 2019.respectively.

99


Assets in the post-retirement trusts were substantially depleted as of December 31, 2016; as of December 31, 2019 the Company ceased to pay certain post-retirement benefits through the trusts. NaNNo contributions were made to the post-retirement trusts in 20202021 nor 2019.2020. Starting in 2020, benefits were paid directly by us with available cash. In 2020,2021, we paid $211$203 million of post-retirement benefits, net of participant contributions and direct subsidies. In 2021,2022, we currently expect to pay directly $233$217 million of post-retirement benefits, net of participant contributions and direct subsidies.

105


We expect our expected health care cost trend to range from 5.0%5.00% to 6.25%5.75% in 20212022 and grading to 4.50% by 2025. Our post-retirement benefit cost, for certain eligible legacy Qwest retirees and certain eligible legacy CenturyLink retirees, is capped at a set dollar amount. Therefore, those health care benefit obligations are not subject to increasing health care trends after the effective date of the caps.

Expected Cash Flows

The Combined Pension Plan payments, post-retirement health care benefit payments and premiums, and life insurance premium payments are either distributed from plan assets or paid by us. The estimated benefit payments provided below are based on actuarial assumptions using the demographics of the employee and retiree populations and have been reduced by estimated participant contributions.
Combined Pension PlanPost-Retirement
Benefit Plans
Medicare Part D
Subsidy Receipts
Combined Pension PlanPost-Retirement
Benefit Plans
Medicare Part D
Subsidy Receipts
(Dollars in millions) (Dollars in millions)
Estimated future benefit payments:Estimated future benefit payments:   Estimated future benefit payments:   
2021$961 238 (5)
20222022868 232 (5)2022$850 220 (3)
20232023844 225 (5)2023729 216 (3)
20242024819 217 (4)2024706 211 (3)
20252025794 210 (4)2025686 206 (3)
2026 - 20303,578 932 (16)
20262026664 200 (3)
2027 - 20312027 - 20312,978 899 (10)

Net Periodic Benefit Expense (Income)

We utilize a full yield curve approach in connection with estimating the service and interest components of net periodic benefit expense by applying the specific spot rates along the yield curve used in the determination of the benefit obligation to the relevant projected cash flow.

The actuarial assumptions used to compute the net periodic benefit expense for our Combined Pension Plan and post-retirement benefit plans are based upon information available as of the beginning of the year, as presented in the following table.
Combined Pension PlanPost-Retirement Benefit Plans Combined Pension PlanPost-Retirement Benefit Plans
202020192018202020192018 202120202019202120202019
Actuarial assumptions at beginning of year:Actuarial assumptions at beginning of year:      Actuarial assumptions at beginning of year:      
Discount rateDiscount rate2.79% - 3.55%3.94% - 4.44%3.14% - 3.69%1.69% - 3.35%3.84% - 4.38%4.26 %Discount rate1.70% - 2.88%2.79% - 3.55%3.94% - 4.44%1.58% - 2.60%1.69% - 3.35%3.84% - 4.38%
Rate of compensation increaseRate of compensation increase3.25 %3.25 %3.25 %N/AN/AN/ARate of compensation increase3.25 %3.25 %3.25 %N/AN/AN/A
Expected long-term rate of return on plan assets (1)
Expected long-term rate of return on plan assets (1)
6.00 %6.50 %6.50 %4.00 %4.00 %4.00 %
Expected long-term rate of return on plan assets(1)
5.50 %6.50 %6.50 %4.00 %4.00 %4.00 %
Initial health care cost trend rateInitial health care cost trend rateN/AN/AN/A6.50% / 5.00%6.50% / 5.00%7.00% / 5.00%Initial health care cost trend rateN/AN/AN/A6.25% / 5.00%6.50% / 5.00%6.50% / 5.00%
Ultimate health care cost trend rateUltimate health care cost trend rateN/AN/AN/A4.50 %4.50 %4.50 %Ultimate health care cost trend rateN/AN/AN/A4.50 %4.50 %4.50 %
Year ultimate trend rate is reachedYear ultimate trend rate is reachedN/AN/AN/A202520252025Year ultimate trend rate is reachedN/AN/AN/A202520252025

N/A - Not applicable
(1)Rates are presented net of projected fees and administrative costs.

100106



Net periodic benefit expense (income) expense for our Combined Pension Plan includes the following components:
Combined Pension Plan
Years Ended December 31,
Combined Pension Plan
Years Ended December 31,
202020192018 202120202019
(Dollars in millions) (Dollars in millions)
Service costService cost$59 56 66 Service cost$56 59 56 
Interest costInterest cost324 436 392 Interest cost201 324 436 
Expected return on plan assetsExpected return on plan assets(593)(618)(685)Expected return on plan assets(535)(593)(618)
Settlement chargesSettlement charges383 — — 
Special termination benefits chargeSpecial termination benefits charge13 15 Special termination benefits charge13 
Recognition of prior service creditRecognition of prior service credit(9)(8)(8)Recognition of prior service credit(9)(9)(8)
Recognition of actuarial lossRecognition of actuarial loss202 223 178 Recognition of actuarial loss184 202 223 
Net periodic pension benefit (income) expense$(4)95 (42)
Net periodic pension expense (income)Net periodic pension expense (income)$286 (4)95 

Net periodic benefit expense for our post-retirement benefit plans includes the following components:
Post-Retirement Plans
Years Ended December 31,
Post-Retirement Plans
Years Ended December 31,
202020192018 202120202019
(Dollars in millions) (Dollars in millions)
Service costService cost$14 15 18 Service cost$14 14 15 
Interest costInterest cost69 110 97 Interest cost47 69 110 
Expected return on plan assetsExpected return on plan assets(1)(1)(1)Expected return on plan assets— (1)(1)
Recognition of prior service costRecognition of prior service cost16 16 20 Recognition of prior service cost15 16 16 
Recognition of actuarial lossRecognition of actuarial loss— — 
Curtailment lossCurtailment lossCurtailment loss— — 
Net periodic post-retirement benefit expenseNet periodic post-retirement benefit expense$106 140 134 Net periodic post-retirement benefit expense$80 106 140 

We report serviceService costs for our Combined Pension Plan and post-retirement benefit plans are included in the cost of services and products and selling, general and administrative expensesline items on our consolidated statements of operations and all other costs listed above are included in other expense, net on our consolidated statements of operations for the years ended December 31, 2021, 2020 2019 and 2018.2019. Additionally, a portion of the service cost is also allocated to certain assets under construction, which are capitalized and reflected as part of property, plant and equipment in our consolidated balance sheets. The remaining components of net periodic benefit expense are reported in other income, net in our consolidated statements of operations. As a result of ongoing efforts to reduce our workforce, we recognized a one-time chargecharges in 2021 of $6 million, in 2020 of $21 million and in 2019 of $6 million for curtailment and in 2018 of $15 million for special termination benefit enhancements paid to certain eligible employees upon voluntary retirement.

Our pension plan contains provisions that allow us, from time to time, to offer lump sum payment options to certain former employees in settlement of their future retirement benefits. We record an accounting settlement charge, consisting of the recognition of certain deferred costs of the pension plan associated with these lump sum payments only if, in the aggregate, they exceed or are probable to exceed the sum of the annual service and interest costs for the plan’s net periodic pension benefit cost, which represents the settlement accounting threshold. The lump sum pension settlement payments for 2021 exceeded the settlement threshold. In addition, during the fourth quarter of 2021, we executed an annuity purchase contract with a third party insurer that triggered additional settlement activity (see “Pension Annuitization” section below for further information). As a result, we recognized a non-cash settlement charge of $383 million as of December 31, 2021 to accelerate the recognition of a portion of the previously unrecognized actuarial losses in the qualified pension plan, which is reflected in other expense, net in our consolidated statement of operations for the year ended December 31, 2021. This non-cash charge reduced our recorded net income and increased our recorded accumulated deficit, with an offset to accumulated other comprehensive loss in shareholders' equity for the year ended December 31, 2021. The amount of any future non-cash settlement charges after 2021 will be dependent on several factors, including the total amount of our future lump sum benefit payments.

107


Benefit Obligations

The actuarial assumptions used to compute the funded status for the plans are based upon information available as of December 31, 20202021 and 20192020 and are as follows:
Combined Pension PlanPost-Retirement Benefit Plans Combined Pension PlanPost-Retirement Benefit Plans
December 31,December 31, December 31,December 31,
2020201920202019 2021202020212020
Actuarial assumptions at end of year:Actuarial assumptions at end of year:    Actuarial assumptions at end of year:    
Discount rateDiscount rate2.43 %3.25 %2.40 %3.22 %Discount rate2.85 %2.43 %2.84 %2.40 %
Rate of compensation increaseRate of compensation increase3.25 %3.25 %N/AN/ARate of compensation increase3.25 %3.25 %N/AN/A
Initial health care cost trend rateInitial health care cost trend rateN/AN/A6.25% / 5.00%6.50% / 5.00%Initial health care cost trend rateN/AN/A5.75% / 5.00%6.25% / 5.00%
Ultimate health care cost trend rateUltimate health care cost trend rateN/AN/A4.50 %4.50 %Ultimate health care cost trend rateN/AN/A4.50 %4.50 %
Year ultimate trend rate is reachedYear ultimate trend rate is reachedN/AN/A20252025Year ultimate trend rate is reachedN/AN/A20252025

N/A - Not applicable
101



In 2021, 2020 2019 and 2018,2019, we adopted the revised mortality tables and projection scales released by the Society of Actuaries, which increased the projected benefit obligation of our benefit plans by $37 million for 2021 and decreased the projected benefit obligation of our benefit plans by $3 million and $4 million for 2020 and $38 million,2019, respectively. The change in the projected benefit obligation of our benefit plans was recognized as part of the net actuarial loss and is included in accumulated other comprehensive loss, a portion of which is subject to amortization over the remaining estimated life of plan participants, which was approximately 98 years as of December 31, 2020.2021.

The short-term and long-term interest crediting rates during 2021 for cash balance components of the Combined Pension Plan were 1.5% and 3.5%, respectively.

The following tables summarize the change in the benefit obligations for the Combined Pension Plan and post-retirement benefit plans:
Combined Pension Plan
Years Ended December 31,
Combined Pension Plan
Years Ended December 31,
202020192018 202120202019
(Dollars in millions) (Dollars in millions)
Change in benefit obligationChange in benefit obligation   Change in benefit obligation   
Benefit obligation at beginning of yearBenefit obligation at beginning of year$12,217 11,594 13,064 Benefit obligation at beginning of year$12,202 12,217 11,594 
Service costService cost59 56 66 Service cost56 59 56 
Interest costInterest cost324 436 392 Interest cost201 324 436 
Plan amendmentsPlan amendments(3)(9)Plan amendments(13)(3)(9)
Special termination benefits chargeSpecial termination benefits charge13 15 Special termination benefits charge13 
Actuarial loss (gain)749 1,249 (765)
Actuarial (gain) lossActuarial (gain) loss(337)749 1,249 
Benefits paid from plan assetsBenefits paid from plan assets(1,157)(1,115)(1,178)Benefits paid from plan assets(766)(1,157)(1,115)
Settlement payments and annuity purchaseSettlement payments and annuity purchase(1,671)— — 
Benefit obligation at end of yearBenefit obligation at end of year$12,202 12,217 11,594 Benefit obligation at end of year$9,678 12,202 12,217 

 Post-Retirement Benefit Plans
Years Ended December 31,
 202020192018
 (Dollars in millions)
Change in benefit obligation   
Benefit obligation at beginning of year$3,037 2,977 3,375 
Service cost14 15 18 
Interest cost69 110 97 
Participant contributions46 52 54 
Direct subsidy receipts
Plan Amendment(36)
Actuarial loss (gain)134 180 (224)
Curtailment loss
Benefits paid by company(255)(300)(311)
Benefits paid from plan assets(7)(4)(4)
Benefit obligation at end of year$3,048 3,037 2,977 
108


 Post-Retirement Benefit Plans
Years Ended December 31,
 202120202019
 (Dollars in millions)
Change in benefit obligation   
Benefit obligation at beginning of year$3,048 3,037 2,977 
Service cost14 14 15 
Interest cost47 69 110 
Participant contributions41 46 52 
Direct subsidy receipts
Actuarial (gain) loss(125)134 180 
Curtailment loss— — 
Benefits paid by company(247)(255)(300)
Benefits paid from plan assets— (7)(4)
Benefit obligation at end of year$2,781 3,048 3,037 

Pension Annuitization

On October 19, 2021, we, as sponsor of the Combined Pension Plan, along with the Plan’s independent fiduciary, entered into an agreement committing the Plan to use a portion of its plan assets to purchase an annuity from an insurance company (the "Insurer") to transfer approximately $1.4 billion of the Plan’s pension liabilities. This agreement irrevocably transferred to the Insurer future Plan benefit obligations for approximately 22,600 U.S. Lumen participants (“Transferred Participants”) effective on December 31, 2021. This annuity transaction was funded entirely by existing Plan assets.

The Insurer assumed responsibility for administrative and customer service support, including distribution of payments to the Transferred Participants. Transferred Participants’ benefits were not reduced as a result of this transaction.

Plan Assets

We maintain plan assets for our Combined Pension Plan and certain post-retirement benefit plans. As previously noted, assets in the post-retirement benefit plan trusts were substantially depleted as of December 31, 2016. Fair value of post-retirement benefit plan assets of December 31, 2021, 2020 2019 and 20182019 was $5 million, $13$5 million and $18$13 million, respectively. Due to the insignificance of these assets on our consolidated financial statements, we have predominantly excluded them from the disclosures of plan assets in this Note, unless otherwise indicated.

102


The following tables summarizetable summarizes the change in the fair value of plan assets for the Combined Pension Plan:

Combined Pension Plan
Years Ended December 31,
Combined Pension Plan
Years Ended December 31,
202020192018 202120202019
(Dollars in millions) (Dollars in millions)
Change in plan assetsChange in plan assets   Change in plan assets   
Fair value of plan assets at beginning of yearFair value of plan assets at beginning of year$10,493 10,033 11,060 Fair value of plan assets at beginning of year$10,546 10,493 10,033 
Return on plan assetsReturn on plan assets1,210 1,575 (349)Return on plan assets422 1,210 1,575 
Employer contributions500 
Benefits paid from plan assetsBenefits paid from plan assets(1,157)(1,115)(1,178)Benefits paid from plan assets(766)(1,157)(1,115)
Settlement payments and annuity purchaseSettlement payments and annuity purchase(1,671)— — 
Fair value of plan assets at end of yearFair value of plan assets at end of year$10,546 10,493 10,033 Fair value of plan assets at end of year$8,531 10,546 10,493 

109


The expected rate of return on plan assets is the long-term rate of return we expect to earn on the plan's assets, net of administrative expenses paid from plan assets. It is determined annually based on the strategic asset allocation and the long-term risk and return forecast for each asset class.

Our investment objective for the Combined Pension Plan assets is to achieve an attractive risk-adjusted return over time that will provide for the payment of benefits and minimize the risk of large losses. We employ a liability-aware investment strategy designed to reduce the volatility of pension assets relative to pension liabilities. This strategy is evaluated frequently and is expected to evolve over time with changes in the funded status and other factors. Approximately 55% of plan assets is targeted to long-duration investment grade bonds and interest rate sensitive derivatives and 45% is targeted to diversified equity, fixed income and private market investments that are expected to outperform the liability with moderate funded status risk. At the beginning of 2021,2022, our expected annual long-term rate of return on pension assets before consideration of administrative expenses is assumed to be 6.0%. Administrative expenses, including projected PBGC (Pension Benefit Guaranty Corporation) premiums reduce the annual long-term expected return net of administrative expenses to 5.5%.

The short-term and long-term interest crediting rates during 2020 for cash balance components of the Combined Pension Plan were 2.25% and 4.0%, respectively.

Permitted investments: Plan assets are managed consistent with the restrictions set forth by the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended.

Fair Value Measurements: Fair value is defined as the price that would be received to sell an asset or paid to transfer a liability in an orderly transaction between independent and knowledgeable parties who are willing and able to transact for an asset or liability at the measurement date. We use valuation techniques that maximize the use of observable inputs and minimize the use of unobservable inputs when determining fair value and then we rank the estimated values based on the reliability of the inputs used following the fair value hierarchy set forth by the FASB. For additional information on the fair value hierarchy, see Note 13—14—Fair Value of Financial Instruments.

At December 31, 2020,2021, we used the following valuation techniques to measure fair value for assets. There were no changes to these methodologies during 2020:2021:

Level 1—Assets were valued using the closing price reported in the active market in which the individual security was traded. U.S. Treasury securities are valued at the bid price reported in an active market in which the security is traded. Variation margin due from/(to) brokers is valued at the expected next day cash settlement amount.

Level 2—Assets were valued using quoted prices in markets that are not active, broker dealer quotations, and other methods by which all significant inputs were observable at the measurement date. Fixed income securities primarily utilize observable market information and are based on a spread to U.S. Treasury securities and consider yields available on comparable securities of issuers with similar credit ratings, the new issue market for similar securities, secondary trading markets and dealer quotes. Option adjusted spread models are utilized to evaluate fixed income securities that have early redemption features. Derivative securities traded over the counter are valued based on gains or losses due to fluctuations in indices, interest rates, foreign currency exchange rates, security prices or other underlying factors. Repurchase agreements are valued based on expected settlement per the contract terms.

Level 3—Assets were valued using unobservable inputs in which little or no market data exists as reported by the respective institutions at the measurement date. Valuation methods may consider a range of factors, including estimates based on the assumptions of the investment entity or actuarial assumptions of insurers for valuing Group Annuity Contracts.

103110


The plan's assets are invested in various asset categories utilizing multiple strategies and investment managers. Interests in commingled funds are fair valued using a practical expedient to the net asset value ("NAV") per unit (or its equivalent) of each fund. The NAV reported by the fund manager is based on the market value of the underlying investments owned by each fund, minus its liabilities, divided by the number of shares outstanding. Commingled funds can be redeemed at NAV, with a frequency that includes, daily, monthly, quarterly, semi-annually and annually. These commingled funds include redemption notice periods between same day and 270180 days. Investments in private funds, primarily limited partnerships, represent long-term commitments with a fixed maturity date and are also valued at NAV. The plan has unfunded commitments related to certain private fund investments, which in aggregate are not material to the plan. Valuation inputs for these private fund interests are generally based on assumptions and other information not observable in the market. Underlying investments held in funds are aggregated and are classified based on the fund mandate. Investments held in separate accounts are individually classified.

The table below present the fair value of plan assets by category and the input levels used to determine those fair values at December 31, 2020.2021. It is important to note that the asset allocations do not include market exposures that are gained with derivatives. Investments include dividend and interest receivables, pending trades and accrued expenses.
Fair Value of Combined Pension Plan Assets at December 31, 2020 Fair Value of Combined Pension Plan Assets at December 31, 2021
Level 1Level 2Level 3Total Level 1Level 2Level 3Total
(Dollars in millions) (Dollars in millions)
AssetsAssetsAssets
Investment grade bonds (a)Investment grade bonds (a)$726 4,066 4,792 Investment grade bonds (a)$862 3,744 — 4,606 
High yield bonds (b)High yield bonds (b)262 268 High yield bonds (b)— 172 178 
Emerging market bonds (c)Emerging market bonds (c)218 172 390 Emerging market bonds (c)64 169 — 233 
U.S. stocks (d)U.S. stocks (d)653 655 U.S. stocks (d)330 338 
Non-U.S. stocks (e)Non-U.S. stocks (e)593 594 Non-U.S. stocks (e)256 — — 256 
Private debt (h)
Multi-asset strategies (l)Multi-asset strategies (l)199 199 Multi-asset strategies (l)41 — — 41 
Repurchase agreements (n)
Derivatives (m)Derivatives (m)— — 
Cash equivalents and short-term investments (o)Cash equivalents and short-term investments (o)281 281 Cash equivalents and short-term investments (o)379 — 381 
Total investments, excluding investments valued at NAVTotal investments, excluding investments valued at NAV$2,389 4,782 7,179 Total investments, excluding investments valued at NAV$1,555 4,468 11 6,034 
LiabilitiesLiabilitiesLiabilities
Derivatives (m)$(1)(1)
Repurchase agreements (n)Repurchase agreements (n)$— (193)— (193)
Investments valued at NAVInvestments valued at NAV3,368 Investments valued at NAV2,690 
Total pension plan assetsTotal pension plan assets   $10,546 Total pension plan assets   $8,531 

104111


The table below present the fair value of plan assets by category and the input levels used to determine those fair values at December 31, 2019.2020. It is important to note that the asset allocations do not include market exposures that are gained with derivatives. Investments include dividend and interest receivable, pending trades and accrued expenses.
Fair Value of Combined Pension Plan Assets at December 31, 2019 Fair Value of Combined Pension Plan Assets at December 31, 2020
Level 1Level 2Level 3Total Level 1Level 2Level 3Total
(Dollars in millions) (Dollars in millions)
AssetsAssetsAssets
Investment grade bonds (a)Investment grade bonds (a)$828 3,197 4,025 Investment grade bonds (a)$726 4,066 — 4,792 
High yield bonds (b)High yield bonds (b)232 237 High yield bonds (b)— 262 268 
Emerging market bonds (c)Emerging market bonds (c)203 84 287 Emerging market bonds (c)218 172 — 390 
U.S. stocks (d)U.S. stocks (d)756 760 U.S. stocks (d)653 — 655 
Non-U.S. stocks (e)Non-U.S. stocks (e)592 592 Non-U.S. stocks (e)593 — 594 
Private debt (h)16 16 
Multi-asset strategies (l)Multi-asset strategies (l)257 257 Multi-asset strategies (l)199 — — 199 
Repurchase agreements (n)39 39 
Cash equivalents and short-term investments (o)Cash equivalents and short-term investments (o)433 433 Cash equivalents and short-term investments (o)— 281 — 281 
Total investments, excluding investments valued at NAVTotal investments, excluding investments valued at NAV$2,636 3,988 22 6,646 Total investments, excluding investments valued at NAV$2,389 4,782 7,179 
LiabilitiesLiabilitiesLiabilities
Derivatives (m)Derivatives (m)$(18)(17)Derivatives (m)$— (1)— (1)
Investments valued at NAVInvestments valued at NAV3,864 Investments valued at NAV3,368 
Total pension plan assetsTotal pension plan assets   $10,493 Total pension plan assets   $10,546 

The table below presents the fair value of plan assets valued at NAV by category for our Combined Pension Plan at December 31, 20202021 and 2019.2020.
Fair Value of Plan Assets Valued at NAV Fair Value of Plan Assets Valued at NAV
Combined Pension Plan at
December 31,
Combined Pension Plan at
December 31,
2020201920212020
(Dollars in millions) (Dollars in millions)
Investment grade bonds (a)Investment grade bonds (a)$352 211 Investment grade bonds (a)$127 352 
High yield bonds (b)High yield bonds (b)25 39 High yield bonds (b)70 25 
U.S. stocks (d)U.S. stocks (d)192 169 U.S. stocks (d)71 192 
Non-U.S. stocks (e)Non-U.S. stocks (e)308 467 Non-U.S. stocks (e)398 308 
Emerging market stocks (f)Emerging market stocks (f)81 92 Emerging market stocks (f)11 81 
Private equity (g)Private equity (g)283 322 Private equity (g)348 283 
Private debt (h)Private debt (h)505 483 Private debt (h)495 505 
Market neutral hedge funds (i)Market neutral hedge funds (i)222 433 Market neutral hedge funds (i)141 222 
Directional hedge funds (j)Directional hedge funds (j)254 443 Directional hedge funds (j)241 254 
Real estate (k)Real estate (k)543 635 Real estate (k)420 543 
Multi-asset strategies (l)Multi-asset strategies (l)375 449 Multi-asset strategies (l)38 375 
Cash equivalents and short-term investments (o)Cash equivalents and short-term investments (o)228 121 Cash equivalents and short-term investments (o)330 228 
Total investments valued at NAVTotal investments valued at NAV$3,368 3,864 Total investments valued at NAV$2,690 3,368 

105112


Below is an overview of the asset categories and the underlying strategies and valuation inputs used to value the assets in the preceding tables:

(a) Investment grade bonds represent investments in fixed income securities as well as commingled bond funds comprised of U.S. Treasury securities, agencies, corporate bonds, mortgage-backed securities, asset-backed securities and commercial mortgage-backed securities. Treasury securities are valued at the bid price reported in the active market in which the security is traded and are classified as Level 1. The valuation inputs of other investment grade bonds primarily utilize observable market information and are based on a spread to U.S. Treasury securities and consider yields available on comparable securities of issuers with similar credit ratings. The primary observable inputs include references to the new issue market for similar securities, the secondary trading markets and dealer quotes. Option adjusted spread models are utilized to evaluate securities such as asset backed securities that have early redemption features. These securities are classified as Level 2. NAV funds' underlying investments in this category are valued using the same inputs.

(b) High yield bonds represent investments in below investment grade fixed income securities as well as commingled high yield bond funds. The valuation inputs for the securities primarily utilize observable market information and are based on a spread to U.S. Treasury securities and consider yields available on comparable securities of issuers with similar credit ratings. These securities are primarily classified as Level 2. Securities whose valuation inputs are not based on observable market information are classified as Level 3. NAV funds' underlying investments in this category are valued using the same inputs.

(c) Emerging market bonds represent investments in securities issued by governments and other entities located in emerging countries as well as registered mutual funds and commingled emerging market bond funds. The valuation inputs for the securities utilize observable market information and are primarily based on dealer quotes or a spread relative to the local government bonds. The registered mutual fund is classified as Level 1 while individual securities are primarily classified as Level 2.

(d) U.S. stocks represent investments in stocks of U.S. based companies as well as commingled U.S. stock funds. The valuation inputs for U.S. stocks are based on the last published price reported on the major stock market on which the securities are traded and are primarily classified as Level 1. Securities that are not actively traded but can be directly or indirectly observable are classified as Level 2. Securities whose valuation inputs are not based on observable market information are classified as Level 3. NAV funds' underlying investments in this category are valued using the same inputs.

(e) Non-U.S. stocks represent investments in stocks of companies based in developed countries outside the U.S. as well as commingled funds. The valuation inputs for these non-U.S. stocks are based on the last published price reported on the major stock market on which the securities are traded and are primarily classified as Level 1. NAV funds' underlying investments in this category are valued using the same inputs.

(f) Emerging market stocks represent investments in commingled funds comprised of stocks of companies located in emerging markets. NAV funds' underlying investments in this category are valued using the same inputs.

(g) Private equity represents non-public investments in domestic and foreign buy out and venture capital funds. Private equity funds are primarily structured as limited partnerships and are valued according to the valuation policy of each partnership, subject to prevailing accounting and other regulatory guidelines. The partnerships are valued at NAV using valuation methodologies that consider a range of factors, including but not limited to the price at which investments were acquired, the nature of the investments, market conditions, trading values on comparable public securities, current and projected operating performance, and financing transactions subsequent to the acquisition of the investments. These valuation methodologies involve a significant degree of judgment.

(h) Private debt represents non-public investments in distressed or mezzanine debt funds and pension group insurance contracts. Pension group insurance contracts are valued based on actuarial assumptions and are classified as Level 3. Mezzanine debt instruments are debt instruments that are subordinated to other debt issues and may include embedded equity instruments such as warrants. Private debt funds are primarily structured as limited partnerships and are valued at NAV according to the valuation policy of each partnership, subject to prevailing accounting and other regulatory guidelines. The valuation of underlying fund investments is based on factors including the issuer's current and projected credit worthiness, the securities' terms, reference to the securities of comparable companies, and other market factors. These valuation methodologies involve a significant degree of judgment.
106



(i) Market neutral hedge funds hold investments in a diversified mix of instruments that are intended in combination to exhibit low correlations to market fluctuations. These investments are typically combined with futures to achieve uncorrelated excess returns over various markets. Hedge funds are valued at NAV based on the market value of the underlying investments which include publicly traded equity and fixed income securities and privately negotiated debt securities.

(j) Directional hedge funds—This asset category represents investments that may exhibit somewhat higher correlations to market fluctuations than the market neutral hedge funds. Investments in hedge funds include both direct investments and investments in diversified funds of funds. Hedge funds are valued at NAV based on the market value of the underlying investments which include publicly traded equity and fixed income securities and privately negotiated debt securities.

(k) Real estate represents investments in commingled funds and limited partnerships that invest in a diversified portfolio of real estate properties. These investments are valued at NAV according to the valuation policy of each fund or partnership, subject to prevailing accounting and other regulatory guidelines. The valuation inputs of the underlying properties are generally based on third-party appraisals that use comparable sales or a projection of future cash flows to determine fair value. These valuation methodologies involve a significant degree of judgment.

(l) Multi-asset strategies represent broadly diversified strategies that have the flexibility to tactically adjust exposures to different asset classes through time. This asset category includes investments in registered mutual funds which are classified as Level 1 and may include commingled funds which are valued at NAV based on the market value of the underlying investments.

(m) Derivatives include exchange traded futures contracts which are classified as Level 1, as well as privately negotiated over the counter contracts that are classified as Level 2.contracts. The market values represent gains or losses that occur due to differences between stated contract terms and fluctuations in underlying market instruments.

(n) Repurchase Agreements includes contracts where the security owner sells a security with the agreement to buy it back at a future date and price. Agreements are valued based on expected settlement terms and are classified as Level 2.

(o) Cash equivalents and short-term investments represent investments that are used in conjunction with derivatives positions or are used to provide liquidity for the payment of benefits or other purposes. The valuation inputs of securities are based on a spread to U.S. Treasury Bills, the Federal Funds Rate, or London Interbank Offered Rate and consider yields available on comparable securities of issuers with similar credit ratings and are primarily classified as Level 2. The commingled funds are valued at NAV based on the market value of the underlying investments using the same valuation inputs described above.

Derivative instruments: Derivative instruments are used to reduce risk as well as provide return. The gross notional exposure of the derivative instruments directly held by the Combined Pension Plan is shown below. The notional amount of the derivatives corresponds to market exposure but does not represent an actual cash investment. Our post-retirement plans were not invested in derivative instruments for the years ended December 31, 2020 or 2019.

107113


Gross Notional Exposure Gross Notional Exposure
Combined Pension Plan
Years Ended December 31,
Combined Pension Plan
Years Ended December 31,
20202019 20212020
(Dollars in millions) (Dollars in millions)
Derivative instruments:Derivative instruments:  Derivative instruments:  
Exchange-traded U.S. equity futuresExchange-traded U.S. equity futures$84 184 Exchange-traded U.S. equity futures$108 84 
Exchange-traded Treasury and other interest rate futuresExchange-traded Treasury and other interest rate futures1,033 1,253 Exchange-traded Treasury and other interest rate futures1,688 1,033 
Exchange-traded Foreign currency futuresExchange-traded Foreign currency futures12 Exchange-traded Foreign currency futures11 12 
Exchange-traded EURO futuresExchange-traded EURO futures10 Exchange-traded EURO futures
Interest rate swapsInterest rate swaps124 44 Interest rate swaps127 124 
Credit default swapsCredit default swaps43 205 Credit default swaps132 43 
Index swapsIndex swaps1,297 2,058 Index swaps1,036 1,297 
Foreign exchange forwardsForeign exchange forwards769 508 Foreign exchange forwards93 769 
OptionsOptions222 146 Options654 222 

Concentrations of Risk: Investments, in general, are exposed to various risks, such as significant world events, interest rate, credit, foreign currency and overall market volatility risk. These risks are managed by broadly diversifying assets across numerous asset classes and strategies with differing expected returns, volatilities and correlations. Risk is also broadly diversified across numerous market sectors and individual companies. Financial instruments that potentially subject the plans to concentrations of counterparty risk consist principally of investment contracts with high quality financial institutions. These investment contracts are typically collateralized obligations and/or are actively managed, limiting the amount of counterparty exposure to any one financial institution. Although the investments are well diversified, the value of plan assets could change materially depending upon the overall market volatility, which could affect the funded status of the plan.

The table below presents a rollforward of the Combined Pension Plan assets valued using Level 3 inputs:
Combined Pension Plan Assets Valued Using Level 3 Inputs Combined Pension Plan Assets Valued Using Level 3 Inputs
High
Yield
Bonds
U.S. StocksPrivate DebtTotal High
Yield
Bonds
U.S. StocksPrivate DebtTotal
(Dollars in millions) (Dollars in millions)
Balance at December 31, 2018$15 24 
Acquisitions (dispositions)(2)(1)
Actual return on plan assets(1)(1)
Balance at December 31, 2019Balance at December 31, 201916 22 Balance at December 31, 2019$16 22 
Acquisitions (dispositions)Acquisitions (dispositions)(17)(16)Acquisitions (dispositions)— (17)(16)
Actual return on plan assetsActual return on plan assetsActual return on plan assets— 
Balance at December 31, 2020Balance at December 31, 2020$Balance at December 31, 2020— 
Actual return on plan assetsActual return on plan assets— — 
Balance at December 31, 2021Balance at December 31, 2021$— 11 

Certain gains and losses are allocated between assets sold during the year and assets still held at year-end based on transactions and changes in valuations that occurred during the year. These allocations also impact our calculation of net acquisitions and dispositions.

For the year ended December 31, 2021, the investment program produced actual gains on Combined Pension Plan assets of $422 million as compared to expected returns of $535 million, for a difference of $113 million. For the year ended December 31, 2020, the investment program produced actual gains on Combined Pension Plan assets of $1.2 billion as compared to the expected returns of $593 million, for a difference of $618 million. For the year ended December 31, 2019, the investment program produced actual gains on Combined Pension Plan assets of $1.6 billion as compared to the expected returns of $618 million for a difference of $1.0 billion. The short-term annual returns on plan assets will almost always be different from the expected long-term returns and the plans could experience net gains or losses, due primarily to the volatility occurring in the financial markets during any given year.

108
114



Unfunded Status

The following table presents the unfunded status of the Combined Pension Plan and post-retirement benefit plans:
Combined Pension PlanPost-Retirement
Benefit Plans
Combined Pension PlanPost-Retirement
Benefit Plans
Years Ended December 31,Years Ended December 31, Years Ended December 31,Years Ended December 31,
2020201920202019 2021202020212020
(Dollars in millions) (Dollars in millions)
Benefit obligationBenefit obligation$(12,202)(12,217)(3,048)(3,037)Benefit obligation$(9,678)(12,202)(2,781)(3,048)
Fair value of plan assetsFair value of plan assets10,546 10,493 13 Fair value of plan assets8,531 10,546 
Unfunded statusUnfunded status(1,656)(1,724)(3,043)(3,024)Unfunded status(1,147)(1,656)(2,776)(3,043)
Current portion of unfunded statusCurrent portion of unfunded status(228)(224)Current portion of unfunded status— — (212)(228)
Non-current portion of unfunded statusNon-current portion of unfunded status$(1,656)(1,724)(2,815)(2,800)Non-current portion of unfunded status$(1,147)(1,656)(2,564)(2,815)

The current portion of our post-retirement benefit obligations is recorded on our consolidated balance sheets in accrued expenses and other current liabilities-salaries and benefits.

115


Accumulated Other Comprehensive Loss-Recognition and Deferrals

The following table presents cumulative items not recognized as a component of net periodic benefits expense as of December 31, 2020, items recognized as a component of net periodic benefits expense in 2021, additional items deferred during 2021 and cumulative items not recognized as a component of net periodic benefits expense as of December 31, 2021. The items not recognized as a component of net periodic benefits expense have been recorded on our consolidated balance sheets in accumulated other comprehensive loss:

 As of and for the Years Ended December 31,
 2020Recognition
of Net
Periodic
Benefits
Expense
DeferralsNet
Change in
AOCL
2021
 (Dollars in millions)
Accumulated other comprehensive (loss) income     
Pension plans:     
Net actuarial (loss) gain$(2,993)186 243 429 (2,564)
Settlement charge— 383 — 383 383 
Prior service benefit (cost)41 (9)13 45 
Deferred income tax benefit (expense)755 (137)(59)(196)559 
Total pension plans(2,197)423 197 620 (1,577)
Post-retirement benefit plans:     
Net actuarial (loss) gain(346)125 129 (217)
Prior service (cost) benefit(20)15 — 15 (5)
Curtailment loss— — — 
Deferred income tax benefit (expense)90 (5)(31)(36)54 
Total post-retirement benefit plans(272)14 94 108 (164)
Total accumulated other comprehensive (loss) income$(2,469)437 291 728 (1,741)

116


The following table presents cumulative items not recognized as a component of net periodic benefits expense as of December 31, 2019, items recognized as a component of net periodic benefits expense in 2020, additional items deferred during 2020 and cumulative items not recognized as a component of net periodic benefits expense as of December 31, 2020.2019. The items not recognized as a component of net periodic benefits expense have been recorded on our consolidated balance sheets in accumulated other comprehensive loss:
 As of and for the Years Ended December 31,
 2019Recognition
of Net
Periodic
Benefits
Expense
DeferralsNet
Change in
AOCL
2020
 (Dollars in millions)
Accumulated other comprehensive loss:     
Pension plans:     
Net actuarial (loss) gain$(3,046)203 (150)53 (2,993)
Prior service benefit (cost)47 (9)(6)41 
Deferred income tax benefit (expense)770 (47)32 (15)755 
Total pension plans(2,229)147 (115)32 (2,197)
Post-retirement benefit plans:     
Net actuarial (loss) gain(175)(171)(171)(346)
Prior service (cost) benefit(71)16 35 51 (20)
Curtailment loss
Deferred income tax benefit (expense)62 (5)33 28 90 
Total post-retirement benefit plans(184)15 (103)(88)(272)
Total accumulated other comprehensive loss$(2,413)162 (218)(56)(2,469)

109


The following table presents cumulative items not recognized as a component of net periodic benefits expense as of December 31, 2018, items recognized as a component of net periodic benefits expense in 2019, additional items deferred during 2019 and cumulative items not recognized as a component of net periodic benefits expense as of December 31, 2018. The items not recognized as a component of net periodic benefits expense have been recorded on our consolidated balance sheets in accumulated other comprehensive loss:
As of and for the Years Ended December 31, As of and for the Years Ended December 31,
2018Recognition
of Net
Periodic
Benefits
Expense
DeferralsNet
Change in
AOCL
2019 2019Recognition
of Net
Periodic
Benefits
Expense
DeferralsNet
Change in
AOCL
2020
(Dollars in millions) (Dollars in millions)
Accumulated other comprehensive loss:     
Accumulated other comprehensive (loss) incomeAccumulated other comprehensive (loss) income     
Pension plans:Pension plans:     Pension plans:     
Net actuarial (loss) gainNet actuarial (loss) gain$(2,973)224 (297)(73)(3,046)Net actuarial (loss) gain$(3,046)203 (150)53 (2,993)
Prior service benefit (cost)Prior service benefit (cost)46 (8)47 Prior service benefit (cost)47 (9)(6)41 
Deferred income tax benefit (expense)Deferred income tax benefit (expense)754 (53)69 16 770 Deferred income tax benefit (expense)770 (47)32 (15)755 
Total pension plansTotal pension plans(2,173)163 (219)(56)(2,229)Total pension plans(2,229)147 (115)32 (2,197)
Post-retirement benefit plans:Post-retirement benefit plans:     Post-retirement benefit plans:     
Net actuarial gain (loss)(182)(182)(175)
Net actuarial (loss) gainNet actuarial (loss) gain(175)— (171)(171)(346)
Prior service (cost) benefitPrior service (cost) benefit(87)16 16 (71)Prior service (cost) benefit(71)16 35 51 (20)
Curtailment lossCurtailment loss— — 
Deferred income tax benefit (expense)Deferred income tax benefit (expense)22 (4)44 40 62 Deferred income tax benefit (expense)62 (5)33 28 90 
Total post-retirement benefit plansTotal post-retirement benefit plans(58)12 (138)(126)(184)Total post-retirement benefit plans(184)15 (103)(88)(272)
Total accumulated other comprehensive (loss) incomeTotal accumulated other comprehensive (loss) income$(2,231)175 (357)(182)(2,413)Total accumulated other comprehensive (loss) income$(2,413)162 (218)(56)(2,469)

Medicare Prescription Drug, Improvement and Modernization Act of 2003

We sponsor post-retirement health care plans with several benefit options that provide prescription drug benefits that we deem actuarially equivalent to or exceeding Medicare Part D. We recognize the impact of the federal subsidy received under the Medicare Prescription Drug, Improvement and Modernization Act of 2003 in the calculation of our post-retirement benefit obligation and net periodic post-retirement benefit expense.

Other Benefit Plans

Health Care and Life Insurance

We provide health care and life insurance benefits to essentially all of our active employees. We are largely self-funded for the cost of the health care plan. Our health care benefit expense for current employees was $309 million, $307 million $381 million and $434$381 million for the years ended December 31, 2021, 2020 2019 and 2018,2019, respectively. Union-represented employee benefits are based on negotiated collective bargaining agreements. Employees contributed $120 million, $133 million, $148 million, $142 million for the years ended December 31, 2021, 2020 2019 and 2018,2019, respectively. Our group basic life insurance plans are fully insured and the premiums are paid by us.
110117



401(k) Plans

We sponsor a qualified defined contribution plan covering substantially all of our U.S. employees. Under this plan, employees may contribute a percentage of their annual compensation up to certain maximums, as defined by the plan and by the Internal Revenue Service ("IRS").Service. Currently, we match a percentage of employee contributions in cash. At December 31, 20202021 and 2019,2020, the assets of the plan included approximately 10 million and 11 million shares of our common stock, respectively, all of which were the result of the combination of previous employer match and participant directed contributions. We recognized expenses related to this plan of $96 million, $101 million $113 million and $93$113 million for the years ended December 31, 2021, 2020 2019 and 2018,2019, respectively.

Deferred Compensation Plans

We sponsored non-qualified deferred compensation plans for various groups that included certain of our current and former highly compensated employees. The value of liabilities related to these plans was not significant.

Subsequent Event
(11)    Share-based
As of January 1, 2022, a new pension plan (the "Lumen Pension Plan") was spun off from the Lumen Combined Pension Plan in anticipation of the sale of the ILEC business, as described further in Note 2—Planned Divestiture of the Latin American and ILEC Businesses. The Lumen Pension Plan covers approximately 2,500 active plan participants along with 19,000 other participants, resulting in a pension benefit obligation of $2.5 billion and assets of $2.2 billion allocated to the Lumen Pension Plan. In addition, the December 31, 2021 actuarial (loss) gain and prior service cost included in accumulated other comprehensive loss was allocated to the Lumen Pension Plan or the Lumen Combined Pension Plan. The amounts allocated to the Lumen Pension Plan are subject to adjustment up to the closing of the sale of the ILEC business. We will recognize pension costs related to both plans during 2022 until the sale of the ILEC business, at which time balances related to the Lumen Pension Plan will be included in the calculation of our gain on the sale of the business.

(12)    Stock-based Compensation

We maintain an equity incentive program that allows our Board of Directors (through its Compensation Committee or a senior officer acting under delegated authority) to grant incentives to certain employees and outside directors in one or more forms, including: incentive and non-qualified stock options, stock appreciation rights, restricted stock awards, restricted stock units and market and performance shares. Stock options generally expire ten years from the date of grant.

Stock Options

We had 469,000 There was an insignificant amount of outstanding stock options outstanding as of December 31, 2019. The total intrinsic value2020 and none as of options exercised for the years ended December 31, 2019 and 2018, was less than $1 million each year. During 2020, virtually all remaining stock options expired or were forfeited.2021.

Restricted Stock Awards and Restricted Stock Unit Awards

For equity based restricted stock and restricted stock unit awards that contain only service conditions for vesting (time-based awards), we calculate the award fair value based on the closing price of Lumen Technologies common stock on the accounting grant date. We also grant equity-based awards that contain service conditions as well as additional market or performance conditions. For awards having both service and market conditions, the award fair value is calculated using Monte-Carlo simulations. Awards with service as well as market or performance conditions specify a target number of shares for the award, although each recipient ultimately has the opportunity to receive between 0% and 200% of the target number of shares. For awards with service and market conditions, the percentage received is based on our total shareholder return over the three-year service period versus that of selected peer companies. For awards with service and performance conditions, the percentage received depends upon the attainment of one or more financial performance targets during the two- or three-year service period.

118


The following table summarizes activity involving restricted stock and restricted stock unit awards for the year ended December 31, 2020:2021:
Number of
Shares
Weighted-
Average
Grant Date
Fair Value
Number of
Shares
Weighted-
Average
Grant Date
Fair Value
(in thousands)  (in thousands) 
Non-vested at December 31, 201916,044 $15.42 
Non-vested at December 31, 2020Non-vested at December 31, 202021,508 $12.37 
GrantedGranted17,812 12.08 Granted13,908 13.95 
VestedVested(10,512)16.38 Vested(11,161)13.56 
ForfeitedForfeited(1,836)13.25 Forfeited(1,828)12.58 
Non-vested at December 31, 202021,508 12.37 
Non-vested at December 31, 2021Non-vested at December 31, 202122,427 12.74 

111


During 2021, we granted 13.9 million shares of restricted stock and restricted stock unit awards at a weighted-average price of $13.95. During 2020, we granted 17.8 million shares of restricted stock and restricted stock unit awards at a weighted-average price of $12.08. During 2019, we granted 9.8 million shares of restricted stock and restricted stock unit awards at a weighted-average price of $12.41. During 2018, we granted 9.7 million shares of restricted stock and restricted stock unit awards at a weighted-average price of $17.02. The total fair value of restricted stock that vested during 2021, 2020 and 2019, and 2018, was $139 million, $126 million $118 million and $169$118 million, respectively. We do not estimate forfeitures, but recognize them as they occur.

Compensation Expense and Tax Benefit

We recognize compensation expense related to our market and performance share-basedstock-based awards with graded vesting that only have a service condition on a straight-line basis over the requisite service period for the entire award. Total compensation expense for all share-basedstock-based payment arrangements for the years ended December 31, 2021, 2020 and 2019, and 2018, was $120 million, $175 million $162 million and $186$162 million, respectively. Our tax benefit recognized in the consolidated statements of operations for our share-basedstock-based payment arrangements for the years ended December 31, 2021, 2020 and 2019, and 2018, was $29 million, $43 million $39 million and $46$39 million, respectively. At December 31, 2020,2021, there was $117$147 million of total unrecognized compensation expense related to our share-basedstock-based payment arrangements, which we expect to recognize over a weighted-average period of 1.5 years.

119
(12)    Loss


(13)    Earnings (Loss) Per Common Share

Basic and diluted lossearnings (loss) per common share for the years ended December 31, 2021, 2020 2019 and 20182019 were calculated as follows:
 Years Ended December 31,
 202020192018
 (Dollars in millions, except per share amounts, shares in thousands)
Loss (Numerator):   
Net loss$(1,232)(5,269)(1,733)
Net loss applicable to common stock for computing basic earnings per common share(1,232)(5,269)(1,733)
Net loss as adjusted for purposes of computing diluted earnings per common share$(1,232)(5,269)(1,733)
Shares (Denominator):  
Weighted average number of shares:   
Outstanding during period1,096,284 1,088,730 1,078,409 
Non-vested restricted stock(17,154)(17,289)(12,543)
Weighted average shares outstanding for computing basic earnings per common share1,079,130 1,071,441 1,065,866 
Incremental common shares attributable to dilutive securities:   
Shares issuable under convertible securities
Shares issuable under incentive compensation plans
Number of shares as adjusted for purposes of computing diluted loss per common share1,079,130 1,071,441 1,065,866 
Basic loss per common share$(1.14)(4.92)(1.63)
Diluted loss per common share (1)
$(1.14)(4.92)(1.63)

 Years Ended December 31,
 202120202019
 (Dollars in millions, except per share amounts, shares in thousands)
Income (Loss) (Numerator)   
Net Income (Loss)$2,033 (1,232)(5,269)
Net income (loss) applicable to common stock for computing basic earnings (loss) per common share2,033 (1,232)(5,269)
Net income (loss) as adjusted for purposes of computing diluted earnings (loss) per common share$2,033 (1,232)(5,269)
Shares (Denominator):  
Weighted average number of shares:   
Outstanding during period1,077,393 1,096,284 1,088,730 
Non-vested restricted stock(17,852)(17,154)(17,289)
Weighted average shares outstanding for computing basic earnings (loss) per common share1,059,541 1,079,130 1,071,441 
Incremental common shares attributable to dilutive securities:   
Shares issuable under convertible securities10 — — 
Shares issuable under incentive compensation plans7,227 — — 
Number of shares as adjusted for purposes of computing diluted earnings (loss) per common share1,066,778 1,079,130 1,071,441 
Basic earnings (loss) per common share$1.92 (1.14)(4.92)
Diluted earnings (loss) per common share(1)
$1.91 (1.14)(4.92)

(1)For the years ended December 31, 2020 December 31, 2019 and December 31, 2018,2019, we excluded from the calculation of diluted loss per share 5.3 million shares 3.0 million shares and 4.63.0 million shares, respectively, potentially issuable under incentive compensation plans or convertible securities, as their effect, if included, would have been anti-dilutive.

Our calculation of diluted lossearnings (loss) per common share excludes shares of common stock that are issuable upon exercise of stock options when the exercise price is greater than the average market price of our common stock. We also exclude unvested restricted stock awards that are antidilutive as a result of unrecognized compensation cost. Such shares were 3.2 million, 3.2 million and 6.8 million for 2021, 2020 and 2.7 million for 2020, 2019, and 2018, respectively.

112


(13)(14)    Fair Value of Financial Instruments

Our financial instruments consist of cash, cash equivalents, and restricted cash, accounts receivable, accounts payable, and long-term debt, excluding finance lease and other obligations, and interest rate swap contracts.contracts and certain investments. Due primarily to their short-term nature, the carrying amounts of our cash, cash equivalents, and restricted cash, accounts receivable and accounts payable approximate their fair values.

Fair value is defined as the price that would be received to sell an asset or paid to transfer a liability in an orderly transaction between independent and knowledgeable parties who are willing and able to transact for an asset or liability at the measurement date. We use valuation techniques that maximize the use of observable inputs and minimize the use of unobservable inputs when determining fair value and then we rank the estimated values based on the reliability of the inputs used following the fair value hierarchy set forth by the FASB.

We determined the fair values of our long-term debt, including the current portion, based on quoted market prices where available or, if not available, based on inputs other than quoted market prices in active markets that are either directly or indirectly observable such as discounted future cash flows using current market interest rates.
120



The three input levels in the hierarchy of fair value measurements are defined by the FASB generally as follows:
Input LevelDescription of Input
Level 1Observable inputs such as quoted market prices in active markets.
Level 2Inputs other than quoted prices in active markets that are either directly or indirectly observable.
Level 3Unobservable inputs in which little or no market data exists.

The following table presents the carrying amounts and estimated fair values of our long-termfinancial liabilities as of December 31, 2021:
  As of December 31, 2021As of December 31, 2020
 Input
Level
Carrying
Amount
Fair ValueCarrying
Amount
Fair Value
  (Dollars in millions)
Long-term debt, excluding finance lease and other obligations(1)
2$28,635 29,221 31,542 33,217 
Interest rate swap contracts (see Note 15)225 25 107 107 
______________________________________________________________________
(1)As of December 31, 2021, these amounts exclude $1.4 billion of carrying amount and $1.6 billion of fair value of debt excluding finance leasethat has been reclassified as held for sale. See Note 2—Planned Divestiture of the Latin American and other obligations, as well as the input level used to determine the fair values indicated below:
  As of December 31, 2020As of December 31, 2019
 Input
Level
Carrying
Amount
Fair ValueCarrying
Amount
Fair Value
  (Dollars in millions)
Liabilities-Long-term debt, excluding finance lease and other obligations2$31,542 33,217 34,472 35,737 
Interest rate swap contracts (see Note 14)2107 107 51 51 
ILEC Businesses for more information.

Investment Held at Net Asset Value
(14)
We hold an investment in a limited partnership that functions as holding company for a portion of the colocation and data center business that we divested in 2017. The limited partnership solely holds investments in those entities and has sole discretion as to the amount and timing of distributions of the underlying assets. Our investment did not have a readily determinable fair value as of December 31, 2020. As such, our investment in the limited partnership was previously accounted for under the cost method of accounting. As of December 31, 2021, the underlying investments held by the limited partnership began trading in active markets and as such, we elected to account for our investment in the limited partnership using net asset value ("NAV") as a practical expedient. As of December 31, 2021 the limited partnership is subject to a lock-up agreement that restricts the sale of certain underlying assets. The restriction is set to terminate in 2022.

As of December 31, 2021As of December 31, 2020
NAVCost
(Dollars in millions)
Investment in limited partnership(1)
$299 161 

(1)For the year ended December 31, 2021, we recognized $138 million of gain on investment, reflected in other expense, net in our consolidated statement of operations for the year ended December 31, 2021.

121


(15) Derivative Financial Instruments
 
From time to time, we use derivative financial instruments, primarily interest rate swaps, to manage our exposure to fluctuations in interest rates. Our primary objective in managing interest rate risk is to decrease the volatility of our earnings and cash flows affected by changes in the underlying rates. We have floating rate long-term debt (see Note 6—7—Long-Term Debt and Credit Facilities of this report)Facilities). These obligations expose us to variability in interest payments due to changes in interest rates. If interest rates increase, our interest expense increases. Conversely, if interest rates decrease, our interest expense also decreases. We have designated our currently outstanding interest rate swap agreements as cash flow hedges. As described further below, under these hedges, we receive variable-rate amounts from a counterparty in exchange for us making fixed-rate payments over the lives of the agreements without exchange of the underlying notional amount. The change in the fair value of the interest rate swap agreements is reflected in AOCIaccumulated other comprehensive income ("AOCI") and, as described below, is subsequently reclassified into earnings in the period that the hedged transaction affects earnings by virtue of qualifying as effective cash flow hedges. We do not use derivative financial instruments for speculative purposes.
 
113


In February 2019, we entered into 5 variable-to-fixed interest rate swap agreements to hedge the interest payments on $2.5 billion notional amount of floating rate debt. The 5 interest rate swap agreements are with different counterparties; one1 for $700 million and the other four4 for $450 million each. The transactions were effective beginning March 31, 2019 and mature March 31, 2022. Under the terms of these interest rate swap transactions, we receive interest payments based on one month floating LIBOR terms and pay interest at the fixed rate of 2.48%.

In June 2019, we entered into 6 variable-to-fixed interest rate swap agreements to hedge the interest payments on $1.5 billion notional amount of floating rate debt. The 6 interest rate swap agreements are with different counterparties for $250 million each. The transactions were effective beginning June 30, 2019 and mature June 30, 2022. Under the terms of these interest rate swap transactions, we receive interest payments based on one month floating LIBOR terms and pay interest at the fixed rate of 1.58%.

As of December 31, 2021, 2020 and 2019, we evaluated the effectiveness of our hedges quantitatively and anydetermined that hedges we had entered into at the timein effect on such dates qualified as effective hedge relationships.

We may be exposed to credit relatedcredit-related losses in the event of non-performance by counterparties. The counterparties to any of the financial derivatives we enter into are major institutions with investment grade credit ratings. We evaluate counterparty credit risk before entering into any hedge transaction and continue to closely monitor the financial market and the risk that our counterparties will default on their obligations as part of our quarterly qualitative effectiveness evaluation.
 
Amounts accumulated in AOCI related to derivatives are indirectly recognized in earnings as periodic settlement payments are made throughout the term of the swaps.

122


The table below presents the fair value of our derivative financial instruments as well as their classification on the consolidated balance sheetsheets at December 31, 2021 and December 31, 2020 as follows (in millions):
December 31, 2020December 31, 2019December 31, 2021December 31, 2020
Derivatives designated asDerivatives designated asBalance Sheet LocationFair ValueDerivatives designated asBalance Sheet LocationFair Value
Cash flow hedging contractsCash flow hedging contractsOther current and noncurrent liabilities$107 51 Cash flow hedging contractsOther current and noncurrent liabilities$25 107 

The amount of unrealized (gains) losses recognized in AOCI consists of the following (in millions):
Derivatives designated as hedging instrumentsDerivatives designated as hedging instruments20202019Derivatives designated as hedging instruments202120202019
Cash flow hedging contracts Cash flow hedging contractsCash flow hedging contracts
Years Ended December 31,Years Ended December 31,$115 53 Years Ended December 31,$115 53 

The amount of realized losses reclassified infrom AOCI to the statement of operations consists of the following (in millions):
Derivatives designated as hedging instrumentsDerivatives designated as hedging instruments20202019Derivatives designated as hedging instruments202120202019
Cash flow hedging contracts Cash flow hedging contractsCash flow hedging contracts
Years Ended December 31,Years Ended December 31,$62 Years Ended December 31,$83 62 

Amounts currently included in AOCI will be reclassified into earnings prior to the ongoing settlements of these cash flow hedging contracts untilon March 31, 2022 or June 30, 2022. We estimate that $82$25 million of net losses on the interest rate swaps (based on the estimated LIBOR curve as of December 31, 2020)2021) will be reflected in our consolidated statements of operations within the next 12 months.

114


(15)(16)    Income Taxes

The components of the income tax expense are as follows:
 Years Ended December 31,
 202020192018
 (Dollars in millions)
Income tax expense:   
Federal   
Current$(576)
Deferred338 376 734 
State   
Current50 15 (22)
Deferred55 81 52 
Foreign   
Current29 35 36 
Deferred(27)(11)(54)
Total income tax expense$450 503 170 

 Years Ended December 31,
 202120202019
 (Dollars in millions)
Income tax expense:   
Federal   
Current$
Deferred514 338 376 
State   
Current42 50 15 
Deferred72 55 81 
Foreign   
Current23 29 35 
Deferred12 (27)(11)
Total income tax expense$668 450 503 

 Years Ended December 31,
 202020192018
 (Dollars in millions)
Income tax expense was allocated as follows:   
Income tax expense in the consolidated statements of operations:   
Attributable to income$450 503 170 
Stockholders' equity:   
Tax effect of the change in accumulated other comprehensive loss$17 (62)(2)
123


 Years Ended December 31,
 202120202019
 (Dollars in millions)
Income tax expense was allocated as follows:   
Income tax expense in the consolidated statements of operations:   
Attributable to income$668 450 503 
Stockholders' equity:   
Tax effect of the change in accumulated other comprehensive loss$222 17 (62)

The following is a reconciliation from the statutory federal income tax rate to our effective income tax rate:
 Years Ended December 31,
 202020192018
 (Percentage of pre-tax income)
Statutory federal income tax rate21.0 %21.0 %21.0 %
State income taxes, net of federal income tax benefit(10.8)%(1.6)%(1.5)%
Goodwill impairment(71.0)%(28.6)%(36.6)%
Change in liability for unrecognized tax position(0.6)%(0.2)%1.3 %
Legislative changes to GILTI1.8 %%%
Nondeductible executive stock compensation(1.6)%(0.1)%%
Change in valuation allowance2.6 %%%
Tax reform%%(5.9)%
Net foreign income taxes(0.6)%(0.5)%1.8 %
Research and development credits1.6 %0.1 %0.9 %
Tax benefit of net operating loss carryback%%9.1 %
Other, net0.1 %(0.7)%(1.0)%
Effective income tax rate(57.5)%(10.6)%(10.9)%
115


 Years Ended December 31,
 202120202019
 (Percentage of pre-tax income (loss))
Statutory federal income tax rate21.0 %21.0 %21.0 %
State income taxes, net of federal income tax benefit3.3 %(10.8)%(1.6)%
Goodwill impairment— %(71.0)%(28.6)%
Change in liability for unrecognized tax position0.1 %(0.6)%(0.2)%
Legislative changes to GILTI— %1.8 %— %
Nondeductible executive stock compensation0.2 %(1.6)%(0.1)%
Change in valuation allowance— %2.6 %— %
Net foreign income taxes0.6 %(0.6)%(0.5)%
Research and development credits(0.5)%1.6 %0.1 %
Other, net— %0.1 %(0.7)%
Effective income tax rate24.7 %(57.5)%(10.6)%

The effective tax rate for the year ended December 31, 2020 reflectsincludes a $555 million unfavorable impact of non-deductible goodwill impairment,impairments, a $14 million favorable impact in tax regulations passed in 2020 allowing a high tax exception related to our tax exposure of Global Intangible Low-Taxed Income ("GILTI"), as well as a $20 million benefit related to the release of previously established valuation allowances against capital losses. The effective tax rates for the years ended December 31, 2019 and December 31, 2018 include a $1.4 billion and a $572 million unfavorable impact of non-deductible goodwill impairments, respectively. Additionally, the effective tax rate for the year ended December 31, 20182019 reflects a $92 million$1.4 billion unfavorable impact due to finalizing the impacts of tax reform. Partially offsetting these amounts is a $142 million benefit generated by a loss carryback to 2016.non-deductible goodwill impairments.

124


The tax effects of temporary differences that gave rise to significant portions of the deferred tax assets and deferred tax liabilities were as follows:
As of December 31, As of December 31,
20202019 20212020
(Dollars in millions) (Dollars in millions)
Deferred tax assetsDeferred tax assets  Deferred tax assets  
Post-retirement and pension benefit costsPost-retirement and pension benefit costs$1,164 1,169 Post-retirement and pension benefit costs$978 1,164 
Net operating loss carryforwardsNet operating loss carryforwards3,138 3,167 Net operating loss carryforwards2,463 3,138 
Other employee benefitsOther employee benefits119 134 Other employee benefits96 119 
OtherOther604 577 Other554 604 
Gross deferred tax assetsGross deferred tax assets5,025 5,047 Gross deferred tax assets4,091 5,025 
Less valuation allowanceLess valuation allowance(1,538)(1,319)Less valuation allowance(1,566)(1,538)
Net deferred tax assetsNet deferred tax assets3,487 3,728 Net deferred tax assets2,525 3,487 
Deferred tax liabilitiesDeferred tax liabilities  Deferred tax liabilities  
Property, plant and equipment, primarily due to depreciation differencesProperty, plant and equipment, primarily due to depreciation differences(3,882)(3,489)Property, plant and equipment, primarily due to depreciation differences(3,941)(3,882)
Goodwill and other intangible assetsGoodwill and other intangible assets(2,755)(3,019)Goodwill and other intangible assets(2,473)(2,755)
Gross deferred tax liabilitiesGross deferred tax liabilities(6,637)(6,508)Gross deferred tax liabilities(6,414)(6,637)
Net deferred tax liabilityNet deferred tax liability$(3,150)(2,780)Net deferred tax liability$(3,889)(3,150)

Of the $3.2$3.9 billion and $2.8$3.2 billion net deferred tax liability at December 31, 2021 and 2020, and 2019, respectively, $3.3$4.0 billion and $2.9$3.3 billion is reflected as a long-term liability and $191$160 million and $118$191 million is reflected as a net noncurrent deferred tax asset, in other, net on our consolidated balance sheets at December 31, 20202021 and 2019,2020, respectively.

116


At December 31, 2020,2021, we had federal NOLs of $5.1$2.9 billion, net of limitations of Section 382 of the Internal Revenue Code ("Section 382") and uncertain tax positions, for U.S. federal income tax purposes. If unused, the NOLs will expire between 20232026 and 2037. The U.S. federal net operating loss carryforwards expire as follows:

ExpiringAmount
December 31,(Dollars in millions)
2024$745 
20251,042 
20261,525 
2027375 
2028637 
2029645 
2030668 
2031733 
2032348 
2033238 
20372,976 
NOLs per return9,932 
Uncertain tax positions(4,855)
Financial NOLs$5,077 
ExpiringAmount
December 31,(Dollars in millions)
2026$741 
2027375 
2028637 
2029645 
2030668 
2031733 
2032348 
2033238 
20372,976 
NOLs per return7,361 
Uncertain tax positions(4,457)
Financial NOLs$2,904 

We expect to use substantially all of these tax attributes to reduce our future federal tax liabilities, although the timing of that use will depend upon our future earnings and future tax circumstances.

125


At December 31, 20202021 we had state net operating loss carryforwards of $17$16 billion (net of uncertain tax positions). We also had foreign NOL carryforwards of $7$6 billion. Our acquisitions of Level 3, Qwest and SAVVIS, Inc. caused "ownership changes" within the meaning of Section 382 for the acquired companies. As a result, our ability to use these NOLs and tax credits are subject to annual limits imposed by Section 382.

We establish valuation allowances when necessary to reduce the deferred tax assets to amounts we expect to realize. As of December 31, 2020,2021, a valuation allowance of $1.5$1.6 billion was established as it is more likely than not that this amount of net operating loss, capital loss and tax credit carryforwards will not be utilized prior to expiration. Our valuation allowance at December 31, 20202021 and 20192020 is primarily related to foreign and state NOL carryforwards. This valuation allowance increased by $219$28 million during 2020,2021, primarily due to the impact of foreign exchange rate adjustments and state law changes.related to the planned divestiture of our Latin American business.

A reconciliation of the change in our gross unrecognized tax benefits (excluding both interest and any related federal benefit) from January 1 to December 31 for 20202021 and 20192020 is as follows:
20202019
 (Dollars in millions)
Unrecognized tax benefits at beginning of year$1,538 1,587 
Increase in tax positions of the current year netted against deferred tax assets18 11 
Increase in tax positions of prior periods netted against deferred tax assets
Decrease in tax positions of the current year netted against deferred tax assets(86)(49)
Decrease in tax positions of prior periods netted against deferred tax assets(5)(19)
Increase in tax positions taken in the current year
Increase in tax positions taken in the prior year10 
Decrease due to payments/settlements(1)(8)
Decrease due to the reversal of tax positions taken in a prior year(5)
Unrecognized tax benefits at end of year$1,474 1,538 
117


20212020
 (Dollars in millions)
Unrecognized tax benefits at beginning of year$1,474 1,538 
Increase in tax positions of the current year netted against deferred tax assets18 
Increase in tax positions of prior periods netted against deferred tax assets— 
Decrease in tax positions of the current year netted against deferred tax assets(101)(86)
Decrease in tax positions of prior periods netted against deferred tax assets(1)(5)
Increase in tax positions taken in the current year
Increase in tax positions taken in the prior year
Decrease due to payments/settlements(3)(1)
Decrease from the lapse of statute of limitations(1)— 
Unrecognized tax benefits at end of year$1,375 1,474 

The total amount (including both interest and any related federal benefit) of unrecognized tax benefits that, if recognized, would impact the effective income tax rate was $267$273 million and $259$267 million at December 31, 20202021 and 2019,2020, respectively.

Our policy is to reflect interest expense associated with unrecognized tax benefits in income tax expense. We had accrued interest (presented before related tax benefits) of approximately $23$24 million and $15$23 million at December 31, 20202021 and 2019,2020, respectively.

We, or at least one of our subsidiaries, file income tax returns in the U.S. federal jurisdiction and various states and foreign jurisdictions. With few exceptions, we are no longer subject to U.S. federal, state and local, or non-U.S. income tax examinations by tax authorities for years before 2002. The Internal Revenue Service and state and local taxing authorities reserve the right to audit any period where net operating loss carryforwards are available.

Based on our current assessment of various factors, including (i) the potential outcomes of these ongoing examinations, (ii) the expiration of statute of limitations for specific jurisdictions, (iii) the negotiated settlement of certain disputed issues, and (iv) the administrative practices of applicable taxing jurisdictions, it is reasonably possible that the related unrecognized tax benefits for uncertain tax positions previously taken may decrease by up to $3 million within the next 12 months. The actual amount of such decrease, if any, will depend on several future developments and events, many of which are outside our control.

126
(16)


(17)    Segment Information

In early 2021, Jeff Storey, our chief executive officer, who serves as chief operating decision maker ("CODM"), made changes to our segment and customer-facing sales channel reporting categories to align with operational changes designed to better support our customers. Since these changes, we have reported 2 segments: Business and Mass Markets. The Business segment includes 4 sales channels: International and Global Accounts, Large Enterprise, Mid-Market Enterprise and Wholesale. These changes also include both the creation of new product categories and the realignment of products and services within previously reported product categories to better reflect product life cycles and our go-to-market approach. For Business segment revenue, we report the following product categories: Compute and Application Services, IP and Data Services, Fiber Infrastructure Services and Voice and Other, in each case through the sales channels outlined above. For Mass Markets segment revenue, we report the following product categories: Consumer Broadband, SBG Broadband, Voice and Other and CAF II. See detailed descriptions of these product and service categories in Note 4—Revenue Recognition.

As described in more detail below, our segments are managed based on the direct costs of providing services to their customers and thedirectly associated selling, general and administrative costs (primarily salaries and commissions). Shared costs are managed separately and included in "Operations and Other" in the tables below. WeAs referenced above, we reclassified certain prior period amounts to conform to the current period presentation. See Note 1—Background and Summary of Significant Accounting Policies for furtheradditional detail on these changes.

At December 31, 2020,2021, we had the following 52 reportable segments:

International and Global Accounts Management ("IGAM") Segment.Business Segment: Under our IGAMBusiness segment, we provide our products and services under 4 distinct sales channels to approximately 200 globalmeet the needs of our enterprise customers and to enterprisescommercial customers; and carriers in 3 operating regions: Europe Middle East and Africa, Latin America and Asia Pacific;

Enterprise Segment. Mass Markets Segment:Under our enterpriseMass Markets segment, we provide our products and services to largeconsumer and regional domestic and global enterprises, as well as public sector, which includes the U.S. federal government, state and local governments and research and education institutions;

Small and Medium Business ("SMB") Segment. Under our SMB segment, we provide our products and services to small and medium businesses directly and indirectly through our channel partners;

Wholesale Segment. Under our wholesale segment, we provide our products and services to a wide range of other communication providers across the wireline, wireless, cable, voice and data center sectors. Our wholesale customers range from large global telecom providers to small regional providers; and

Consumer Segment. Under our consumer segment, we provide our products and services to residentialbusiness customers. Additionally, Connect America Fund ("CAF") federal support revenue, and other revenue from leasing and subleasing are reported in our consumer segment as regulatory revenue.
Product and Service Categories
At December 31, 2020, we categorized our products and services revenue among the following 4 categories for the IGAM, Enterprise, SMB and Wholesale segments:

IP and Data Services, which includes primarily VPN data networks, Ethernet, IP, content delivery and other ancillary services;
118



Transport and Infrastructure, which includes wavelengths, dark fiber, private line, colocation and data center services, including cloud, hosting and application management solutions, professional services and other ancillary services;

Voice and Collaboration, which includes primarily local and long-distance voice, including wholesale voice, and other ancillary services, as well as VoIP services; and

IT and Managed Services, which includes information technology services and managed services, which may be purchased in conjunction with our other network services.

At December 31, 2020, we categorized our products and services revenue among the following 4 categories for the Consumer segment:

Broadband, which includes high-speed, fiber based and lower speed DSL broadband services;

Voice, which includes local and long-distance services;

Regulatory Revenue, which consists of (i) CAF and other support payments designed to reimburse us for various costs related to certain telecommunications services and (ii) other operating revenue from the leasing and subleasing of space; and

Other, which includes retail video services (including our linear and TV services), professional services and other ancillary services.

The following tables summarize our segment results for 2021, 2020 2019 and 20182019 based on the segment categorization we were operating under at December 31, 2020.2021.
Year Ended December 31, 2020
International and Global AccountsEnterpriseSmall and Medium BusinessWholesaleConsumerTotal SegmentsOperations and OtherTotal
(Dollars in millions)
Revenue:
IP and Data Services$1,556 2,474 1,062 1,280 6,372 6,372 
Transport and Infrastructure1,265 1,608 352 1,764 4,989 4,989 
Voice and Collaboration368 1,424 1,098 731 3,621 3,621 
IT and Managed Services216 216 45 479 479 
Broadband2,909 2,909 2,909 
Voice1,622 1,622 1,622 
Regulatory615 615 615 
Other105 105 105 
Total revenue3,405 5,722 2,557 3,777 5,251 20,712 20,712 
Expenses:
Cost of services and products935 1,878 382 489 173 3,857 5,077 8,934 
Selling, general and administrative242 510 406 67 466 1,691 1,773 3,464 
Less: share-based compensation(175)(175)
Total expense1,177 2,388 788 556 639 5,548 6,675 12,223 
Total adjusted EBITDA$2,228 3,334 1,769 3,221 4,612 15,164 (6,675)8,489 
Year Ended December 31, 2021
BusinessMass MarketsTotal SegmentsOperations and OtherTotal
(Dollars in millions)
Revenue:$14,119 5,568 19,687 — 19,687 
Expenses:
Cost of services and products3,484 152 3,636 4,852 8,488 
Selling, general and administrative1,189 530 1,719 1,176 2,895 
Less: stock-based compensation— — — (120)(120)
Total expense4,673 682 5,355 5,908 11,263 
Total adjusted EBITDA$9,446 4,886 14,332 (5,908)8,424 

Year Ended December 31, 2020
BusinessMass MarketsTotal SegmentsOperations and OtherTotal
(Dollars in millions)
Revenue:$14,817 5,895 20,712 — 20,712 
Expenses:
Cost of services and products3,649 203 3,852 5,082 8,934 
Selling, general and administrative1,269 574 1,843 1,621 3,464 
Less: stock-based compensation— — — (175)(175)
Total expense4,918 777 5,695 6,528 12,223 
Total adjusted EBITDA$9,899 5,118 15,017 (6,528)8,489 

119127


Year Ended December 31, 2019
International and Global AccountsEnterpriseSmall and Medium BusinessWholesaleConsumerTotal SegmentsOperations and OtherTotal
(Dollars in millions)
Revenue:
IP and Data Services$1,627 2,538 1,091 1,365 6,621 6,621 
Transport and Infrastructure1,268 1,479 365 1,907 5,019 5,019 
Voice and Collaboration354 1,423 1,226 763 3,766 3,766 
IT and Managed Services227 256 45 535 535 
Broadband2,876 2,876 2,876 
Voice1,837 1,837 1,837 
Regulatory632 632 632 
Other172 172 172 
Total revenue3,476 5,696 2,727 4,042 5,517 21,458 21,458 
Expenses:
Cost of services and products920 1,768 399 535 197 3,819 5,315 9,134 
Selling, general and administrative261 545 459 58 521 1,844 1,871 3,715 
Less: share-based compensation(162)(162)
Total expense1,181 2,313 858 593 718 5,663 7,024 12,687 
Total adjusted EBITDA$2,295 3,383 1,869 3,449 4,799 15,795 (7,024)8,771 
Year Ended December 31, 2019
BusinessMass MarketsTotal SegmentsOperations and OtherTotal
(Dollars in millions)
Revenue:$15,239 6,219 21,458 — 21,458 
Expenses:
Cost of services and products3,598 214 3,812 5,322 9,134 
Selling, general and administrative1,364 630 1,994 1,721 3,715 
Less: stock-based compensation— — — (162)(162)
Total expense4,962 844 5,806 6,881 12,687 
Total adjusted EBITDA$10,277 5,375 15,652 (6,881)8,771 

120


Year Ended December 31, 2018
International and Global AccountsEnterpriseSmall and Medium BusinessWholesaleConsumerTotal SegmentsOperations and OtherTotal
(Dollars in millions)
Revenue:
IP and Data Services$1,682 2,485 1,078 1,369 6,614 6,614 
Transport and Infrastructure1,230 1,484 424 2,118 5,256 5,256 
Voice and Collaboration365 1,495 1,366 865 4,091 4,091 
IT and Managed Services266 301 50 625 625 
Broadband2,824 2,824 2,824 
Voice2,127 2,127 2,127 
Regulatory727 727 727 
Other316 316 316 
Total revenue3,543 5,765 2,918 4,360 5,994 22,580 22,580 
Expenses:
Cost of services and products940 1,844 416 567 356 4,123 5,876 9,999 
Selling, general and administrative249 567 490 62 617 1,985 2,180 4,165 
Less: share-based compensation(186)(186)
Total expense1,189 2,411 906 629 973 6,108 7,870 13,978 
Total adjusted EBITDA$2,354 3,354 2,012 3,731 5,021 16,472 (7,870)8,602 

121


Revenue and Expenses

Our segment revenue includes all revenue from our 52 segments as described in more detail above. Our segment revenue is based upon each customer's classification. We report our segment revenue based upon all services provided to that segment's customers. Our segment expenses include specific cost of service expenses incurred as a direct result of providing services and products to segment customers, along with selling, general and administrative expenses that are directly associated with specific segment customers or activities. We have not allocated assets or debt to specific segments.

The following items are excluded from our segment results, because they are centrally managed and not monitored by or reported to our chief operating decision makerCODM by segment:

network expenses not incurred as a direct result of providing services and products to segment customers;

centrally managed expenses such as Operations, Finance, Human Resources, Legal, Marketing, Product Management and IT, which are reported as "Other operating expenses" in the table below;

depreciation and amortization expenseexpense;

goodwill or other impairments;

interest expense, because we manage our financing on a consolidated basis and have not allocated assets or debt to specific segments;expense;

stock-based compensation; and

other income and expense items are not monitored as a part of our segment operations.
128



The following table reconciles total segment adjusted EBITDA to net lossincome (loss) for the years ended December 31, 2021, 2020 2019 and 2018:2019:
Years Ended December 31, Years Ended December 31,
202020192018 202120202019
(Dollars in millions) (Dollars in millions)
Total segment adjusted EBITDATotal segment adjusted EBITDA$15,164 15,795 16,472 Total segment adjusted EBITDA$14,332 15,017 15,652 
Depreciation and amortizationDepreciation and amortization(4,710)(4,829)(5,120)Depreciation and amortization(4,019)(4,710)(4,829)
Goodwill impairmentGoodwill impairment(2,642)(6,506)(2,726)Goodwill impairment��� (2,642)(6,506)
Other operating expenses(6,675)(7,024)(7,870)
Share-based compensation(175)(162)(186)
Operations and other expensesOperations and other expenses(5,908)(6,528)(6,881)
Stock-based compensationStock-based compensation(120)(175)(162)
Operating income (loss)Operating income (loss)962 (2,726)570 Operating income (loss)4,285 962 (2,726)
Total other expense, netTotal other expense, net(1,744)(2,040)(2,133)Total other expense, net(1,584)(1,744)(2,040)
Loss before income taxes(782)(4,766)(1,563)
Income (loss) before income taxesIncome (loss) before income taxes2,701 (782)(4,766)
Income tax expenseIncome tax expense450 503 170 Income tax expense668 450 503 
Net loss$(1,232)(5,269)(1,733)
Net income (loss)Net income (loss)$2,033 (1,232)(5,269)
    
We do not have any single customer that providescomprises more than 10% of our consolidated total operating revenue.

The assets we hold outside of the U.S. represent less than 10% of our total assets. Revenue from sources outside of the U.S. is responsible forcomprises less than 10% of our total operating revenue.

(17)(18)    Commitments, Contingencies and Other Items

We are subject to various claims, legal proceedings and other contingent liabilities, including the matters described below, which individually or in the aggregate could materially affect our financial condition, future results of operations or cash flows. As a matter of course, we are prepared to both litigate these matters to judgment as needed, as well as to evaluate and consider reasonable settlement opportunities.

122


Irrespective of its merits, litigation may be both lengthy and disruptive to our operations and could cause significant expenditure and diversion of management attention. We review our litigation accrual liabilities on a quarterly basis, but in accordance with applicable accounting guidelines only establish accrual liabilities when losses are deemed probable and reasonably estimable and only revise previously-established accrual liabilities when warranted by changes in circumstances, in each case based on then-available information. As such, as of any given date we could have exposure to losses under proceedings as to which no liability has been accrued or as to which the accrued liability is inadequate. Amounts accrued for our litigation and non-income tax contingencies at December 31, 20202021 and December 31, 20192020 aggregated to approximately $141$103 million and $180$141 million, respectively, and are included in other current liabilities, and other liabilities, or liabilities held for sale in our consolidated balance sheetsheets as of such date.dates. The establishment of an accrual does not mean that actual funds have been set aside to satisfy a given contingency. Thus, the resolution of a particular contingency for the amount accrued could have no effect on our results of operations but nonetheless could have an adverse effect on our cash flows.

In this Note, when we refer to a class action as "putative" it is because a class has been alleged, but not certified in that matter.
129



Principal Proceedings

Shareholder Class Action Suit

Lumen and certain Lumen Board of Directors members and officers were named as defendants in a putative shareholder class action lawsuit filed on June 12, 2018 in the Boulder County District Court of the state of Colorado, captioned Houser et al. v. CenturyLink, et al. The complaint asserts claims on behalf of a putative class of former Level 3 shareholders who became CenturyLink, Inc. shareholders as a result of our acquisition of Level 3. It alleges that the proxy statement provided to the Level 3 shareholders failed to disclose various material information of several kinds, including information about strategic revenue, customer loss rates, and customer account issues, among other items. The complaint seeks damages, costs and fees, rescission, rescissory damages, and other equitable relief. In May 2020, the court dismissed the complaint. Plaintiffs appealed that decision, and the appeal is pending.

State Tax Suits

Since 2012, a number of Missouri municipalities have asserted claims in the Circuit Court of St. Louis County, Missouri, alleging that we and several of our subsidiaries have underpaid taxes. These municipalities are seeking, among other things, declaratory relief regarding the application of business license and gross receipts taxes and back taxes from 2007 to the present, plus penalties and interest. In a February 2017 ruling in connection with 1 of these pending cases, the court entered an order awarding plaintiffs $4 million and broadening the tax base on a going-forward basis. We appealed that decision to the Missouri Supreme Court. In December 2019, it affirmed the circuit court's order in some respects and reversed it in others, remanding the case to the circuit court for further proceedings. The Missouri Supreme Court's decision reduced our exposure in the case. In a June 20172021 ruling in connection with another one1 of thesethe pending cases, another trial court awarded the circuit court made findings in a non-final ruling which, ifcities of Columbia and Joplin approximately $55 million, plus statutory interest. We have appealed that decision to the Missouri Court of Appeals. That appeal is pending. If the trial court's decision is not overturned or modified in light of the Missouri Supreme Court's decision, it will result in a tax liability to us well in excess of the contingent liability we have established. The circuit court has indicated it does not intend to alter its 2017 ruling when it issues its final decision. Once a final decision is issued, we will have the right to pursue an appeal.our reserved accruals established for these matters. We continue to vigorously defend against these claims.

Billing Practices Suits

In June 2017, a former employee filed an employment lawsuit against us claiming that she was wrongfully terminated for alleging that we charged some of our retail customers for products and services they did not authorize. Thereafter, based in part on the allegations made by the former employee, several legal proceedings were filed.

123


In June 2017, McLeod v. CenturyLink, afiled, including consumer class action, was filed against usactions in the U.S. District Court for the Central District of California alleging that we charged some of our retail customers for products and services they did not authorize. Other complaints asserting similar claims were filed in other federal and state courts. The lawsuits assert claims including fraud, unfair competition, and unjust enrichment. Also in June 2017, Craig. v. CenturyLink, Inc., et al.,courts, a series of securities investor class action, was filedactions in U.S. District Court for the Southern District of New York, alleging that we failed to disclose material information regarding improper sales practices,federal courts and asserting federal securities law claims. A number of other cases asserting similar claims have also been filed.

Beginning June 2017, we also received several shareholder derivative demands addressing related topics. In August 2017, the Board of Directors formed a special litigation committee of outside directors to address the allegations of impropriety containedactions in the shareholder derivative demands. In April 2018, the special litigation committee concluded its review of the derivative demandsfederal and declined to take further action. Since then, derivative cases were filed in Louisiana state court in the Fourth Judicial District Court for the Parish of Ouachita and in federal court in Louisiana and Minnesota. Thesecourts. The derivative cases were brought on behalf of CenturyLink, Inc. against certain current and former officers and directors of the Company and seek damages for alleged breaches of fiduciary duties.

The consumer class actions, the securities investor class actions, and the federal derivative actions were transferred to the U.S. District Court for the District of Minnesota for coordinated and consolidated pretrial proceedings as In Re: CenturyLink Sales Practices and Securities Litigation.

We received final court approval of our settlement ofhave settled the consumer class actions for payments totaling $15.5 million, plus certain notice and administration costs. Approximately 12,000 potential class members elected to opt out of the class settlement and may elect to pursue their individual claims against us on these issues through various dispute resolution processes, including individual arbitration. Subject to certain conditions, we have agreed to settle claims of approximately 11,000 such class members asserted by one law firm. Additionally, we have reached an agreement settling the securities investor class actions. Those settlements are final. The derivative actions for payment of $55 million, which we expect to be paid by our insurers. The settlement of the securities investor class claims is subject to court approval.remain pending.

We have engaged in discussions regarding related claims with a number of state attorneys general, and have entered into agreements settling certain of the consumer practices claims asserted by state attorneys general. While we do not agree with allegations raised in these matters, we have been willing to consider reasonable settlements where appropriate.

December 2018 Outage Proceedings

We experienced an outage on one of our transport networks that impacted voice, IP, 911, and transport services for some of our customers between the 27th and 29th of December 2018. We believe that the outage was caused by a faulty network management card from a third-party equipment vendor.

130


The FCC and four states (both Washington Utilities and Transportation Commission ("WUTC") and the Washington Attorney General; the Montana Public Service Commission; the Nebraska Public Service Commission; and the Wyoming Public Service Commission) initiated formal investigations. In November 2020, following the FCC's release of a public report on the outage, we negotiated a settlement which was released by the FCC in December 2020. The amount of the settlement was not material to our financial statements.

In December 2020, the Staff of the WUTC filed a complaint against us based on the December 2018 outage, seeking penalties owed for alleged violations of Washington regulations and laws. We have denied the allegations and will defend the claims asserted.

Peruvian Tax Litigation

In 2005, the Peruvian tax authorities ("SUNAT") issued tax assessments against 1 of our Peruvian subsidiaries asserting $26 million, of additional income tax withholding and value-added taxes ("VAT"), penalties and interest for calendar years 2001 and 2002 on the basis that the Peruvian subsidiary incorrectly documented its importations. After takingIn May 2021, the Company paid the remaining amount on the fractioning regimes entered into accountby the developments described below, as well asCompany to pay the accrued interest and foreign exchange effects, we believe the total amount of our exposure is $2 million at December 31, 2020.assessed while it was appealed.

We challenged the assessments via administrative and then judicial review processes. In October 2011, the highest administrative review tribunal (the Tribunal) decided the central issue underlying the 2002 assessments in SUNAT's favor. We appealed the Tribunal's decision to the first judicial level, which decided the central issue in favor of Level 3. SUNAT and we filed cross-appeals with the court of appeal. In May 2017, the court of appeal issued a decision reversing the first judicial level. In June 2017, we filed an appeal of the decision to the Supreme Court of Justice, the final judicial level. Oral argument was held before the Supreme Court of Justice in October 2018. A decision on this case is pending.

In October 2013, the Tribunal decided the central issue underlying the 2001 assessments in SUNAT’s favor. We appealed that decision to the first judicial level in Peru, which decided the central issue in favor of SUNAT. In June 2017, we filed an appeal with the court of appeal. In November 2017, the court of appeals issued a decision affirming the first judicial level and we filed an appeal of the decision to the Supreme Court of Justice. Oral argument was held before the Supreme Court of Justice in June 2019. AIn May 2021, the Company was served with a favorable and final decision on this casefrom the Supreme Court of Justice. The Company is pending.
124


working with SUNAT to provide additional information before SUNAT submits its plan for complying with the Supreme Court of Justice's decision.

Brazilian Tax Claims

The São Paulo and Rio de Janeiro state tax authorities have issued tax assessments against our Brazilian subsidiaries for the Tax on Distribution of Goods and Services (“ICMS”), mainly with respect to revenue from leasing certain assets and revenue from the provision of Internet access services by treating such activities as the provision of communications services, to which the ICMS tax applies. We filed objections to these assessments in both states, arguing among other things that neither the lease of assets nor the provision of Internet access qualifies as "communication services"communication services subject to ICMS.

We have appealed to the respective state judicial courts the decisions by the respective state administrative courts that rejected our objections to these assessments. In cases in which state lower courts ruled partially in our favor finding that the lease assets are not subject to ICMS, and in connection, the State appealed those rulings. In other cases, the assessment was affirmed at the first administrative level and we have appealedour appeal to the second administrative level.level is pending. Other assessments are still pending state judicial decisions.

We are vigorously contesting all such assessments in both states and view the assessment of ICMS on revenue from equipment leasing and Internet access to be without merit. We estimate that theseThese assessments, if upheld, could result in a loss of $17 millionup to as high as $49$46 million as of December 31, 2020,2021, in excess of the reserved accruals established for these matters.

131


Qui Tam Action

Level 3 was notified in late 2017 of a qui tam action pending against Level 3 Communications, Inc. and others in the U.S. District Court for the Eastern District of Virginia, captioned United States of America ex rel., Stephen Bishop v. Level 3 Communications, Inc. et al. The original qui tam complaint and an amended complaint were filed under seal on November 26, 2013 and June 16, 2014, respectively. The court unsealed the complaints on October 26, 2017.

The amended complaint allegesalleged that Level 3, principally through 2 former employees, submitted false claims and made false statements to the government in connection with 2 government contracts. The relator seekssought damages in this lawsuit of approximately $50 million, subject to trebling, plus statutory penalties, pre-and-post judgment interest, and attorney’s fees.million. The case is currently stayed.

Level 3 is evaluating its defenses to the claims. At this time, Level 3 does not believe it is probable Level 3 will incur a material loss. If, contrary to its expectations, the plaintiff prevails in this matter and proves damages at or near $50 million, and is successful in having those damages trebled, the outcome could have a material adverse effect on our results of operationswas settled in the period in which a liabilitysecond quarter of 2021 for an immaterial amount. This matter is recognized and on our cash flows for the period in which any damages are paid.

Several people, including 2 former Level 3 employees were indicted in the U.S. District Court for the Eastern District of Virginia on October 3, 2017, and charged with, among other things, accepting kickbacks from a subcontractor, who was also indicted, for work to be performed under a prime government contract. Of the 2 former employees, 1 entered into a plea agreement, and the other is deceased. Level 3 isnow fully cooperating in the government’s investigations in this matter.resolved.

Other Proceedings, Disputes and Contingencies

From time to time, we are involved in other proceedings incidental to our business, including patent infringement allegations, regulatory hearings relating primarily to our rates or services, actions relating to employee claims, various tax issues, environmental law issues, grievance hearings before labor regulatory agencies and miscellaneous third partythird-party tort actions.actions or commercial disputes.

We are currently defending several patent infringement lawsuits asserted against us by non-practicing entities, many of which are seeking substantial recoveries. These cases have progressed to various stages and 1 or more may go to trial during 2021within the next 12 months if they are not otherwise resolved. Where applicable, we are seeking full or partial indemnification from our vendors and suppliers. As with all litigation, we are vigorously defending these actions and, as a matter of course, are prepared to litigate these matters to judgment, as well as to evaluate and consider all reasonable settlement opportunities.
125



We are subject to various foreign, federal, state and local environmental protection and health and safety laws. From time to time, we are subject to judicial and administrative proceedings brought by various governmental authorities under these laws. Several such proceedings are currently pending, but none is reasonably expected to exceed $300,000 in fines and penalties.

The outcome of these other proceedings described under this heading is not predictable. However, based on current circumstances, we do not believe that the ultimate resolution of these other proceedings, after considering available defenses and any insurance coverage or indemnification rights, will have a material adverse effect on us.

The matters listed above in this Note do not reflect all of our contingencies. The ultimate outcome of the above-described matters may differ materially from the outcomes anticipated, estimated, projected or implied by us in certain of our statements appearing above in this Note, and proceedings currently viewed as immaterial by us may ultimately materially impact us.

Right-of-Way

At December 31, 2020,2021, our future rental commitments forand Right-of-Way agreements were as follows:
Right-of-Way Agreements Right-of-Way Agreements
(Dollars in millions) (Dollars in millions)
2021$221 
20222022135 2022$246 
2023202391 202399 
2024202478 202484 
2025202567 202574 
2026 and thereafter673 
2026202671 
2027 and thereafter2027 and thereafter962 
Total future minimum paymentsTotal future minimum payments$1,265 Total future minimum payments$1,536 
132



Purchase Commitments

We have several commitments primarily for marketing activities and support services from a variety of vendors to be used in the ordinary course of business totaling $1.0$1.1 billion at December 31, 2020.2021. Of this amount, we expect to purchase $403 million in 2021, $328$414 million in 2022, through 2023, and $98$386 million in 2023 through 2024, and 2025 and $171$91 million in 2025 through 2026 and $188 million in 2027 and thereafter. These amounts do not represent our entire anticipated purchases in the future, but represent only those items for which we were contractually committed as of December 31, 2020.2021.

126Amounts included in the Right-of-Way table and in the purchase commitments disclosed above are inclusive of contractual obligations related to our Latin American and ILEC businesses to be divested.


(18)(19)    Other Financial Information

Other Current Assets

The following table presents details of other current assets in our consolidated balance sheets:
As of December 31, As of December 31,
20202019 20212020
(Dollars in millions) (Dollars in millions)
Prepaid expensesPrepaid expenses$290 274 Prepaid expenses$295 290 
Income tax receivableIncome tax receivable35 Income tax receivable22 
Materials, supplies and inventoryMaterials, supplies and inventory105 105 Materials, supplies and inventory96 105 
Contract assetsContract assets66 42 Contract assets45 66 
Contract acquisition costsContract acquisition costs173 178 Contract acquisition costs142 173 
Contract fulfillment costsContract fulfillment costs114 115 Contract fulfillment costs106 114 
Note receivableNote receivable56 — 
Receivable for sale of landReceivable for sale of land56 — 
OtherOther53 70 Other11 53 
Total other current assets$808 819 
Total other current assets(1)
Total other current assets(1)
$829 808 
______________________________________________________________________
(1)As of December 31, 2021, other current assets exclude $126 million that have been reclassified as held for sale.

Included in accounts payable at December 31, 2021 and 2020 and 2019 were $329$248 million and $469$329 million, respectively, associated with capital expenditures. Also included in accounts payable at December 31, 2019 was $106 million representing book overdrafts. There were 0 book overdrafts at December 31, 2020.

(19)    Labor Union Contracts(20) Repurchases of Lumen Common Stock

AsEffective August 3, 2021, our Board of Directors authorized a 24-month program to repurchase up to an aggregate of $1.0 billion of our outstanding common stock. During the year ended December 31, 2020, approximately 23%2021, we repurchased under this program 80.9 million shares of our employeesoutstanding common stock in the open market for an aggregate market price of $1.0 billion, or an average purchase price of $12.36 per share, thereby fully exhausting the program. All repurchased common stock has been retired. As a result, common stock and additional paid-in capital were represented by the Communication Workers of America ("CWA") or the International Brotherhood of Electrical Workers ("IBEW"). We believe that relations with our employees continue to be generally good. Approximately 1% of our union-represented employees were subject to collective bargaining agreements that expiredreduced as of December 31, 20202021 by $81 million and are currently being renegotiated. Approximately 14% of our represented employees are subject to collective bargaining agreements that are scheduled to expire over the 12 month period ending December 31,$919 million, respectively.
2021.
133

(20)

(21)    Accumulated Other Comprehensive Loss

Information Relating to 2021

The table below summarizes changes in accumulated other comprehensive loss recorded on our consolidated balance sheet by component for the year ended December 31, 2021:
Pension PlansPost-Retirement
Benefit Plans
Foreign Currency
Translation
Adjustment
and Other
Interest Rate SwapTotal
 (Dollars in millions)
Balance at December 31, 2020$(2,197)(272)(265)(79)(2,813)
Other comprehensive income (loss) before reclassifications197 94 (135)(1)155 
Amounts reclassified from accumulated other comprehensive loss423 14 — 63 500 
Net current-period other comprehensive income (loss)620 108 (135)62 655 
Balance at December 31, 2021$(1,577)(164)(400)(17)(2,158)

The table below presents further information about our reclassifications out of accumulated other comprehensive loss by component for the year ended December 31, 2021:
Year Ended December 31, 2021Decrease (Increase)
in Net Income
Affected Line Item in Consolidated Statement of
Operations
 (Dollars in millions) 
Interest rate swaps$83 Interest expense
Income tax benefit(20)Income tax expense
Net of tax$63 
Amortization of pension & post-retirement plans (1)
  
Net actuarial loss$190Other expense, net
Settlement charge383Other expense, net
Prior service cost6Other expense, net
Total before tax579  
Income tax benefit(142)Income tax expense
Net of tax$437  

(1)See Note 11—Employee Benefits for additional information on our net periodic benefit (expense) income related to our pension and post-retirement plans.

134


Information Relating to 2020

The table below summarizes changes in accumulated other comprehensive loss recorded on our consolidated balance sheet by component for the year ended December 31, 2020:
Pension PlansPost-Retirement
Benefit Plans
Foreign Currency
Translation
Adjustment
and Other
Interest Rate SwapTotalPension PlansPost-Retirement
Benefit Plans
Foreign Currency
Translation
Adjustment
and Other
Interest Rate SwapTotal
(Dollars in millions) (Dollars in millions)
Balance at December 31, 2019Balance at December 31, 2019$(2,229)(184)(228)(39)(2,680)Balance at December 31, 2019$(2,229)(184)(228)(39)(2,680)
Other comprehensive loss before reclassificationsOther comprehensive loss before reclassifications(115)(103)(37)(86)(341)Other comprehensive loss before reclassifications(115)(103)(37)(86)(341)
Amounts reclassified from accumulated other comprehensive lossAmounts reclassified from accumulated other comprehensive loss147 15 46 208 Amounts reclassified from accumulated other comprehensive loss147 15 — 46 208 
Net current-period other comprehensive income (loss)Net current-period other comprehensive income (loss)32 (88)(37)(40)(133)Net current-period other comprehensive income (loss)32 (88)(37)(40)(133)
Balance at December 31, 2020Balance at December 31, 2020$(2,197)(272)(265)(79)(2,813)Balance at December 31, 2020$(2,197)(272)(265)(79)(2,813)

127


The table below presents further information about our reclassifications out of accumulated other comprehensive loss by component for the year ended December 31, 2020:
Year Ended December 31, 2020(Decrease) Increase
in Net Loss
Affected Line Item in Consolidated Statement of
Operations
 (Dollars in millions) 
Interest rate swaps$62 Interest expense
Income tax expense(16)Income tax expense
Net of tax$46 
Amortization of pension & post-retirement plans (1)
  
Net actuarial loss$203Other (expense) income, net
Prior service cost7Other (expense) income, net
Curtailment loss4Other (expense) income, net
Total before tax214  
Income tax benefit(52)Income tax expense
Net of tax$162  

(1)See Note 10—Employee Benefits for additional information on our net periodic benefit (expense) income related to our pension and post-retirement plans.

Information Relating to 2019

The table below summarizes changes in accumulated other comprehensive loss recorded on our consolidated balance sheet by component for the year ended December 31, 2019:
Pension PlansPost-Retirement
Benefit Plans
Foreign Currency
Translation
Adjustment
and Other
Interest Rate SwapTotal
 (Dollars in millions)
Balance at December 31, 2018$(2,173)(58)(230)(2,461)
Other comprehensive (loss) income before reclassifications(219)(138)(41)(396)
Amounts reclassified from accumulated other comprehensive loss163 12 177 
Net current-period other comprehensive (loss) income(56)(126)(39)(219)
Balance at December 31, 2019$(2,229)(184)(228)(39)(2,680)

128


The table below presents further information about our reclassifications out of accumulated other comprehensive loss by component for the year ended December 31, 2019:
Year Ended December 31, 20192020(Decrease) Increase
in Net Loss
Affected Line Item in Consolidated Statement of
Operations
 (Dollars in millions) 
Amortization of pension & post-retirement plans(1)
Interest rate swap$262 Interest expense
Net actuarial loss224 Other (expense) income, net
Prior service costOther (expense) income, net
Total before tax234 
Income tax benefit(57)(16)Income tax expense
Net of tax$17746 
Amortization of pension & post-retirement plans (1)
Net actuarial loss$203 Other expense, net
Prior service costOther expense, net
Curtailment lossOther expense, net
Total before tax214 
Income tax benefit(52)Income tax expense
Net of tax$162  

(1)See Note 10—11—Employee Benefits for additional information on our net periodic benefit (expense) income related to our pension and post-retirement plans.

(21)(22)    Labor Union Contracts

As of December 31, 2021, approximately 21% of our employees were represented by the Communication Workers of America ("CWA") or the International Brotherhood of Electrical Workers ("IBEW"). Approximately 9% of our represented employees are subject to collective bargaining agreements that are scheduled to expire over the 12 month period ending December 31,2022.
135

Table of Contents
(23)    Dividends

Our Board of Directors declared the following dividends payable in 20202021 and 2019:2020:
Date DeclaredDate DeclaredRecord DateDividend
Per Share
Total AmountPayment DateDate DeclaredRecord DateDividend
Per Share
Total AmountPayment Date
  (in millions)    (in millions) 
November 18, 2021November 18, 202111/29/2021$0.25 $251 12/10/2021
August 19, 2021August 19, 20218/30/20210.25 264 9/10/2021
May 20, 2021May 20, 20216/1/20210.25 272 6/11/2021
February 25, 2021February 25, 20213/8/20210.25 276 3/19/2021
November 19, 2020November 19, 202011/30/2020$0.250 $274 12/11/2020November 19, 202011/30/20200.25 274 12/11/2020
August 20, 2020August 20, 20208/31/20200.250 274 9/11/2020August 20, 20208/31/20200.25 274 9/11/2020
May 20, 2020May 20, 20206/1/20200.250 274 6/12/2020May 20, 20206/1/20200.25 274 6/12/2020
February 27, 2020February 27, 20203/9/20200.250 274 3/20/2020February 27, 20203/9/20200.25 274 3/20/2020
November 21, 201912/2/20190.250 273 12/13/2019
August 22, 20199/2/20190.250 273 9/13/2019
May 23, 20196/3/20190.250 274 6/14/2019
March 1, 20193/12/20190.250 273 3/22/2019

The declaration of dividends is solely at the discretion of our Board of Directors, which may change or terminate our dividend practice at any time for any reason without prior notice. On February 25, 2021,24, 2022, our Board of Directors declared a quarterly cash dividend of $0.25 per share.

ITEM 9. CHANGES IN AND DISAGREEMENTS WITH ACCOUNTANTS ON ACCOUNTING AND FINANCIAL DISCLOSURE

None.

ITEM 9A. CONTROLS AND PROCEDURES

Disclosure Controls and Procedures

We maintain disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Rule 13a-15(e) promulgated under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (the “Exchange Act”)) designed to provide reasonable assurance that the information required to be disclosed by us in the reports we file under the Exchange Act is recorded, processed, summarized, and reported within the time periods specified in the SEC’s rules and forms. These include controls and procedures designed to ensure that this information is accumulated and communicated to our senior management, including our Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer, as appropriate to allow timely decisions regarding required disclosure. Management, with the participation of our Chief Executive Officer, Jeff K. Storey, and our Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer, Indraneel Dev, evaluated the effectiveness of our disclosure
129


controls and procedures as of December 31, 2020.2021. Based on this evaluation, our Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer concluded that our disclosure controls and procedures were effective, as of December 31, 2020,2021, in providing reasonable assurance that the information required to be disclosed by us in this report was accumulated and communicated in the manner provided above.

Changes in Internal Control Over Financial Reporting

ThereOther than the implementation of controls over reporting for the assets and liabilities to be sold through our two previously announced divestitures, there have been no changes in our internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Rules 13a-15(f) of the Exchange Act) that occurred during the fourth quarter of 20202021 that have materially affected, or are reasonably likely to materially affect, our internal control over financial reporting.

Inherent Limitations of Internal Controls
The effectiveness of our or any system of disclosure controls and procedures is subject to certain limitations, including the exercise of judgment in designing, implementing and evaluating the controls and procedures, the assumptions used in identifying the likelihood of future events and the inability to eliminate misconduct completely. As a result, there can be no assurance that our disclosure controls and procedures will detect all errors or fraud. By their nature, our or any system of disclosure controls and procedures can provide only reasonable assurance regarding management's control objectives.
136

Table of Contents

Internal Control Over Financial Reporting

Management’s Report on Internal Control over Financial Reporting

Management of the Company is responsible for establishing and maintaining adequate internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Rule 13a-15(f) of the Exchange Act), a process designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles in the United States. Under the supervision and with the participation of management, including our principal executive officer and principal financial officer, we conducted an evaluation of the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting based on the framework in Internal Control-Integrated Framework (2013) issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (“COSO”). Based on our evaluation under the framework of COSO, management concluded that our internal control over financial reporting was effective at December 31, 2020.2021. The effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting at December 31, 20202021 has been audited by KPMG LLP, as stated in their report. See the Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firmreport entitled "Opinion on our internal control over financial reportingInternal Control Over Financial Reporting" appearing in Item 8, which is incorporated hereininto this item by reference.

Management’s Report on the Consolidated Financial Statements

Management has prepared and is responsible for the integrity and objectivity of our consolidated financial statements for the year ended December 31, 2020.2021. The consolidated financial statements included in this report have been prepared in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States and necessarily include amounts determined using our best judgments and estimates.

Our consolidated financial statements have been audited by KPMG LLP, an independent registered public accounting firm, who have expressed an unqualified opinion on the consolidated financial statements. Their audit was conducted in accordance with standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States).

ITEM 9B. OTHER INFORMATION

None.The following disclosure is being made under Section 13(r) of the Exchange Act out of an abundance of caution:

We are required to engage on a regular basis with the Russian Federal Security Service (“FSB”) in the FSB’s official capacity of regulating our use of technology in Russia in connection with providing commercial services therein through our local subsidiary. On March 2, 2021, the U.S. Secretary of State designated the FSB as a party subject to the provisions of U.S. Executive Order No. 13382 issued in 2005. We do not derive any gross revenues or net profits directly associated with any such dealings by us with the FSB and all such dealings are explicitly authorized by General License 1B issued by the U.S. Department of the Treasury’s Office of Foreign Assets Control. We currently plan to continue these activities as required to continue to provide commercial services in Russia.

ITEM 9C. DISCLOSURE REGARDING FOREIGN JURISDICTIONS THAT PREVENT INSPECTIONS

Not applicable.
130
137

Table of Contents
PART III

ITEM 10. DIRECTORS, EXECUTIVE OFFICERS AND CORPORATE GOVERNANCE

The information required by Item 10 is incorporated by reference to the Proxy Statement.

ITEM 11. EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION

The information required by Item 11 is incorporated by reference to the Proxy Statement.

131138



ITEM 12. SECURITY OWNERSHIP OF CERTAIN BENEFICIAL OWNERS AND MANAGEMENT AND RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS

Equity Compensation Plan Information

The following table provides information as of December 31, 20202021 about our equity compensation plans under which Common Shares are authorized for issuance:
Number of securities to be issued upon exercise of outstanding options and rights
(a)
Weighted-average exercise price of outstanding options and rights
(b)
Number of securities remaining available
for future issuance
under plans
(excluding securities reflected in column (a))
(c)
Number of securities to be issued upon exercise of outstanding options and rights
(a)
Weighted-average exercise price of outstanding options and rights
(b)
Number of securities remaining available
for future issuance
under plans
(excluding securities reflected in column (a))
(c)
Equity compensation plans approved by shareholdersEquity compensation plans approved by shareholders11,871,985 (1)$— (2)48,590,556 Equity compensation plans approved by shareholders13,562,209 (1)$— (2)35,706,306 
Equity compensation plans not approved by shareholders(3)
Equity compensation plans not approved by shareholders(3)
470,946 41.40 (2)— 
Equity compensation plans not approved by shareholders(3)
— — — 
TotalsTotals12,342,931 (1)$41.40 (2)48,590,556 Totals13,562,209 (1)$— (2)35,706,306 

(1)These amounts includerepresent restricted stock units, some of which represent the difference between the number of shares of restricted stock subject to market conditions granted at target and the maximum possible payout for these awards. Depending on performance, the actual share payout of these awards may range between 0-200% of target.
(2)The amounts in column (a) includerepresent restricted stock units, which do not have an exercise price. Consequently, those awards were excluded from the calculation of this exercise price.
(3)These amounts represent common shares to be issued upon exercise of options that were assumed in connection with certain acquisitions. This also includes restricted stock units outstanding under Legacy Level 3 Plan. In connection with our merger with Level 3, we also assumed certain awards then-outstanding under other predecessor plans of Level 3.
The balance of the information required by Item 12 is incorporated by reference to the Proxy Statement.

ITEM 13. CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED TRANSACTIONS AND DIRECTOR INDEPENDENCE

The information required by Item 13 is incorporated by reference to the Proxy Statement.

ITEM 14. PRINCIPAL ACCOUNTANT FEES AND SERVICES

The information required by Item 14 is incorporated by reference to the Proxy Statement.

132139


PART IV

ITEM 15. EXHIBITS AND FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES

    Exhibits identified in parentheses below are on file with the SEC and are incorporated herein by reference. All other exhibits are provided as part of this electronic submission.
Exhibit
Number
Description
3.1*2.1
3.1
3.2
4.1*
4.2
4.3
a.
4.4Instruments relating to CenturyLink, Inc.'s Senior Secured Credit Facilities.
a.
b.
4.5
Instruments relating to CenturyLink, Inc.'s public senior debt.(1)
a.
(i).Form of 7.2% Senior Notes, Series D, due 2025 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.27 to CenturyLink, Inc.'s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 1995 (File No. 001-07784) filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on March 18, 1996).
140


Exhibit
Number
Description
(ii).Form of 6.875% Debentures, Series G, due 2028, (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.9 to CenturyLink, Inc.'s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 1997 (File No. 001-07784) filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on March 16, 1998).
(iii).
133


Exhibit
Number
Description
(iv).
(v).
(vi)(v).
(vii)(vi).
(viii)(vii).
b.
(i).
c.
d.
e.
4.6
Instruments relating to indebtedness of Qwest Communications International, Inc. and its subsidiaries.(1)
141


Exhibit
Number
Description
a.
(i).
b.
134


Exhibit
Number
Description
(i).
c.Indenture, dated as of June 29, 1998, by and among U S WEST Capital Funding, Inc. (currently named Qwest Capital Funding, Inc.), U S WEST, Inc. (predecessor to Qwest Communications International Inc.) and The First National Bank of Chicago, as trustee (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4(a) to U S WEST, Inc.'s Current Report on Form 8-K (File No. 001-14087) filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on November 18, 1998).
(i).
d.
(i).
(ii).
(iii)(ii).
e.*
4.7
Instruments relating to indebtedness of Embarq Corporation.(1)
142


Exhibit
Number
Description
a.
b.
4.8
Instruments relating to indebtedness of Level 3 Communications, Inc. and its subsidiaries.(1)
a.
135


Exhibit
Number
Description
(i).
(ii).
(iii).
(iv).
b.
(i).
(ii).
(iii).
136


Exhibit
Number
Description
(iv).
c.
143


Exhibit
Number
Description
(i).
(ii).
(iii).
(iv).
d.c.
(i).*
(ii).*
137144


Exhibit
Number
Description
e.d.
(i).*
f.e.
(i).*
g.f.
(i).*
(ii).*
h.g.
145


Exhibit
Number
Description
(i).*
(ii).*
138


Exhibit
Number
Description
i.h.
j.(i).*
(ii).*
i.
10.1+
(i).
(ii).
(iii).
10.2+
(i).
146


Exhibit
Number
Description
(ii).
(iii).
(iv).
(v).
(vi)*
(vii)*
(viii)*
(ix)*
10.3+
10.4+
10.5+
139


Exhibit
Number
Description
10.6+
Key Employee Incentive Compensation Plan, dated as of January 1, 1984, as amended and restated as of November 16, 1995 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1(f) to CenturyLink, Inc.'s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 1995 (File No. 001-07784) filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on March 18, 1996) and amendment thereto dated as of November 21, 1996 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1(f) to CenturyLink, Inc.'s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 1996 (File No. 001-07784) filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on March 17, 1997), amendment thereto dated as of February 25, 1997 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to CenturyLink, Inc.'s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the period ended March 31, 1997 (File No. 001-07784) filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on May 8, 1997), amendment thereto dated as of April 25, 2001 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to CenturyLink, Inc.'s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the period ended March 31, 2001 (File No. 001-07784) filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on May 15, 2001), amendment thereto dated as of April 17, 2000 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.3(a) to CenturyLink, Inc.'s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2001 (File No. 001-07784) filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on March 15, 2002) and amendment thereto dated as of February 27, 2007 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to CenturyLink, Inc.'s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the period ended June 30, 2007 (File No. 001-07784) filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on August 8, 2007).
147


Exhibit
Number
Description
10.7+
10.8+
10.9+
10.10+
10.11+*
10.12+
10.13+
10.14+
10.15+*
10.16+
Legacy Qwest Deferred Compensation Plan for Nonemployee Directors, as amended and restated, Amendment to Deferred Compensation Plan for Nonemployee Directors (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to Qwest Communications International Inc.'s Current Report on Form 8-K (File No. 001-15577) filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on December 16, 2005 and Exhibit 10.8 to Qwest Communication International Inc.'s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the period ended September 30, 2008 (File No. 001-15577) filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on October 29, 2008) and Amendment No. 2011-1 to Deferred Compensation Plan for Nonemployee Directors (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.15(c) to CenturyLink, Inc.'s Annual Report for the year ended December 31, 2011 (File No. 001-07784) filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on February 28, 2012).
140


Exhibit
Number
Description
10.16+10.17+
10.17
21*
23*
31.1*
31.2*
148


Exhibit
Number
Description
32.1*
32.2*
101*Financial statements from the annual report on Form 10-K of Lumen Technologies, Inc. for the period ended December 31, 2020,2021, formatted in Inline XBRL: (i) the Consolidated Statements of Operations, (ii) the Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Loss,Income (Loss), (iii) the Consolidated Balance Sheets, (iv) the Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows, (v) the Consolidated Statements of Stockholders' Equity and (vi) the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.
104*Cover page formatted as Inline XBRL and contained in Exhibit 101.
*    Exhibit filed herewith.
+    Indicates a management contract or compensatory plan or arrangement.

(1)Certain of the items in Sections 4.5, 4.6, 4.7 and 4.8 (i) omit supplemental indentures or other instruments governing debt that has been retired, or (ii) refer to trustees who may have been replaced, acquired or affected by similar changes. In accordance with applicable rules of the SEC, copies of certain instruments defining the rights of holders of certain of our long-term debt are not filed herewith.
141149


ITEM 16. SUMMARY OF BUSINESS AND FINANCIAL INFORMATION

Not applicable.

142150


SIGNATURES
Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the registrant has duly caused this annual report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned thereunto duly authorized.
    Lumen Technologies, Inc.
Date: February 25, 202124, 2022 By: /s/ Eric J. MortensenAndrea Genschaw
    Eric J. MortensenAndrea Genschaw
    Senior Vice President, - Controller (Principal Accounting Officer)

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, this annual report has been signed below by the following persons on behalf of the registrant and in the capacities and on the date indicated.
SignatureTitleDate
/s/ Jeff K. StoreyChief Executive Officer, President and DirectorFebruary 25, 202124, 2022
Jeff K. Storey
/s/ T. Michael GlennNon-Executive Chairman of the BoardFebruary 25, 202124, 2022
T. Michael Glenn
/s/ W. Bruce HanksNon-Executive Vice Chairman of the BoardFebruary 25, 202124, 2022
W. Bruce Hanks
/s/ Indraneel DevExecutive Vice President and Chief Financial OfficerFebruary 25, 202124, 2022
Indraneel Dev
/s/ Eric J. MortensenAndrea GenschawSenior Vice President, - Controller (Principal Accounting Officer)February 25, 202124, 2022
Eric J. MortensenAndrea Genschaw
/s/ Quincy L. AllenDirectorFebruary 24, 2022
Quincy L. Allen
/s/ Martha Helena BejarDirectorFebruary 25, 202124, 2022
Martha Helena Bejar
/s/ Virginia BouletDirectorFebruary 25, 2021
Virginia Boulet
/s/ Peter C. BrownDirectorFebruary 25, 202124, 2022
Peter C. Brown
/s/ Kevin P. ChiltonDirectorFebruary 25, 202124, 2022
Kevin P. Chilton
/s/ Steven T. "Terry" ClontzDirectorFebruary 25, 202124, 2022
Steven T. "Terry" Clontz
/s/ Hal Stanley JonesDirectorFebruary 25, 202124, 2022
Hal Stanley Jones
143


/s/ Michael RobertsDirectorFebruary 25, 202124, 2022
Michael Roberts
/s/ Laurie SiegelDirectorFebruary 25, 202124, 2022
Laurie Siegel

144151